Skip to main content

Full text of "Glue, gelatine and their allied products; a practical handbook for the manufacturer, agriculturist, and student of technology"

See other formats


••••-•. 


GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND  THEIR 
ATT 


NET  BOOK.—  This  book  is  supplied  to  the 
Trade  on  terms  which  will  not  allow  of  Discount 
to  the  Public. 

CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  CO.,   LTD. 


GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR 
ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 


GRIFFIN'S 

STANDARD  TECHNOLOGICAL  WORKS. 

QHEMISTRY  for  ENGINEERS  and  MANUFACTURERS. 

By  BERTRAM  BLOUNT,  F.I.C.,  and  A.  G.  BLOXAM,  F.I.C.  Vol.  II. 
Chemistry  for  Manufacturers.  SECOND  EDITION,  Enlarged  and 
Revised.  16s. 

OILS>  FATS,  BUTTERS,  and  WAXES.  Their  Preparation 
and  Properties,  and  the  Manufacture  therefrom  of  Candles,  Soaps, 
and  other  Products.  By  C.  R.  ALDER  WRIGHT,  D.Sc.,  F.R.S. 
SECOND  EDITION,  Revised  and  Enlarged,  by  C.  AINSWORTH  MITCHELL, 
M.A.,  F.I.C.  Fully  Illustrated.  25s.  net. 

QAIRY  CHEMISTRY.  For  Dairy  Managers,  Chemists,  and  Analysts. 
By  H.  DROOP  RICHMOND,  F.I.C.  Fully  Illustrated.  16s. 

QAIRY  ANALYSIS.  The  Laboratory  Book  of.  By  H.  DROOP 
RICHMOND,  F.I.C.  Fully  Illustrated.  Cloth. 

MINERAL  OIL  ANALYSIS.  The  Laboratory  Book  of.  By  J.  J. 
HICKS,  Chemist  to  Sir  Boverton  Redwood.  Fully  Illustrated. 

|y|ILK.     Its  Production  and  Uses.      With  Chapters  on  Dairy  Farming, 

Diseases  of  Cattle,  and  on  the  Hygiene  and  Control  of  Supplies.     By 

EDWARD    F.    WILLOUGHBY,    M.D.,    D.P.H.       Very  fully   Illustrated 

from  Photographs.     Cloth.     6s.  net. 
TECHNICAL   MYCOLOGY.    The  Utilisation  of  Micro-Organisms  in 

the   Arts  and   Manufactures.       Vol.    I.     Schizomycetic    Fermentation. 

SECOND   EDITION.      In  preparation.     -Vol.    II.     Part   I.      Eumycetic 

Fermentation.     ?S.  6d. 
pERMENTS    and   their    Actions.        By  CARL    OPPENHEIMER,   Ph.D., 

M.D.     Translated  from  the  German  by  C.  A.  MITCHELL,  M.A.,  F.I.C. 

?S.  6d.  net. 
WATER   SUPPLY.      A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Selection  of  Sources 

and  the  Distribution  of  Water.     By  R.  E.  MIDDLETON,  M.Inst.C.E., 

M.I.Mech.E.,  F.S.I.     Fully  Illustrated.     8s.6d.net. 
QAS    MANUFACTURE.     A   Handbook  on  the  Production,  Purifica- 

tion,  and  Testing  of  Illuminating  Gas.      By  W.  J.  A.  BUTTERFIELD, 

M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.     THIRD  EDITION.     Vol.1.    7s.6d.net.    Vol.11. 

shortly. 
ACETYLENE.      The  Principles  of  its  Generation  and  Use.      By  F.  H. 

LEEDS,    F.I.C.,  F.C.S.,  and   W.    J.    A.    BUTTERFIELD,   M.A.,  F.I.C., 

F.C.S.     5S.  net. 

DAINTERS'  COLOURS,  OILS,  and  VARNISHES.  A  Prac- 
tical Manual.  By  (»EORGB  H.  HURST,  F.C.S.  THIRD  EDITION,  Revised 
and  Enlarged.  With  Illustrations.  12s.  6d. 

THE  MANUFACTURE  of  INK.  A  Handbook  on  the  Production 
and  Properties  of  Printing,  Writing,  and  Copying  Inks.  By  C.  A. 
MITCHELL,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  and  T.  C.  HEPWORTH.  7s.  6d.  net. 


EIRE  and  EXPLOSION  RISKS.  A  Handbook  of  the  Detection, 
Investigation,  and  Prevention  of  Fires  and  Explosions.  By  Dr  VON 
SCHWARTZ.  Translated  by  C.  T.  C.  SALTER.  16s.  net. 

LONDON:  CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  CO.,  LTD.,  EXETER  ST.,  STRAND,  W.C. 


GLUE,  GELATINE, 

AND   THEIB   ALLIED   PRODUCTS, 


A   PRACTICAL   HANDBOOK 

FOR   THE   MANUFACTURER,  AGRICULTURIST, 
AND  STUDENT  OF  TECHNOLOGY. 


BY 

THOMAS   LAMBERT, 

ANALYTICAL  AND  TECHNICAL  CHEMIST. 


LONDON: 

CHARLES    GRIFFIN    &    COMPANY,   LIMITED, 
EXETER  STREET,   STRAND. 

1905. 
I  All  Rights  Reserved.] 


V 


PREFACE. 

THIS  volume  has  been  written  with  the  hope  that  it  will 
prove  a  guide  and  be  found  instructive  as  a  work  of  reference 
to  the  many  classes  interested  in  the  subject.  The  glue  and 
gelatine  industry  has  made  an  immense  advance  during  the 
last  few  years.  Old  methods  of  working  have  given  way  to 
new,  and  this  changed  condition  of  things,  due  to  a  better 
scientific  knowledge  of  the  raw  materials  and  their  treatment, 
the  author  has  endeavoured  to  show  from  a  practical  stand- 
point. Not  only  are  the  various  sections  replete  with 
information  of  an  up-to-date  character,  but  each  step  in  the 
manufacture  is  illustrated  with  drawings  of  the  latest  type 
of  machinery  used.  To  add  to  the  value  of  the  work,  a 
section  has  been  written  dealing  with  the  waste  and  residual 
matters  and  their  value  when  converted  into  fertilisers, 
while  another  section  deals  exhaustively  with  the  physical 
and  chemical  testing  of  the  raw  and  finished  materials. 

In   conclusion,  the   author   hopes  that  this  work  will  be 
found  worthy  of  acceptance. 

THOMAS  LAMBERT. 

EGREMONT,  CHESHIRE, 
Sept.  1905. 


300473 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. -HISTORICAL. 

PROPERTIES  OF  GLUE  AND  GELATINE.     INSTALLATION  OF  WORKS. 

PAGES 

Glue-making  by  the  ancients — The  sculptures  of  Thebes — Progress 
in  the  Elizabethan  age — Animal  chemistry  in  the  last  century 
— Formation  from  animal  tissues — Glue  as  a  nitrogenous 
substance  of  the  albuminous  class — Conversion  compared  to 
that  of  starch  into  gum  and  sugar — Constitution— Glutin, 
properties  and  composition — Chondrin,  properties  and  com- 
position—Selection of  site — Public  Health  Act — Power  of  local 
authorities — Ground  floorage  of  works — Railway  accommodation 
— Electric  lighting — Water  supply — Quality  of  water  used — 
Soft  drainage  waters  from  upland  surfaces — Natural  spring  or 
well  waters — Composition — Action  of  scale-forming  salts  on 
boiler  plates — Removal  of  salts  in  the  feed- water — Temporary 
hardness — Permanent  hardness — Purification  by  the  Brunn- 
Lowener  water-softener — Value  of  water- softening  processes — 
Laying  out  the  work — Ground  plan,  ..... 

CHAPTER  II.— GLUE. 

Formation  of  glue — Transformation  of  tissue — Action  of  lime  on 
skins — Bone  glue — Bones,  the  framework  of  the  animal  body — 
Mineral  and  organic  composition  —  Separation  with  acid — 
Collection  of  bones — Indian  and  South  American  bones — Com- 
position of  fresh  bones — Degreasing  of  bones — Open  boiling — 
Steaming  under  pressure — Solvents — Valves — Solubility  of  fat 
— Benzene  as  Scotch  shale  spirit — American  or  Russian  petroleum 
— Section  and  plan  of  a  degreasing  plant— Working  of  the 
plant — Analyses  of  finished  fat — Colour — Improvements  by 
bleaching — Limit  allowed — Bleaching  of  raw  material  by  sul- 
phurous acid — Degreasing  and  degelatinising  in  one  operation 
— Tetrachloride  of  carbon  and  the  mixed  vapours  of  benzene 
and  steam  used  as  solvents— Cleansing  the  degreased  bones — 
Longitudinal  section  of  mechanical  cleanser — Nitrogen  and 

vii 


viii  CONTENTS. 

PAGES 

phosphate  of  lime  in  coarse  meal  from  cleanser — Nitrogen  not 
wholly  of  a  glue-forming  nature — Passage  through  smaller 
mechanical  cleanser — Dust  used  as  low-grade  bone-meal  or  for 
manurial  purposes — Result  of  trial  runs — Nitrogen  and  phos- 
phate of  lime  in  the  cleansed  bones,  11-20 

CHAPTER  III.— GLUE  (continued). 

Work  of  the  boiling-house — Conversion  of  the  tissues  into  glue — 
Clarification — Concentration — Bleaching — Extraction  by  steam 
and  water — Extraction  by  direct  steam — Elevation  of  coupled 
boilers  working  with  steam  and  water— Section  of  boiling-house 
working  with  direct  steam — Description  of  process — Yield  of 
glue — Clarifying  the  glue  liquors — Filtration — Section  of  filters 
and  storage  vats — Concentration — Evaporation  in  open  vessels 
— Evaporation  under  reduced  atmospheric  pressure — Vacuum 
pan — Yaryan  evaporator — Plan,  front  elevation,  and  end 
elevation  of  the  Yaryan  machine — Method  of  working— Colour 
of  glue — Bleaching  by  sulphurous  acid  gas — Longitudinal 
section  of  sulphurous  acid  gas  generator,  along  with  bleaching 
tanks— Jellying  of  glue  liquors— Hand-cutting  of  the  jelly — 
Cutting  by  hydraulic  power — Hydraulic  cutter  before  and  after 
cutting — Cast  glue — Oblong  tables  for  glue  casting — Drying  of 
jelly — Conditions  of  drying  in  summer  and  winter — Longitudinal 
section  of  drying-house — Cross -section — Plans  of  first  and  ground 
floors — Description,  ........  21-35 

CHAPTER  IV.— GLUE  (continued). 

Utilisation  of  wastes  or  residues — Formation  of  skins — Epidermis — 
Corium — Solubility  of  the  epidermis  and  corium — Tanners' 
wastes — Blending  of  the  wastes— Classification  at  Gorgie  Mills 
— Steeping  in  milk  of  lime — Washing — Plan  of  lime  pits  and 
washers — Draining  and  drying  of  the  '  limed  '  skins — Scotch 
glue — Method  of  preparing — Jellying — Drying — Condition  of 
drying — Manufacture  of  other  kinds  of  hide  glue — Section  of 
glue-boiling  and  clarifying  plant — Plan  of  ground  floor — Part 
plan  of  first  and  second  floors — Method  of  working — Residual 
matter — Closed  boiling  in  France — Advantages  claimed — 
Sterilising,  bleaching,  and  '  liming '  with  bisulphite  of  lime — 
Fish  glue — Composition  of  fresh  fish — Treatment  of  fish  offal 
— Separation  of  the  oil  and  gelatinous  water— Clarification- 
Concentration — Bleaching — Fish  potash  guano — Properties  of 
fish  glue — Dissolving  of  glue — Adhesiveness  of  glue — Weeden- 
busch's  method  of  determining  the  adhesive  power,  .  .  .  36-47 

CHAPTER  V.- GELATINE. 

Gelatine — Selection  of  raw  materials — Preparation  from  white  bones 
or  hide  pieces — Separation  of  organic  from  mineral  matters  by 
acid  treatment — Steeping  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid — Washing 
— Bleaching — Digestion — Removal  of  the  fat — Clarification 


CONTENTS.  IX 

PAGES 

with  potash  alum — Concentration — Production  of  high-grade 
gelatine — Bleaching  of  concentrated  liquors — Casting  for  cake 
and  leaf  gelatine— Coloration  of  leaf  gelatine— Carmine — 
Dissolving  of  aniline  colours — Filtering  and  application  of  the 
colour — Substitution  of  phosphoric  acid  for  hydrochloric  acid — 
French  method  of  application — '  Osseine ' — Method  of  using 
for  gelatine — The  use  of  animal  charcoal — Preparation  of 
gelatine  from  the  parings  and  cuttings  of  hides — Use  of  caustic 
soda  and  lime — Bleaching — Water- white  leaf  gelatine — Sea- 
weed gelatine— Manufacture  in  the  United  States— Production 
from  Laminaria — Maceration — Digestion  with  carbonate  of 
sodium — Formation  of  alginic  acid — Washing,  bleaching,  and 
re-dissolving  in  alkali— Concentrating  in  vacuum  pan— Forma- 
tion of  the  sheets — Coloration  like  leaf  gelatine — Comparison 
of  French  and  English  gelatines— Behaviour  of  gelatine  with 
certain  salts,  ..........  4&-54 

CHAPTER  VI.— SIZE  AND  ISINGLASS. 

Size  as  an  agglutinant — Uses  in  various  trades — Size  as  a  bye- 
product — Bone  size — Digestion — Separation  of  fat  from  the 
gelatinous  water — Evaporation  and  bleaching  in  open  vat — 
Qualities  of  size — Composition — Size  for  export — Composition 
— Preservatives — Concentrated  size — Glue  powder — Isinglass — 
Production — Commercial  forms — Russian  isinglass — Brazilian 
isinglass — Isinglass  from  Hudson's  Bay,  Penang,  and  India — 
Preparation  of  the  bladders — Properties  of  isinglass — Its  use  as 
a  '  fining '  agent  and  also  in  confectionery —  Isinglass  as  an 
agglutinant — Diamond  cement — Court  plaster — Composition  of 
isinglass,  ..........  55-60 

CHAPTER  VII.— TREATMENT  OF  EFFLUENTS 
PRODUCED  IN  GLUE  AND  GELATINE  MAKING. 

Effluents— Stringency  of  public  authorities— Section  and  plan  of 
the  Archbutt-Deeley  installation — Use  of  precipitated  sludge 
— Marrow  bones — Object  of  treatment — Sawing  the  ends — 
Steeping  in  salt  solution— Washing— Digesting— Separating  the 
fat — Bleaching — Composition  of  bleached  fat — Utilisation  of 
gelatinous  water  for  size — Drying  of  the  partially  degreased 
and  degelatinised  bones — Manufacture  into  buttons,  etc. — 
Animal  charcoal — Carbonisation  in  retorts — Cooling — Milling — 
Grist  of  various  grades— Condensation  of  tar  and  ammoniacal 
liquors — Separation — Distillation  of  the  ammonia — Formation 
of  sulphate  of  ammonia — Distillation  of  tar — Bone  oil — Pitch — 
Uses  of  pitch — Purification  of  uncondensed  gases— Composition 
of  animal  charcoal,  .........  61-68 

CHAPTER  VIII.— LIQUID  AND  OTHER  GLUES, 
CEMENTS,  Etc. 

Liquid  and  other  glues— Waterproof  glues— Russian,  tungstic, 
chrome,  portable,  and  frozen  glues — Elastic  glue — Cements — 


X  CONTENTS. 

PAGES 

Jewellers'  cement— Cement  for  bottle  tops— Cement  for  leather- 
Cement  for  attaching  cloth  strips  to  iron — Universal  cement — 
Glue  for  belts — Glue  paste  for  library  use — Glue  for  paper  bags 
— Chromium  glue  for  wood,  paper,  and  cloth — Gluing  of  brass 
ornaments — Label  varnish,  .......  69-79 

CHAPTER  IX. -USES  OF  GLUE  AND  GELATINE. 

Demand  for  glue  and  gelatine — Use  of  glue  in  the  manufacture  of 
matches — Glue  as  an  adhesive  in  various  industries— Glue  as  a 
cheap  composition  in  moulding  mirror  frames,  rosettes,  etc. — 
Glue  used  in  the  manufacture  of  mosaics,  plaques,  trays,  finger- 
plates, etc. — Glue  as  a  dressing  for  tool  cuts — Gelatine  for 
culinary  and  confectionery  work — Value  of  gelatine  as  a  food — 
Investigation  by  the  French  Academy — Liebig's  opinion  of 
gelatine  as  a  food — Digestibility  of  gelatine — Gelatine  jelly — 
Use  of  gelatine  in  the  arts — Formation  of  moulds  for  casting — 
Use  in  photography — Carbon  processes  of  Johnson,  Albert, 
Swan,  and  others — Copying  of  engineering  drawings — Con- 
traction of  gelatine — Use  of  gelatine  in  heliography — Gelatine 
capsules  —  Gelatine-coated  pills  —  Artificial  ivory  —  Artificial 
leather-making — Gelatine  and  Indian  ink  making — Composi- 
tions for  printers'  rollers — Gelatine  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  silk — Gelatine  as  used  in  the  textile  trades — Gelatine 
as  a  substitute  for  wax, 80-88 

CHAPTER  X.— RESIDUAL  PRODUCTS  FROM 
GLUE  AND  GELATINE. 

Ashes  of  plants — Phosphates,  nitrogen,  and  potash  as  plant  food — 
Value  of  fertilisers  used  annually — Skin  residues — Fish  residues 
— Fish  manures — Bone  residues — Composition  of  degreased  and 
degelatinised  bones — Bone  meal — Adulterated  bone  meal — Bone 
superphosphate — Phosphates  of  calcium — Action  of  sulphuric 
acid  on  tri- calcium  phosphate — The  adjustment  of  sulphuric 
acid  used — Carbonate  of  calcium  of  mechanical  advantage — 
Composition  of  superphosphate — Preparation  in  a  small  way — 
Manufacture  on  the  large  scale — Superphosphate  mixer — Morri- 
son type  of  mixer — The  horizontal  mixer — Gases  generated 
during  manufacture — Condensation — Nature  and  amount  of 
impurities  in  the  raw  material  used — Absorption  of  acid  per 
cwt.  of  impurity — Strength  of  sulphuric  acid  used — Soluble  and 
insoluble  phosphate  of  calcium  in  superphosphate — Decrease  of 
soluble  phosphate  on  standing — Representation  by  equation — 
Dissolved  bones — Dissolved  bone  compound — Peruvian  guano 
substitute — Agricultural  value  of  superphosphate  as  a  manure — 
Experiments  by  Mr  A.  Burr— Mixed  or  special  manures- 
Method  of  manufacture — Turnip  manure — Potato  manure — 
Mixings  for  potato  manure — High-class  potato  manure — Special 
manure  for  grass  lands — Special  manure  for  cereal  crops — Wheat, 
barley,  and  oat  manures — Pea,  bean,  and  vetch  manures — Sugar- 
cane manure — Celery  and  onion  manure — All-round  fertiliser — 
Manure  for  root  crops — A  cheap  and  effective  manure — Recovery 


CONTENTS.  XI 

PAGES 

of  phosphate  of  calcium — Value  of  the  phosphate — Use  of  pre- 
cipitated phosphate  as  a  substitute  for  cream  of  tartar  in  baking 
— Bone  ash — Composition — Analysis  of  dissolved  bone  ash — 
Leather  waste — Used  as  a  manure — Also  in  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  leather,  leather  board,  etc. ,  .....  89-107 

CHAPTER  XI.-ANALYSES  OF  HAW  AND 
FINISHED  PRODUCTS. 

Raw  bones — Fat — Nitrogen — Benzene — Condensed  water — Degreased 
bones — Refined  fat  —  Glue  —  Gelatine  —  Degelatinised  bones — 
Manures— Fuel— Valuation  of  raw  and  finished  products,  .  108-132 


APPENDIX. 

SOME  RECENT  SPECIFICATIONS  RELATING  TO  THE  MANUFACTURE 

OF  GLUE  AND  GELATINE, 133-137 

TABLES. 

Table  I.  Testing  of  glue  and  gelatine, 138 

Table  II.  Viscosity  of  glue, 139 

Table  III.  Price,  smell,  viscosity,  and  percentage  of  non-gelatine  in 

various  glues,  ..........  139 

Table  IV.  Holding  power  of  glue  joints, 140 

Table  V.  Phosphatic  strength  of  mineral  phosphates,  bone  ash,  and 

'  spent '  animal  charcoal,           .......  140 

Table  VI.  Ounce  strength,  percentage  of  ammonia,  yield  of  sulphate 

of  ammonia,  and  weight  of  sulphuric  acid  required,  .  .  .  141 

Table  VII.  Supplies  of  nitrogen  from  different  sources,  .  .  .  141 

Table  VIII.  Standard  solutions 142 

Table  IX  Factors  for  determining  the  equivalents  of  weighed  bodies,  144 

Table  X.  Approximate  heating  power  of  coals,  .  .  .  .  145 

Table  XI.  Thermometric  degrees, 146 

Table  XII.  Metric  system  of  weights  and  measures,  .  .  .  147 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


FIG.  PAOB 

1.  Brunn-Lowener  water-softener.     Section,      ...  .7 

2.  Arrangement  of  works.     Ground  plan,           .....  9 

3.  Benzene  plant.     Section,      .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .  15 

4.  ,,           ,,         Plan, 15 

5.  Mechanical  cleanser.     Longitudinal  section,          .         .         .         .  19 

6.  Coupled  glue  extractors.     Elevation,    ......  22 

7.  Glue-boiling  and  clarifying  house.     Section,          ....  23 

8.  ,,         ,,  ,,  ,,          Part  plan,  ground  and  first  floors,  23 

9.  Yaryan  evaporator.     Plan,           .         .         .         .         .         .         .  28 

10.  ,,              ,,              Front  elevation,  ......  28 

11.  „              „              End           .......  28 

12.  Sulphurous  acid  generator.     Longitudinal  section,        ...  29 

13.  Hydraulic  glue  cutter.     Before  cutting.     Section,         ...  31 

14.  ,,             ,,         ,,          After        „               ,,....  32 

15.  Drying  house.     Longitudinal  section,  ......  33 

16.  ,,         „          First  floor.     Plan, 34 

17.  ,,         ,,          Ground  floor, 34 

18.  ,,         ,,          Cross-section,       .......  35 

19.  Steeping  pits  and  washers.     Plan,         ......  39 

20.  Boiling  and  clarifying  house  for  skins.     Section,  ....  41 

21.  ,,  ,,  ,,  Part     plan,     first    and 

second  floors,      .         .  42 

22.  ,,                     ,,            ,,                           Ground  floor  plan,  .         .  42 

23.  Archbutt-Deeley  purification  plant.     Section,        ....  62 

24.  „           „     '           ,,               „          Plan, 63 

25.  Soxhlet  apparatus.     Section, 109 


xii 


(1LUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR 
ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

CHAPTER  L— HISTORICAL. 

THE  art  of  veneering,  and  consequently  the  use  of  glue, 
was  known  to  the  Egyptians  as  early  as  the  time  of  the 
third  Thothmes,  supposed  to  be  the  Pharaoh  of  the  Exodus. 
In  the  sculptures  of  Thebes  is  clearly  pointed  out  the 
application  of  a  piece  of  rare  wood  of  a  red  colour  to  a 
yellow  plank  of  sycamore;  and  in  order  to  show  that  the 
yellow  wood  is  of  inferior  quality,  the  workman  is  repre- 
sented to  have  fixed  his  adze  carelessly  in  a  block  of  the 
same  colour  while  engaged  in  applying  them  together. 
Near  him  are  some  of  his  tools,  with  a  box  or  small 
chest,  made  of  inlaid  and  veneered  wood  of  various  hues, 
and  in  the  same  part  of  the  shop  are  two  other  men, 
one  of  whom  is  employed  in  grinding  something  with  a 
stone  on  a  slab,  and  the  other  in  spreading  glue  with  a 
brush. 

It  might  perhaps  be  conjectured  that  varnish  was  intended 
to  be  here  represented  ;  but  the  appearance  of  the  pot  on  the 
fire,  the  piece  of  glue  with  its  concave  fracture,  and  the 
workman  before-mentioned  applying  the  two  pieces  of  wood 
together,  satisfactorily  decides  the  question,  and  attest  the 
use  of  glue  by  the  Egyptians  3300  years  ago. 

1 


2  GLUE,  GELATINE,   AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

Iii  Pliny's  time  the  ancients  knew  the  value  of  good  glue, 
for  he  writes  (as  translated  by  Holland) : 

"  Great  cunning  there  is  in  making  strong  glew, 
And  in  the  feat  of  joining  with  it  too." 

During  the  flourishing  days  of  the  Koman  empire, 
evidence  also  exists  that  the  manufacture  of  glue  formed  one 
of  the  industrial  pursuits  of  the  Komans ;  while  centuries 
later,  in  our  own  Elizabethan  age,  glue  was  known  as  a 
valuable  and  useful  product.  Shakespeare  spoke  in  eloquent 
testimony  to  the  adhesive  virtues  of  glue  when  he  said : 

"  Go  to  ;  have  your  lath  glued  within  your  sheath, 
Till  you  know  better  how  to  handle  it." 

(Titus  Andronicus,  Act  ii.  scene  1.) 

It  is,  however,  due  to  the  researches  in  animal  chemistry 
made  during  the  last  century  that  the  industry  has  been 
placed  on  a  solid  basis  and  become  recognised  as  an  important 
factor  in  the  commercial  world. 

Formation. — When  the  skins  and  membranous  tissues, 
or  the  bones,  tendons,  and  ligaments  of  animals  are  boiled 
with  water,  they  yield  a  liquor  which  on  cooling  forms  a 
jelly,  and  in  a  dried  condition  the  jelly  becomes  a  hard, 
transparent,  and  somewhat  elastic  body  known  as  glue  or 
gelatine,  according  to  its  colour  and  purity.  This  product 
is  a  nitrogenous  substance  of  the  albuminous  class ;  it  does 
not  exist  ready  formed  in  the  tissues,  but  is  the  result  of 
boiling  the  latter  in  water. 

How  this  change  is  effected  is  but  imperfectly  understood, 
though  it  appears  to  be  somewhat  analogous  to  that  of 
starch  into  gum  and  sugar. 

Constitution. — Glue  or  gelatine  consists  of  two  organic 
bodies,  glutin  and  chondrin,  the  one  or  the  other  pre- 
dominating according  to  the  nature  of  the  raw  material 


HISTORICAL.  3 

used.  When  prepared  from  skins,  glutin  is  the  main 
constituent,  while  bone  tissues  yield  a  product  containing  a 
large  proportion  of  chondrin.  As  a  cement,  the  former  has 
a  greater  binding  power  than  the  latter,  and  consequently  is 
of  more  value. 

Glutin  and  its  Properties. — Glutin  is  a  yellowish, 
transparent,  and  inodorous  body,  and  has  the  following 
composition : 

In  parts  per  100. 

Carbon, 50-10 

Hydrogen.          ....  6'70 

Nitrogen,           ....  18'51 

Oxygen, 24'69 


100-00 

When  immersed  in  cold  water,  glutin,  while  being  insoluble, 
loses  its  transparency,  becomes  translucent,  swells,  and 
increases  in  weight  by  absorption  of  the  water ;  in  hot 
water  it  dissolves  completely,  the  solution  on  cooling  forming 
a  jelly.  This  valuable  property  of  gelatinisation  is  much 
reduced  by  prolonged  or  repeated  heating.  In  a  dry  state, 
glutin  is  unaffected  by  the  atmosphere ;  in  solution,  however, 
it  turns  sour  on  standing,  and  in  an  advanced  stage  of  decom- 
position ammonia  is  evolved.  Glutin  is  insoluble  in  alcohol 
or  ether,  but  strong  acetic  acid  dissolves  it  freely ;  the 
solution,  however,  loses  its  jellying  power,  but  not  its  adhesive 
property.  Hot  nitric  acid  decomposes  it  into  oxalic  and 
saccharic  acids.  In  a  solution  of  glutin,  nitrate  of  silver  or 
chloride  of  gold  do  not  precipitate  the  glutin,  but  a  portion 
of  the  metal  of  each  salt  is  reduced  to  the  metallic  state ; 
sulphate  of  copper  is  not  reduced.  Chloride  of  platinum 
precipitates  glutin  from  its  solution  in  the  form  of  brown 
viscous  flakes  which  blacken  on  the  filter,  and  are  afterwards 
easily  pulverised.  This  test  Davy  regards  as  a  certain  one 


GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND  THEIR   ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

for  the  detection  of  glutin  in  solutions  which  are  so  dilute  as 
to  be  unaffected  by  tannic  acid. 

Gallo-tannic  and  other  tannic  acids  unite  with  glutin, 
forming  a  compound  similar  in  composition  to  that  of  leather, 
but  incapable  of  being  used  as  a  substitute  for  that  material, 
owing  to  its  want  of  structure.  The  white  precipitate  of 
tannate  of  glutin  is  insoluble  in  alcohol  or  ether,  but  soluble 
in  a  warm  solution  of  caustic  potash.  It  forms  a  hard  and 
brittle  mass  on  drying.  Glutin  in  solution  is  not  precipitated 
by  hydrochloric  or  acetic  acids,  alum,  sulphate  of  iron, 
ferrocyanide  of  potassium,  or  acetate  of  lead,  but  is  rendered 
turbid  by  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  chloride  of 
mercury.  The  precipitate*formed/e-dissolves  on  shaking,  but 
becomes  permanent  on  adding  excess  of  the  reagent. 

Submitted  to  dry  distillation,  glutin  yields  an  aqueous 
solution  containing  carbonate  of  ammonium,  and  a  thick 
brown  oil  comprising,  according  to  Watts,  aniline,  picoline, 
methylamine,  tritylamine,  pyridine,  lutidine,  and  pyrrol, 
together  with  certain  neutral  oils  not  yet  investigated. 

Chondrin  and  its  Properties. — Chondrin  resembles 
glutin  in  many  respects,  and  was  long  confounded  with  it. 
Mulder  first  established  its  separate  identity.  Like  glutin, 
it  does  not  occur  ready  formed  in  the  organisms,  but  is  pre- 
pared by  boiling  certain  tissues  with  water.  When  dry,  it 
is  a  hard  horny  substance,  and  has  the  following  composition: 

In  parts  per  100. 

Carbon, 49*92 

Hydrogen,          ....  676 

Nitrogen, 15'65 

Oxygen,     .         .         .         .         .  27'67 


100-00 

On  immersion  in  water,  in  which  it  is  insoluble,  chondrin 
increases  in  weight   by  absorption.     It  is  also  insoluble  in 


HISTORICAL.  O 

alcohol  and  ether,  but  in  hot  water  it  dissolves  completely, 
the  solution  on  cooling  forming  a  stiff  jelly.  Watts  states 
that  nearly  all  the  acids,  even  organic,  precipitate  chondrin 
from  its  aqueous  solution.  The  precipitate  formed  by 
phosphoric,  hydrochloric,  nitric,  or  sulphuric  acids,  easily 
dissolves  when  excess  of  the  acid  is  used,  while  that  formed 
by  sulphurous,  pyrophosphoric,  hydrofluoric,  carbonic, 
arsenic,  tartaric,  citric,  oxalic,  lactic,  or  succinic  acid  remains 
permanent  in  presence  of  excess. 

Chondrin,  unlike  glutin,  is  precipitated  from  aqueous 
solution  by  alum,  sulphate  of  alumina,  acetate  and  subacetate 
of  lead,  and  sulphate  of  iron,  the  precipitate  being  soluble  in 
excess  of  the  reagent  used.  When  submitted  to  dry  distilla- 
tion it  yields  the  same  products  as  glutin. 

Chlorine  forms  a  precipitate  in  a  solution  of  chondrin 
resembling  in  composition  that  produced  with  glutin;  no 
similar  product  is  obtained  by  substituting  bromine  or  iodine 
for  chlorine. 

Selection  of  Site. — The  selection  of  a  site  for  the 
factory  is  a  matter  which  requires  every  consideration  by  the 
intending  manufacturer.  In  the  first  place,  the  business 
of  glue  or  gelatine  manufacturing  is  an  offensive  business 
within  the  meaning  of  section  32,  sub-section  1,  of  the  / 
Public  Health  Act,  and  sanction  is  thus  required  from  the 
local  authority  before  such  a  business  can  be  carried  on ; 
and  this  sanction  is  withheld  if  it  is  considered  that  the 
establishment  of  such  a  works  would  affect  the  amenity  of  the 
surrounding  district  and  the  health  of  the  resident  population. 
Undoubtedly  a  smell,  sometimes  of  a  very  nauseous  character, 
does  arise  from  the  raw  materials  before  and  during  treat- 
ment, but,  however  unpleasant  it  may  be,  no  evidence  exists 
to  prove  that  it  is  unhealthy,  or  that  it  tends  to  increase 
the  death-rate  of  the  contiguous  district.  In  face  of  the 
prejudice  existing  against  a  business  of  this  nature,  the 


6  GLUE,  GELATINE,   AND  THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS 

intending  manufacturer  would  be  well  advised  if  he  selected 
a  site  outside  the  boundaries  of  a  town,  so  that  any  smell 
would  not  give  cause  for  complaint.  In  the  erection  of  the 
works  an  important  matter  is  the  ground  floorage,  all  of  which 
should  be  concreted,  and  connected  with  a  suitable  drainage, 
so  that  it  may  be  kept  clean  by  washing. 

Railway  Accommodation. — Kail  way  access  to  the 
works  by  means  of  a  siding  is  a  necessity,  and  a  canal 
communication  also  would  be  of  service  as  a  cheap  means 
of  receiving  and  dispatching  raw  and  finished  materials. 

Lighting. — As  gas,  even  if  obtainable,  would  not  be  a 
safe  illuminant  in  certain  departments  of  the  works — for 
instance,  the  benzene  house — an  installation  for  electric 
lighting  is  laid  down  in  all  works  using  the  solvent  process, 
the  current  being  generated  from  machinery  driven  by  steam, 
or,  if  available,  water-power. 

Water  Supply. — Another  very  important  point  is  the 
water  supply.  Water  is  used  not  only  for  the  raising  of 
steam,  but  also  for  manufacturing  purposes,  and  to  fulfil 
both  requirements  it  is  essential  that  it  should  be  soft  or 
only  moderately  hard,  of  good  colour,  and  free  from  any 
decomposing  animal  matter.  Further,  the  water  should  have 
no  acid  reaction  or  contain  any  iron  likely  to  injure  the 
quality  of  certain  classes  of  glue.  The  waters  having  these 
qualities  are  the  drainage  waters  from  upland  surfaces. 
They  are  generally  very  soft,  owing  to  the  fact  that  their 
mere  surface  contact  with  the  soil  does  not  lead  to  the 
extraction  of  any  considerable  quantities  of  the  salts  present 
in  the  latter,  and  that  any  organic  contamination  there  may 
be  is  of  vegetable  and  not  animal  origin,  as  evidenced  by 
the  small  proportion  of  nitrogen  in  comparison  with  the 
carbon  usually  found  in  such  waters. 

If   surface   waters   are   not   available,   and  the  supply  is 
dependent   on   natural   spring   or   well   waters,   the   latter, 


HISTORICAL. 


although  suitable  for  manufacturing  purposes,  would  require 
a  softening  treatment  before  being  used  for  steam-raising, 
owing  to  the  scale-forming  salts  they  invariably  contain. 
These  salts,  composed  of  carbonate  and  sulphate  of  calcium 
with  carbonate  of  magnesium,  crystallise  out  when  the  water 
becomes  saturated  in  the  boiler,  forming,  especially  when 
sulphate  of  calcium  is  present  to  any  extent,  a  hard  incrusta- 
tion on  the  boiler  plates,  which  not  only  causes  a  considerable 
loss  of  heat,  but  also  renders  the  plates  liable  to  be  damaged 
through  overheating. 

The  removal  of  these  salts  in  the  feed  water  is  a  necessary 
action  if  the  boiler  is  to  be 
preserved  and  a  saving  of  fuel 
effected,  and  is  carried  out  by 
a  method  of  precipitation,  as 
adopted  in  the  several  water- 
softening  processes  now  in  use, 
the  reagents  employed  being 
lime  and  soda-ash,  the  former 
removing  the  temporary  hard- 
ness of  the  water  due  to  dis- 
solved''carbonates  of  calcium 
and  magnesium,  while  the  latter 
decomposes  the  sulphate  of 
calcium  constituting  the  per- 
manent hardness. 

Water  Softening. — In  fig. 
1  is  shown  a  section  of  the 
Brunn  -  Lowener  continuous 
water-softener,  as  given  in  a 
very  interesting  report  on  the  purification  of  feed  waters  by 
Mr  C.  E.  Stromeyer,  the  chief  engineer  of  the  Manchester 
Steam  Users'  Association.  The  process  is  carried  out  by 
dissolving  the  lime  and  soda-ash  by  the  aid  of  a  steam  jet  in 


FIG.  1. — Brunn-Lowener  water 
softener.     Section. 


8  GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

a  semi-cylindrical  tank  A,  fitted  with  a  blade  B,  which  every 
now  and  then  stirs  up  the  milky  mixture.  The  water  supply 
from  the  pipe  C  is  run  into  a  measuring  tip  D,  consisting  of 
two  triangular  troughs ;  when  one  is  full  it  tips  over  and 
allows  the  other  to  fill ;  while  tipping,  it  moves  the  stirrer, 
and  also  momentarily  opens  a  little  valve  at  the  bottom  of 
the  tank  A,  which  allows  a  definite  quantity  of  the  chemicals 
to  be  discharged.  This  and  the  water  from  the  tip  D  falls 
into  the  mixer  E,  and  from  there  they  flow  into  the  settling 
tower  F,  the  sediment  remaining  at  the  bottom ;  the  nearly 
clear  water  passes  through  the  filter  G-,  and  is  discharged  to 
a  feed-tank  through  the  pipe  H. 

The  proportions  of  lime  and  soda-ash  used  vary  according 
to  the  hardness  of  the  water  treated,  some  requiring  only 
1J  Ibs.  lime  and  \  Ib.  soda-ash  for  every  1000  gallons  to  be 
softened. 

Eoughly  speaking,  the  cost  of  a  plant  for  treating  1000 
gallons  of  hard  water  per  hour  would  be  from  £150  to  £200  ; 
and  as  750  gallons  per  hour  is  as  much  as  one  8-feet 
Lancashire  boiler  can  evaporate,  Mr  Stromeyer  considers 
that  it  is  cheaper  to  adopt  a  water-softening  process  than  to 
lay  down  a  spare  boiler  if  only  one  is  in  use  ;  and  even  if 
there  are  six  boilers,  the  advantage  would  still  be  with  the 
softening  plant,  on  account  of  the  less  cost  of  chemicals, 
which  could  then  be  used  and  the  saving  in  the  cost  of 
scaling. 

In  laying  out  the  works,  the  following  ground  plan  (fig.  2) 
may  be  of  interest.  The  references  to  the  plan  are  given 
below. 

a — Works'  siding.  / — Mechanical  cleanser. 

1) — Storage  for  fresh  bones.       g — Acid-steeping  vats. 
c — Crusher.  h hhh — Lime  pits  for  skins. 

d — Conveyor.  i  i  i — Skin  washers. 

e — Benzene  house.  j — Skin-boiling  house. 


HISTORICAL. 


[HI 


CO 
GH 


0 


10  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

k — Bone-boiling  house.  q  q — Tanks  for  effluents. 

I — Jellying  and  drying  house.  rrr  r — Steam  boilers. 

m — Storage  for  boiled  bones.  s — Chimney. 

n — Warehouse.  t — Office  and  laboratory. 

o — Manure  house.  u — Canal  wharf. 

pp — Marrow  bones. 


CHAPTER  II.— GLUE. 

Formation. — When  subjected  to  the  action  of  heat  and 
water,  the  skins  and  tissues  of  nearly  every  animal  yield  a 
certain  proportion  of  glutinous  matter,  which  on  desiccation 
forms  a  hard,  glassy-looking  substance  known  as  glue. 

The  treatment  of  skins  with  milk  of  lime  not  only  dissolves 
the  blood  and  epidermis,  but  in  some  way  predisposes  the 
tissue  to  be  converted  into  gelatine,  and  this  action  is 
enhanced  by  the  subsequent  drying  of  the  'limed'  skins. 
This  change,  however,  does  not  result  in  the  formation  of 
gelatine,  but  only  assists,  the  transformation  into  the  latter 
body  being  effected  by  the  after-process  of  boiling. 

With  bones  the  membranous  tissue  forming  the  ossein  is 
identical  in  composition  with  gelatine,  but,  unlike  the  latter, 
is  totally  insoluble  in  water,  and  it  is  only  by  the  action  of 
steam  or  hot  water  that  the  conversion  is  effected  into  a 
soluble  gelatine.  Solutions  of  glutinous  matter  have  the 
valuable  property  of  jellying  when  cooled,  and  this  power 
of  gelatinisation  depends,  according  to  the  late  Dr  Gregory, 
Professor  of  Chemistry,  Edinburgh  University,  on  the 
presence  of  small  proportions  of  phosphate  of  lime,  for  when 
gelatine  is  long  boiled  with  water  alone,  or  with  a  little 
alkali,  phosphate  of  lime  is  deposited,  and  the  solution  no 

longer  forms  a  jelly  on  cooling. 

11 


12 


GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


Bone  Glue. — The  glues  of  commerce  are  classified  as 
bone  or  skin  glues,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  raw 
materials  used  in  their  preparation,  and  their  methods  of 
manufacture  will  now  be  described. 

Bones  constitute  the  framework  supporting  the  softer 
portions  of  the  animal  body,  and  are  rendered  stiff  and  rigid 
by  earthy  salts,  composed  mainly  of  phosphates  of  lime  and 
magnesia  and  carbonate  of  lime.  The  proportions  of  earthy 
and  organic  matter  vary  with  the  kind  of  bone  and  the  age 
of  the  animal,  the  bones  of  the  adult  containing  more  earthy 
salts  than  those  of  a  young  animal.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
organic  matter,  though  less  in  quantity  in  the  old,  has 
practically  the  same  composition  as  that  of  the  young 
animal,  as  is  seen  from  the  following  analysis  by  Fremy  : — 


Ox  (old),  . 
Calf,     .     .     . 

In  parts  per  100. 

Carbon. 

Hydrogen. 

Nitrogen. 

Oxygen. 

49'81 
49-90 

7-14 
7'30 

17-32 
17-20 

25-67 
25-60 

The  organic  matter  may  be  separated  from  the  earthy 
salts  by  steeping  the  bones  in  a  dilute  solution  of  hydro- 
chloric acid,  which  dissolves  out  the  phosphates  of  calcium 
and  magnesium,  along  with  carbonate  of  calcium,  leaving  a 
skeleton  which  retains  the  size  and  form  of  the  original 
bone.  This  substance  is  semi-transparent,  soft,  and  flexible, 
and  when  dried  resembles  horn.  On  boiling  in  water  it  is 
converted  into  gelatine,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  fibres 
which  are  insoluble  and  may  be  separated  by  filtration. 

Degreasing  of  the  Bones.  — Bones  as  used  in  the  works 
are  delivered  in  a  fresh  condition,  or  as  marine  store  bones 
which  have  generally  been  used  for  making  soups.  Naturally 


GLUE.  13 

the  former  yield  more  fat  and  glue  than  the  latter.  Taking 
an  average,  fresh  bones  comprising  the  heads,  ribs,  shoulder- 
blades,  etc.,  yield  12  to  13  per  cent,  fat,  while  from  the  large 
thigh  bones,  known  as  'marrows/  17  to  18  per  cent,  is 
obtained. 

Owing  to  their  having  been  previously  steamed,  Indian 
and  South  American  bones  are  poor  in  fatty  and  gelatinous 
matters,  and  are  mainly  used  in  this  country  for  manurial 
purposes. 

The  following  analyses,  by  the  author,  indicate  the 
composition  of  fresh  bones : — 

In  parts  per  100. 

Moisture, ....  1T55  12'88 

Fat,  .  .  .  12-69  1242 
Organic  matter  other  than 

fat,  ....  21-64  21-29 
Phosphates  of  calcium  and 

magnesium,  .  .  .'  47'83  48'66 

Carbonate  of  calcium,  .  3'14  2*74 

Alkaline  salts,  .  .  .  2'67  172 

Silica,  etc.,  ...  "48  -29 


100-00       100-00 

Of  these  constituents,  the  fat  is  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  soap,  glycerine,  and  other  products ;  the  organic  matter 
other  than  fat  furnishes  glue  and  gelatine,  while  the 
phosphates  form  the  basis  of  artificial  manures. 

The  first  stage  in  the  treatment  of  bones  is  the  extraction 
of  the  fat,  the  yield  of  which  varies  according  to  the  method 
employed.  The  degreasing  can  be  carried  out  (1)  by  open 
boiling  of  the  bones  in  a  wooden  vat  provided  with  a  steam 
coil ;  (2)  by  digestion  under  steam  at  40  Ibs.  pressure ;  and 
(3)  by  solvents.  The  yield  of  fat  by  the  first  process  is  low, 
averaging  only  5  per  cent. ;  by  the  second,  this  amount  is 


14  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

increased  to  7J  per  cent.,  with  the  removal  of  a  large  portion 
of  the  gelatinous  matter ;  while  by  the  adoption  of  the 
third  method,  practically  the  whole  of  the  fat  is  obtained, 
leaving  the  tissues  unimpaired  for  subsequent  conversion 
into  glue. 

On  a  working  of  100  tons  fresh  bones  the  money  value  of 
the  fat  recovered,  based  on  a  value  of  £25  per  ton,  would  be 
with — 

(1)  Open  boiling,       .         .         .         £125 

(2)  Steaming  under  pressure,    .         £187,  10s. 

(3)  Solvents,     .  £312,  10s. 

As  is  well  known  to  chemists,  animal  and  vegetable  fats 
are  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  benzene,  petroleum,  bisulphide 
of  carbon,  and  other  solvents,  and  on  this  property  is  based 
the  system  of  extraction  which  is  now  superseding  the  old 
methods  of  open  boiling  or  steaming  (under  pressure)  the 
fresh  bones.  Of  these  agents  ether  and  alcohol  are  used 
mainly  for  laboratory  determinations  of  fat,  while  bisulphide 
of  carbon,  though  an  excellent  solvent,  is  found  unsuitable 
in  working,  from  its  low  volatility.  In  practice  the  best 
solvents  are  found  to  be  Scotch  shale  spirit  and  American 
or  Eussian  petroleum,  with  boiling  points  at  or  about 
212°  F.  and  distilling  completely  over  between  270°  F. 
and  280°  F. 

In  fig.  3  is  seen  a  section,  and  in  fig.  4  a  plan,  of  a 
modern  installation  for  the  degreasing  of  bones.  The  main 
building  contains  six  extractors,  each  of  five  tons  capacity, 
and  their  working  is  so  arranged  that  while  half  their 
number  are  under  the  action  of  the  solvent,  the  other 
half  are  being  emptied  of  the  degreased  bones  preparatory 
to  re-charging. 

On  delivery  to  the  works,  the  bones  are  shovelled  on  to  a 
sorting  table  A,  and  the  hoofs,  horns,  and  any  pieces  of  iron, 


GLUE. 


15 


16  GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

wood,  etc.,  removed.  From  thence  they  pass  through  the 
mill  B,  which  slightly  cracks  them,  to  the  elevator  C,  and  are 
discharged  on  the  upper  floor  D  of  the  extracting  house. 
Each  of  the  extractors  E  is  provided  with,  charging,  F,  and 
discharging,  H,  manholes,  and  has  a  false  bottom  G,  under 
which  rest  the  dry  and  wet  steam  coils  supplied  from  the 
pipes  J  in  connection  with  the  main  steam  pipe.  At  the 
top  of  each  extractor  is  fixed  the  outlet  pipe  K  for  conveying 
the  solvent  and  steam  vapours  to  the  condensers  XXX, 
which  are  placed  at  an  elevation  outside  the  main  building. 
After  condensation,  the  solvent  and  water  flow  into  the 
receiver  Y,  where  the  former,  from  its  lighter  gravity, 
separates  from  the  water  and  is  run  into  the  storage  tank  Z, 
from  whence  the  supply  to  each  extractor  is  brought  through 
the  pipe  I.  All  the  pipes  are  supplied  with  the  necessary 
valves  and  cocks. 

On  the  extractors  receiving  their  full  complement  of 
bones,  the  charging  manholes  are  securely  fastened  and  the 
first  run  of  solvent  is  made  to  a  depth  of  2  feet,  as  measured 
in  the  gauge-glass  fixed  to  each  extractor,  and  heat  gradually 
applied  through  the  dry  steam  coils.  As  the  operation 
proceeds,  the  solvent  is  gradually  distilled  over,  carrying  with 
it  the  moisture  mechanically  held  by  the  bones,  and  at  a 
point  when  it  becomes  but  barely  visible  in  the  glass,  the 
steam  through  the  dry  coils  is  shut  off,  the  discharge  valves 
L  L  L  opened,  and  the  first  charge  of  extracted  fat  is  run 
through  the  pipe  M  to  the  montejus  or  distiller.  This  action 
is  repeated  with  a  second,  third,  and  fourth  run  of  solvent 
from  the  storage  tank,  the  fat  left  at  the  end  of  each  action 
being  run  to  the  mont-jus  as  before.  With  the  finish  of  the 
fourth  charge  of  solvent  the  bones  are  found  to  be  practically 
deprived  of  their  fat.  They  still,  however,  retain  a  portion 
of  the  solvent,  and  to  recover  this,  the  wet  steam  valve  is 
opened  and  high-pressure  steam  (70  to  80  Ibs.)  blown  through 


GLUE.  17 

the  mass  of  bones  until  the  faintest  film  of  solvent  only  is 
seen  separating  from  the  condensed  water  running  into  the 
receiver. 

The  operation,  which  has  taken  from  eleven  to  twelve  hours, 
is  finished  with  the  closing  of  all  valves  and  the  removal  of 
the  manhole  doors  to  facilitate  the  escaping  steam,  and  to 
dry  the  bones,  which  are  then  raked  out  and  conveyed  by  a 
railway  to  the  cleanser,  and  from  thence  to  the  glue-boiling 
house.  The  degreased  bones  are  in  a  dry  condition,  free 
from  smell,  and  retain  on  an  average  only  '2  per  cent,  of 
fat  on  being  withdrawn  from  the  extractors. 

In  the  meantime,  the  crude  fat  is  receiving  attention  in 
the  mont-jus.  As  it  leaves  the  extractors,  it  retains  a  portion 
of  the  solvent  along  with  dirt  and  mineral  matter,  and  it  is 
the  object  of  the  second  distillation  to  recover  this  solvent, 
the  other  impurities  being  removed  by  a  subsequent  washing 
which  the  fat  receives. 

The  mont-jus  T  is  a  still  heated  by  the  steam  pipe  V,  and 
is  provided  with  an  outlet  pipe  0,  through  which  are 
conveyed  the  solvent  vapours  to  the  main  pipe  of  the  con- 
densers. On  the  mass  being  brought  to  the  boil,  the  solvent 
vapours  pass  freely  over  and  the  heat  is  continued  for  about 
two  hours,  at  the  end  of  which  time  the  fat  will  retain  only  a 
faint  smell  of  the  solvent,  while  the  film  at  the  receiver  will 
be  but  barely  visible.  These  results  being  attained,  the 
main  valve  is  closed  and  hot  water  run  in  through  the  pipe 
Q  from  the  cistern  P,  heated  by  a  connection  from  the  main 
steam  pipe.  As  the  water  flows  in  the  fat  is  floated  through 
the  pipe  R,  the  valve  of  which  has  been  opened,  to  the 
washer  S,  where  it  undergoes  a  boiling  with  water  for  three 
hours,  the  aim  being  to  deposit  the  dirt  and  mineral  matter 
and  leave  a  clean  fat,  which  is  floated  off  by  means  of  hot 
water,  the  stream  of  fat  being  distributed  by  pipes  into  a 
number  of  casks  conveniently  placed  for  filling. 


18  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

Analyses  of  Finished  Fat. — The  following  analyses,  by 
the  author,  represent  the  composition  of  the  finished  fat : — 

In  parts  per  100. 

Moisture,     .         .         1-181  732  1406 

Naphtha,     .         .           '031  "008  '005 

Ash  (mineral  matter),    -169  '121  '287 
Organic  matter  other 

than  fat,                      '072  -093  136 

Fat,   .         .         .         98-547  99'046  98166 


100-000       100-000         100-000 

Fat  extracted  by  solvents  is  darker  in  colour  than  that 
produced  by  boiling  or  steaming  the  bones.  The  colour, 
however,  can  be  brought  up  to  a  good  white  by  bleaching. 
It  is  bought  on  a  basis  of  98  per  cent.,  a  limit  of  2  per  cent, 
being  allowed  for  moisture  and  other  impurities.  In  order  to 
improve  the  colour  of  the  fatty  and  gelatinous  matter  of  the 
bone,  some  manufacturers,  prior  to  the  benzene  treatment, 
blench  the  raw  material  by  immersion  in  a  very  dilute 
solution  of  sulphurous  acid.  As  presently  carried  out, 
the  degreasing  by  solvents  and  the  subsequent  degelatinisa- 
tion  of  the  bones  after  cleansing,  form  three  operations 
which  are  costly  to  the  manufacturer,  from  the  frequent 
handling  of  the  material  and  the  heavy  consumption  of 
steam.  To  reduce  this  cost  attempts  have  been  made  to 
combine  the  degreasing  and  degelatinising  of  the  bones  in 
one  operation,  and  thus  dispense  with  the  cleansing  process. 
To  this  end,  tetrachloride  of  carbon,  and  also  the  mixed 
vapours  of  benzene  and  steam  acting  in  a  battery  of  extractors 
working  together,  have  been  suggested.  Unfortunately,  while 
the  extraction  of  fat  is  up  to  the  standard,  the  resulting 
gelatinous  liquor  fails  to  yield  a  clear  and  bright  glue. 

The  process  of  cleansing  has  for  its  object  the  removal  of 
loosely  adhering  dirt  and  fleshy  matter,  and  is  carried  out  in  a 


GLUE. 


19 


large  cylindrical  drum  A  (fig.  5),  measuring  14  feet  in  length 
by  7  feet  in  diameter,  horizontally  working  on  a  central 
shaft.  The  drum  is  open  at  both  ends,  and  covered  with 
a  stout  wire  gauze.  At  the  charging  end  B  the  degreased 
bones  are  fed  through  a  hopper  C,  and  as  the  drum  slowly 
revolves  they  undergo  a  polishing  action  by  friction,  the 
detached  mineral  and  organic  matter  falling  through  the 
meshes  of  the  wire  gauze  into  a  chamber  D  below.  From 


FIG.  5. — Mechanical  cleanser.     Longitudinal  section. 

the  discharging  end  E  the  cleansed  bones  are  conveyed  to  the 
acid  steeping  vats  for  gelatine  making,  or  to  the  glue  house. 
As  is  seen  from    the  following   analyses  by   the   author, 


Nitrogen,     . 
Phosphate  of  lime, 


Per  cent. 

5-29 
2811 


Per  cent. 

6-08 
27-43 


Per  cent. 

5-72 
30-66 


the  coarse  meal  passing  through  the  meshes  of  the  cleanser 
contains  a  high  percentage  of  nitrogen,  which,  however,  is  not 
wholly  derived  from  the  bone  itself,  but  partly  has  its 
origin  in  the  hair  of  skins  connected  to  the  bone,  or  passing 


20 


GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 


in  a  loose  state  into  the  extractor.  In  the  former  condition 
only  is  the  nitrogen  of  a  glue-forming  nature,  and  to  recover 
it  the  coarse  meal  is  passed  through  a  smaller  revolving 
cleanser,  covered  with  a  30-mesh  wire.  Here  fully  half  the 
weight  is  separated,  and  as  it  leaves  the  discharging  end  of 
the  cleanser  is  bagged  and  passed  on  to  the  glue  house  for 
further  treatment. 

The  dust  or  flour  falling  through  the  netting  is  sold  as  a 
low-grade  bone  meal,  or  used  in  the  mixings  of  the  manure 
house. 

The  following  yields  are  taken  from  the  returns  of  several 
runnings  made  with  raw  bones : — 


Raw  Bones 
taken. 

Grease. 

Degreased 
Bones  before 
Cleansing. 

Cleansed  Bones 
for  Glue 
House. 

Bone  Meal. 

t.      c.  qrs.  Ibs. 
8       7     0     21 
8     11     3     17 
9000 

t.   c.  qrs.  Ibs. 
1125 
1200 
1431 

t.      c.  qrs.  Ibs. 
4     18     3     12 
5       1     2     26 
5637 

t.      c.  qrs.  Ibs. 
4     11     3       4 
4     17     0     24 
5023 

c.  qrs.  Ibs. 
708 
422 
6     1     4 

When  in  a  condition  ready  for  glue-making  the  cleansed 
bones  contain  5  to  6  per  cent,  of  glue-forming  nitrogen  and 
58  to  62  per  cent,  of  phosphate  of  lime. 


CHAPTER  III.— GLUE  (continued). 

As  previously  remarked,  glue  does  not  exist  ready  formed 
in  nature,  but  is  the  product  of  heat  on  nitrogenous  animal 
tissues,  and  this  work,  as  carried  on  in  the  boiling  house, 
requires  the  exercise  of  much  knowledge  and  skill  on  the 
part  of  those  engaged  in  it.  The  operations  of  the  boiling 
house  may  be  divided  into  (a)  Conversion  of  the  tissues  into 
a  glue  liquor  by  steam  and  water ;  (b)  clarification ;  (c)  con- 
centration ;  (d)  bleaching. 

With  steam  and  water  alternately  playing  on  the  bones, 
or  by  the  action  of  direct  steam,  the  extraction  is  made  in 
large  boilers,  built  of  steel  plates  f  in.  thick  and  holding 
from  three  to  five  tons  according  to  the  method  used.  By  the 
adoption  of  the  first,  the  boilers  A  A  are  worked  in  couples 
as  seen  in  elevation,  fig.  6.  The  glue  liquors  are,  however, 
bulky,  and  low  in  strength,  which  renders  them  troublesome 
in  clarification  and  costly  in  concentration.  For  these 
reasons  many  manufacturers  prefer  the  second  or  direct 
steam  method  as  a  more  economical  process  of  extraction. 
In  fig.  7  is  represented  a  section  of  a  boiling  house  working 
with  direct  steam  and  illustrating  the  arrangement  of  boilers, 
clarifiers,  etc ,  the  ground  and  first  floors  being  shown  in 
part  in  the  plan,  fig.  8.  Each  boiler  A  is  fitted  with  a  false 
bottom  B  and  provided  witli  charging  and  discharging  man- 

21 


22 


GLUE:   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


holes  CD.  A  steam  gauge  E  is  also  attached  to  regulate  the 
pressure  of  steam,  which  enters  the  extractor  by  the  pipe  F 
in  connection  with  the  main  steam  pipe  G.  The  cleansed 
bones  are  raised  to  the  first  floor  of  the  boiling  house  by  an 
elevator,  and  after  charging  each  boiler,  the  steam  is  turned 
on  and  kept  at  a  pressure  of  15  Ibs.  for  two  hours,  and  then 


FIG.  6. — Coupled  glue  extractors.     Elevation. 

reduced  to  5  Ibs.  This  lowering  of  the  pressure  enables  the 
glue  formed  within  the  bone  to  come  to  the  surface,  and  is 
washed  down  by  a  spray  of  water  from  a  coil  fixed  in  the 
dome  of  the  boiler.  The  action  is  repeated  until  a  sample, 
on  being  tested  by  the  glue  meter,  indicates  a  strength  of 
about  20  per  cent,  dry  glue.  When  this  density  is  attained 
a  first  discharge  is  made  to  the  clarifiers  placed  on  the  first 


GLUE — CONTINUED. 


23 


FIG.   7. — Glue  boiling  and  clarifying  house.     Section. 


FIG.  8.— Glue  boiling  and  clarifying  house.     Part  of  plan. 
Ground  and  first  floor. 


24  GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS, 

floor,  as  shown  in  section  and  plan,  by  opening  the  valve  of 
each  outlet  pipe  H  and  blowing  the  liquors  to  the  vats  I. 

Taking  the  average,  degreased  and  cleansed  bones  are 
capable  of  yielding  over  two-fifths  of  their  weight  of  glue, 
and  in  the  first  run  to  the  clarifiers  the  extraction  will  be 
from  65  to  70  per  cent,  of  this  quantity.  The  remainder, 
with  the  exception  of  about  4  per  cent,  which  is  practically 
irrecoverable,  is  obtained  by  a  second  steaming  of  the  bones, 
the  liquors  being  forced  up  to  the  clarifiers  by  steam 
pressure. 

It  will  be  readily  understood  that  these  liquors  are  far 
from  being  pure,  and  for  the  production  of  high-grade  glues 
they  require  to  undergo  a  process  of  clarification. 

Although  many  ingredients  have  been  proposed  for 
clarifying  glue  liquors,  as  oxalic  acid,  phosphate  of  soda, 
basic  acetate  of  lead,  blood,  etc.,  nothing  as  yet  suggested 
fulfils  the  purpose  to  better  advantage  than  potash  alum, 
when  used  in  the  proportion  half  per  cent,  of  the  weight 
of  dry  glue  present  in  the  liquors.  In  the  application,  a 
bucketful  of  the  liquor,  which  should  have  a  temperature  of 
about  80°  C.,  is  drawn  from  each  vat,  the  necessary  quantity 
of  alum  stirred  in,  and  the  contents  thoroughly  mixed  in  the 
mass,  the  heat  at  the  same  time  being  raised  to  100°  C.  by 
means  of  a  steam  pipe  M.  After  boiling  for  ten  minutes 
the  steam  is  turned  off  and  the  liquor  allowed  to  settle, 
during  which  the  heavier  mineral  and  organic  impurities  fall 
to  the  bottom,  while  the  lighter  form  a  coagulated  scum  on 
the  surface.  These  impurities  are  separated  by  filtration; 
for  this  purpose  the  valve  J  of  each  vat  is  opened  and  the 
liquors  allowed  to  flow  to  the  filters  made  of  fine  wire  gauze 
or  medium  woven  calico  fixed  on  to  a  wooden  framework. 
The  two  filters  K  K,  one  of  which  is  shown  in  section,  fig.  7, 
are  placed  over  the  receivers  or  storage  vats  L  L,  into  which 
flow  the  filtered  liquors,  the  heat  being  maintained  by  the 


GLUE — CONTINUED.  25 

steam  pipe  N.  Clarified  glue  solutions  are  never  jellied 
below  a  strength  of  32  per  cent,  dry  glue  in  winter  and  35 
per  cent,  in  summer;  and  to  remove  the  excess  of  water 
necessary  to  obtain  the  density  required,  they  undergo  a 
process  of  concentration  by  passing  them  through  an 
evaporator. 

The  utility  of  evaporating  apparatus  in  connection  with 
modern  manufacturing  processes  is  now  widely  recognised, 
and  this  recognition  is  fully  shared  by  those  engaged  in  the 
glue  and  gelatine  industry. 

As  is  well  known,  gelatinous  solutions  undergoing 
concentration  are  very  susceptible  to  change  by  prolonged 
boiling  at  the  normal  atmospheric  pressure,  and  consequently 
the  evaporation  of  these  liquors  in  open  vessels  at  a 
temperature  of  100°  C.  always  yield  a  dark-coloured  and 
inferior  product. 

To  remedy  this,  advantage  has  been  taken  of  the  fact  that 
the  boiling  point  of  a  liquid  depends  upon  the  atmospheric 
pressure  exerted  on  its  surface,  and  if  this  pressure  is 
reduced  the  boiling  point  is  lowered  accordingly. 

For  instance,  at  the  sea-level  the  boiling  point  of  water  is 
100°  C.  under  an  atmospheric  pressure  of  15  Ibs.  on  every 
square  inch  of  water  surface.  If,  however,  this  pressure  is 
reduced  by  mechanical  means  to,  say,  9  Ibs.,  the  boiling  point 
is  lowered  to  857°  C.,  while  at  3  Ibs.  pressure  it  falls  to  60°  C. 
On  this  principle  is  based  the  vacuum  pan,  first  introduced 
by  Howard,  and  its  more  modern  application  is  seen  in  the 
well-known  Yaryan  type  of  evaporator  invented  by  Mr 
Homer  T.  Yaryan  of  Toledo,  Ohio,  U.S.A.  The  vacuum  pan 
is  of  a  globular  form,  and  built  of  wrought  iron  or  steel 
plates.  It  is  heated  by  a  steam  jacket  encircling  the  lower 
part  of  the  pan,  and  by  a  coil  of  piping  immersed  in  the 
liquid.  At  the  top  is  fixed  the  dome  fitted  with  baffle-plates, 
to  which  is  connected  the  condenser  and  vacuum  pump.  The 


26  GLUE,   GELATINE,    AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

pan  is  further  provided  with  a  steam  and  also  with  a  vacuum 
gauge,  and  the  concentrated  liquors  are  discharged  through 
an  outlet  valve  fixed  to  the  bottom. 

The  vacuum  pan  cannot  be  considered  an  economical 
method  of  evaporating  a  liquor,  for,  although  a  large  amount 
of  work  may  be  performed  per  square  foot  of  heating  surface, 
yet  for  every  pound  of  water  evaporated  out  of  the  liquid 
under  treatment,  an  equal  weight  of  steam — or  more,  accord- 
ing to  the  initial  temperature  of  the  liquor — is  produced 
having  the  latent  heat  of  the  original  steam,  which,  though 
capable  of  doing  useful  work,  passes  directly  to  the  condenser, 
there  to  be  uselessly  absorbed  by  the  condensing  water. 

Now  if  this  steam  were  conducted  to  the  jacket  and  coil 
of  a  second  pan  working  under  slight  vacuum  it  would 
generate  nearly  its  own  weight  of  steam  at  a  lower  pressure 
and  temperature,  and  so  evaporate  the  water  from  the  second 
pan.  This  steam  would  be  available  for  a  third  pan,  and  the 
service  may  be  continued  until  the  original  heat  of  the  steam 
is  wasted  by  radiation  and  other  causes. 

This  is  the  principle  of  the  double  and  multiple  effects  as 
used  in  the  Yaryan  type  of  evaporator,  and  its  economical 
advantage  is  noticed  in  the  fact  that  for  every  pound  of  coal 
consumed  in  the  boiler  fire  to  generate  steam  for  the  jacket 
and  coil  of  the  vacuum  pan  only  8  Ibs.  of  water  are  evaporated 
from  a  glue  liquor,  while  in  the  double  effect  16  Ibs.  are 
evaporated  for  the  same  consumption  of  fuel,  and  23J  Ibs.  in 
the  triple  effect. 

A  further  advantage  claimed  by  the  Yaryan  is  the  limited 
time  the  glue  liquors  are  under  heat,  only  three  minutes 
elapsing  from  the  time  of  entering  the  machine  to  their 
delivery  at  a  strength  ready  for  jellying.  This  short  duration 
of  heat  exposure  is  an  important  consideration  in  the  after- 
production  of  a  good  cake  of  glue. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  the  makers,  Messrs  The  Mirrlees 


GLUE — CONTINUED.  27 

Watson  Company,  Ltd.,  engineers  and  founders,  Glasgow, 
the  author  is  enabled  to  give  a  complete  drawing  of  the 
Yaryan,  which  is  now  extensively  used  in  the  concentration 
of  glue  liquors.  In  figs.  9,  10,  and  11  are  shown  the  plan, 
front  elevation  and  end  elevation  respectively,  of  the 
machine. 

The  Yaryan  consists  of  two  or  more  horizontally  placed* 
cylinders  forming  the  double,  triple,  or  multiple  effect  as 
required.  Each  cylinder  contains  a  series  of  tubes  heated 
by  steam,  the  first  one  only  by  original  steam.  The  tubes 
are  coupled  at  the  ends,  and  are  divided  into  sections  termed 
coils.  Thus  a  continuous  passage  exists  from  end  to  end. 
As  the  glue  liquor  is  pumped  in  at  the  inlet  in  a  thin  stream 
it  undergoes  the  initial  stage  of  evaporation,  the  liquid  and 
vapour  travelling  from  section  to  section,  and  so  come  into 
contact  with  the  whole  heating  surface  of  the  tubes.  Moving 
at  a  high  velocity,  owing  to  the  steam  generated,  the  liquor 
and  vapour  on  issuing  from  the  last  tube  pass  by  a  pipe  to 
the  separator,  from  which  the  steam  escapes  by  a  connection 
to  the  *  safe  '  or  '  catch-all.' 

This  vessel  encloses  a  number  of  tubes  through  which  the 
steam  travels,  then  impinges  on  the  end  of  the  vessel,  and 
there  deposits  any  liquid  it  may  carry.  From  the  separator 
the  liquor  is  discharged  by  a  branch  pipe  to  the  second 
Yaryan  or  cylinder,  which  is  heated  by  the  steam  from  the 
'  safe.'  In  a  triple  effect  (as  shown  by  dotted  lines  in  the 
drawing)  or  a  multiple  effect,  the  steam  generated  in  the 
second  Yaryan  is  used  for  heating  the  third,  in  the  manner 
described  above,  and  this  in  turn  supplies  the  steam  to  the 
fourth  effect,  and  so  on ;  from  the  last  separator  in  the  series, 
it  is  condensed  by  passing  through  a  condenser.  As  will  be 
noticed  in  the  drawing,  each  Yaryan  is  worked  under  a 
vacuum,  the  object  being  to  secure  the  low  temperature  only 
obtainable  by  this  means. 


28 


GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED    PRODUCTS. 


GLUE — CONTINUED. 


29 


The  apparatus,  the  double  effect  of  which  is  most  suitable 
for  evaporating  glue  liquors  (owing 
to  the  lower  steam  pressure  at  which 
it  is  worked),  is  easy  of  installation, 
and  is  readily  adaptable  to  the  exi- 
gencies of  space  in  a  glue  house,  for 
the  cylinders  can  be  arranged  one 
above  another,  or  horizontally  side  by 
side  without  affecting  their  efficiency. 
Colour  being  an  important  matter  in 
the  selling  of  glue  or  gelatine,  the 
concentrated  liquors  now  undergo  a 
process  of  bleaching  by  means  of  sul- 
phurous acid.  Some  manufacturers 
bleach  during  the  clarification  process, 
but  it  is  preferable  to  do  so  after 
concentration.  Sulphurous  acid  is 
applied  either  as  a  solution  or  in  the 
gaseous  form  ;  the  latter,  however,  is 
more  economical  for  use  and  can  be 
better  regulated  in  the  obtaining  of 
any  desired  shade  of  colour. 

Fig.  12  represents  a  longitudinal 
section  of  the  sulphurous  acid  genera- 
tor, along  with  the  tanks  in  which 
the  bleaching  of  the  liquors  delivered 
by  the  discharge  pump  of  the  Yaryan 
apparatus  is  effected.  A  is  the  air- 
compressing  engine  throwing  a  current 
of  air  into  the  iron  cylinder  B,  in 
which  is  placed  a  tray  containing 
ignited  sulphur.  This  substance  burns 
to  sulphurous  acid  by  means  of  the 
oxygen  of  the  air  blown  in,  and  the  gas  is  then  washed  by 


30  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

forcing  it  through  the  lead-lined  washer  C.  After  bubbling 
through  the  water,  it  is  conveyed  by  the  pipe  D  to  the 
tanks  EE,  and  delivered  to  the  liquors  by  means  of  a  coil 
of  perforated  piping  F  F,  arranged  in  a  manner  similar  to 
the  shape  of  a  gridiron.  Each  tank  is  also  provided  with 
a  dry  steam  coil  to  prevent  any  cooling  action  during  the 
bleaching.  The  progress  of  the  bleaching  is  readily  ascer- 
tained by  withdrawing  a  sample,  and  setting  it  aside  for  a 
few  minutes  to  cool ;  when  the  formed  jelly  corresponds  in 
colour  to  the  shade  required,  the  action  is  stopped. 

The  concentrated  and  bleached  liquors  are  now  ready  for 
jellying,  and  to  effect  the  congelation  they  are  run  into 
galvanised  sheet-iron  troughs,  having  a  length  of  2  feet,  a 
width  of  6  inches,  and  a  depth  of  5  inches,  and  allowed  to 
stand  for  twelve  hours  in  a  cool  and  dry  place.  Having 
become  a  firm  jelly,  the  tremulous  mass  is  removed,  either  by 
cutting  round  the  edges  with  a  knife  and  then  overturning 
the  trough,  or  by  slightly  warming  the  latter  in  hot  water, 
which  by  softening  the  outer  portion  of  the  jelly,  easily 
allows  of  its  removal  on  turning  the  trough  over. 

Although  mechanical  means  have  been  devised,  of  which 
may  be  mentioned  the  Schneible  machine,  to  cut  the  blocks 
into  cakes  of  the  size  and  thickness  desired,  they  have  but  a 
very  limited  use  in  this  country,  as  manufacturers  generally 
prefer  to  use  the  *  wire  knife,'  which  gives  to  the  cakes  the 
wavy  appearance  desired  in  cut  glue,  and  which  is  not 
obtained  by  a  glue-slicing  machine.  In  cutting  in  this  way, 
the  jelly  block  is  placed  in  a  wooden  box  open  to  the  back 
in  several  slits  or  divisions,  of  a  size  corresponding  to  the 
thickness  which  the  cakes  of  glue  are  required  to  have.  It 
is  then  cut  into  slices  by  passing  a  brass  wire  stretched  in  a 
frame  like  that  of  a  bow-saw  along  the  slits.  On  removal  of 
the  sides  of  the  box,  the  sliced  block  of  jelly  is  cut  with  a 
wet  knife  into  divisions  representing  the  size  of  the  cakes 


GLUE — CONTIN  UED. 


31 


desired.  Cutting  by  wire  is  effected  in  some  Continental 
glue  works  by  a  machine,  and  an  ingenious  contrivance  used 
for  this  purpose  is  represented  in  section  in  fig.  13.  A  is  a 
platen  which  is  raised  by  the  ram  B,  worked  by  water 
power.  The  platen  forms  the  bottom  of  a  chamber  C,  D  D 
being  the  ends,  while  the  top  E  is  a  hinged  framework  of 
wood,  on  which  are  stretched  the  cutting  wires  F.  In  the 
chamber,  and  resting  on  the  platen,  is  placed  the  glue  block, 


FIG.  13. — Hydraulic  glue  cutter.     Before  cutting.     Section. 

and  on  raising  the  platen  by  hydraulic  pressure,  it  is  forced 
through  the  wires,  which  slice  it  into  cakes  ready  for  drying. 
Fig.  14  illustrates  the  position  of  the  platen  and  glue  block 
after  cutting. 

The  larger  proportion  of  glue  brought  into  the  market] 
is  in  the  form  of  cast  glue.  In  producing  it,  the  cooling! 
troughs  are  dispensed  with,  the  liquors  being  jellied  in  sheets 
on  glass  slabs  fixed  on  long  rows  of  oblong  tables  A,  figs.  1 7 
and  18.  Between  the  bottom  of  the  glass  and  the  top  of  the 


32 


GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


table  a  constant  flow  of  cold  water  is  allowed  to  run  for  the 
purpose  of  better  congealing  the  glue  solutions  which  cover 
the  slabs  to  a  depth  of  from  one  quarter  to  one-half  inch, 
according  to  the  thickness  desired. 

At  the  Gorgie  Works  of  Messrs  Cox,  Limited,  Edinburgh, 
the  glass  slabs  are  fed  from  small  round  cylinders,  which 
carry  the  glutinous  liquors  by  means  of  an  overhead  railway 
suspended  from  the  ceiling.  When  stiffened  to  a  proper 


FIG.  14. — Hydraulic  glue  cutter.     After  cutting.     Section. 

consistency,  the  jellied  sheets  are  cut  with  a  wet  knife  into 
small  cakes  of  the  size  required. 

The  drying  of  the  jelly  is  a  very  important  stage  in  the 
manufacture  of  a  cake  of  glue,  and  although,  in  the  modern 
method  of  desiccation,  the  difficulties  which  attended  open- 
air  drying,  and  which  limited  the  work  to  temperate  and 
equable  weather,  are  largely  surmounted,  yet  the  process 
requires  very  great  care  if  a  good  and  saleable  product  is  to 
be  obtained.  Glue  in  a  jellied  condition  is  not  capable  of 
withstanding  a  higher  temperature  than-  2£'5°  C. ;  above  this 
it  softens  and  becomes  unshapely,  so  much  so  as  to  run 


GLUE — CONTINUED. 


33 


through  the  nets,  or  get  attached  to  the  strings,  and  surround 
them,  so  as  not  to  be  separable  without  the  use  of  hot  water. 
In  hot  weather,  therefore,  the  air  is  cooled  by  passage 
through  a  refrigerator  before  coining  into  contact  with  the 
congealed  cakes.  On  the  other  hand,  the  air  in  winter  is 
too  low  in  temperature  to  be  effective  as  a  drying  agent, 
and  in  addition  is  generally  so  humid  that  the  moisture  on 
condensation  would  occasion  a  mouldiness  on  the  surfaces  of 
the  cakes.  For  winter  work,  then,  it  becomes  necessary  to 
reverse  the  conditions  of  summer  drying,  by  warming  instead 
of  cooling  the  air,  and  this  is  effected  by  passing  it  between  a 


FIG.  15. — Drying  house.     Longitudinal  section. 

series  of  6-inch  pipes,  heated  by  waste  steam,  before  entering 
the  drying  chambers. 

Fig.  15  represents  a  longitudinal  section,  fig.  18  a  cross- 
section,  and  figs.  16  and  17  the  first  and  ground  floors 
respectively,  of  a  modern  drying-house.  Whether  the  glue 
liquors  are  jellied  in  troughs  or  cast  on  glass  slabs,  the  con- 
gealing is  carried  out  on  the  ground  floor,  which  in  summer 
is  kept  cool  by  a  refrigerator  (not  shown  in  the  drawings). 

Here  also  are  placed  the  cutting  tables  B  B,  or  the  cutting 
machine,  if  one  is  used,  as  seen  in  figs.  13  and  14,  and 
the  engine  C,  driving  the  exhaust  fans  above.  On  this  floor 
the  cut  or  cast  cakes  of  jelly  are  lifted  on  to  frames,  4  feet 

3 


34 


GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


in  length  by  2  feet  in  width>  formed  of  netting  stretched  on 
a  wooden  framework,  and  these  are  built  up  on  a  bogie 
forming  a  rack  D,  which  enables  the  cakes  to  be  equally 


=o 


m 


FIG.  16. — Drying  house.     First  floor  plan. 

exposed  to  the  action  of  the  air.     The  rack  is  raised  by  the 
hoist  E  to  the  first  or  drying  floor. 

As  will  be  noticed  in  the  plan,  fig.  16,  and  the  section, 


0Q0QQR 


FIG.  17. — Drying  house.     Ground  floor  plan. 

fig.  18,  this  floor  is  partitioned  into  three  main  divisions 
running  the  length  of  the  building,  the  two  outer  being 
further  subdivided  into  chambers  or  tunnels  K  K  K  K. 
M  M  M  M  are  the  steam  pipes  heating  (in  winter)  the  air 


GLUE — CONTINUED. 


35 


before  its  passage  through  the  chambers,  and  L  L  the  fans, 
actuated  from  the  countershaft  N.  Access  is  gained  to  the 
chambers  through  the  sliding  doors  1 1 1 1. 

In  the  central  division  F  the  glue  racks  are  received  from 
the  hoist  E  and  conveyed  over  the  tramway  G-  to  the  turn- 
table H,  passing  thence  to  the  chambers  on  the  right  or  left 
by   the  turntables  J  J  J  J.     When  the  chambers  are  filled, 
the    doors  are  closed  and  the  fans  set  in  motion.     At  the\ 
maximum  speed,  the  strength  of  the  current  may  be  judged  I 
from  the  fact  that  20,000  cubic  feet  of  air  are  drawn  through  I 
each  chamber  every  minute,  and  in  passing  over  the  frames,  f 


FIG.  18. — Drying  house.     Cross-section. 

absorbs  the  water  of  the  jellied  cakes  without  unduly  pre- 
venting their  contraction  to  the  proper  size. 

The  temperature  of  the  current  is  noted  by  Centigrade 
thermometers  conveniently  placed  in  each  chamber,  while 
its  humidity  is  recorded  by  dry-  and  wet-bulb  hygrometers. 
The  drying,  which  occupies  from  four  to  five  days,  is  carried 
on  continuously,  and  finally  yields  a  hard  and  solid  product 
retaining  from  10  to  13  per  cent,  moisture.  When  this  end 
is  attained,  the  racks  are  removed  from  the  chambers,  and 
the  dried  cakes  conveyed  to  the  warehouse  n  (fig.  2)  to  be 
sorted  and  then  carefully  packed  in  bags,  barrels,  or  tin-lined 
boxes. 


CHAPTEK  IV.— GLUE  (continued). 

Skin  Glue. — Nothing  in  the  industrial  world  is  more 
indicative  of  progress  than  the  utilisation  of  wastes  or 
residues  from  manufacturing  operations,  and  an  evidence  of 
this  progress  is  seen  in  the  establishment  of  a  great  industry 
largely  dependent  for  its  raw  material  on  the  wastes  produced 
in  the  treatment  of  ox,  calf,  sheep,  and  other  skins. 

The  skins  of  animals  consist  of  two  layers  :  (1)  the  outer, 
in  which  the  hairs  are  developed,  certain  sudoriferous  and 
sebaceous  glands,  and  is  known  as  the  epidermis]  (2)  the 
inner  layer,  called  the  corium.  The  epidermis,  though 
soluble  by  prolonged  immersion  in  boiling  water  under 
pressure,  does  not  yield  a  gelatinisable  liquor ;  on  the  other 
hand,  the  fibrous  connective  tissue,  which  forms  nearly  95 
per  cent,  of  the  corium,  is  wholly  soluble  in  boiling  water, 
and  yields  a  liquor  having  the  property  of  gelatinisation  on 
cooling.  By  treating  the  corium  with  any  of  the  vegetable 
tannins,  as  in  the  process  of  tanning,  the  well-known  sub- 
stance leather  is  produced,  this  product  being  chemically  a 
tannate  of  gelatine. 

The  raw  materials  of  the  glue-maker  form  a  surprisingly 
heterogeneous  collection.  Such  things  as  the  clippings  of 
hides,  ear  and  tail  pieces  of  ox,  calf,  and  sheep,  rabbit  skins, 
scraps  of  parchment,  and  many  other  apparently  worthless 
things,  all  contribute  their  quota. 

36 


GLUE — CONTINUED.  37 

The  hides  as  brought  into  the  market  are  classified  into 
oxen,  ranging  in  weight  from  53  to  93  Ibs.,  cows,  bulls,  cut 
bulls,  heavy  cuts,  medium  cuts,  light  cuts,  salted  Irish  hides 
and  kips,  horse,  etc. ;  while  the  lighter  skins  are  arranged  as 
calf,  damaged  calf,  kips,  wool,  Scotch  lamb,  pelts,  etc. 

Previous  to  the  tanning  process  with  the  extracts  of 
valonia,  myrabolans,  divi-divi,  gambier,  quebracho  wood, 
and  other  barks,  the  hides  and  skins  are  limed  and  unhaired 
in  the  usual  way,  and  then  subjected  to  a  clipping  process 
which  removes  the  tail,  head  and  ear  pieces,  parts  which, 
though  useless  for  leather-making,  form  valuable  raw  material 
for  the  glue-maker.  A  fine  quality  of  glue  is  also  produced 
from  the  residues  in  the  manufacture  of  kid  gloves.  The 
raw  skins  are  prepared  by  immersion  in  milk  of  lime  for 
from  two  to  three  weeks.  The  skins  are  constantly  turned 
and  shifted  about  by  workmen  armed  with  long  iron  tongs, 
and  when  taken  out  of  the  pits,  it  is  found  that  the  lime  has 
loosened  the  cuticle  of  the  skins,  thus  rendering  the  removal 
of  the  hair  a  more  easy  matter.  From  the  lime  pits  the 
skins  are  taken  to  the  unhairing  room,  where  they  are 
stretched  on  a  wooden  block  and  scraped  with  a  blunt  two- 
handled  knife.  They  are  now  taken  in  hand  by  the  '  flesher,' 
who  cuts  off  the  tail,  the  head  piece,  and  the  portions  of 
adipose  matter  which  may  still  adhere  to  the  skins.  The 
waste  pieces  are  in  great  demand  by  the  glue-maker,  the 
hair  being  used  for  mortar  and  for  felt-making. 

The  range  of  raw  materials  used  by  the  glue-maker  would 
be  much  extended  if  leather  waste  could  be  used  in  the 
manufacture.  Leather  is  a  tannate  of  gelatine,  and  the 
attempts  at  separating  the  two  constituents  so  as  to  render 
the  gelatine  available  for  glue-making  has  not  met  with  any 
practical  success.  According  to  Mulder,  it  appears  that 
several  definite  and  permanent  combinations  of  gelatine  with 
tannic  acid  are  capable  of  being  formed.  On  commingling 


38  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

the  pure  solutions  of  these  bodies,  a  neutral  combination 
containing  one  equivalent  of  gelatine,  one  of  tannic  acid,  and 
two  of  water,  is  formed.  From  the  investigations  of  Davy, 
the  compound  of  gelatine  with  oak-tannin  consists  of— 

In  parts  per  100. 

Gelatine, 54 

Tannic  acid, 46 

When  leather  is  acted  upon  by  a  dilute  solution  of 
ammonia,  much  of  the  tannic  acid  is  extracted,  and  there  is 
left  a  gelatiniform,  mucilaginous,  swollen  mass,  which,  with 
the  aid  of  heat,  dissolves  like  gelatine ;  but  it  is  found  that 
the  solvent  employed  for  removing  the  tannic  acid  has  also 
taken  up  a  certain  quantity  of  gelatine  ;  if  the  mass  in 
question  be  digested  with  water,  a  little  of  the  gelatine 
dissolves  out,  while  the  remainder  is  converted  into  a  com- 
bination of  gelatine  and  tannin  which  is  precipitated  with 
extreme  slowness. 

In  the  manufacture  of  high-class  glues,  much  discretion 
is  required  in  blending  the  various  waste  products  from  the 
tannery,  and  experience  has  shown  that  a  mixture  of  hide, 
ear,  and  face  clippings  from  the  ox  and  calf  yields  the  best 
glue.  At  the  Gorgie  Mills  of  Messrs  Cox,  Edinburgh,  the 
raw  material  is  classified  into  three  great  divisions  for  the 
purpose  of  manufacture,  viz. :  (1)  sheep  pieces  and  fleshings  ; 
(2)  ox  fleshings  and  trimmings ;  (3)  ox  hides  and  pieces. 

The  first  stage  the  raw  material,  or  'stock/  as  it  is 
technically  termed,  undergoes  in  the  glue  work  is  a  steeping 
in  milk  of  lime,  which  removes  any  adhering  dirt  and 
dissolves  the  blood  and  fleshy  matter,  in  addition  to  acting 
as  an  antiseptic  in  preserving  the  stock,  if  it  is  not  to  be 
immediately  employed.  The  '  liming '  is  carried  out  in 
large  wooden  vats  some  10  feet  square ^and  4  feet  deep;  or 
in  pits  of  the  same  dimensions,  built  into  the  ground  and 


GLUE — CONTINUED. 


39 


lined  with  a  coating  of  cement,  the  discharge  being  at  one 
corner.  During  the  steeping,  which  lasts  from  two  to  ten 
weeks  according  to  the  nature  of  the  raw  material,  the  stock 
is  frequently  stirred  with  long-pronged  forks  so  that  every 
part  may  be  equally  acted  on  by  the  lime.  When  the  skins 
are  considered  firm  and  free  from  any  greasy  feel,  the  milk  of 
lime  is  run  off,  and  the  vats  or  pits  refilled  with  clean  cold 
water,  containing  a  small  proportion  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
which  dissolves  the  adhering  lime.  This  washing  with 
acidulated  water  being  completed,  the  stock  is  removed  to 


i.ii 


1 

._,    !  ,  .  j 

1 

I 

1 

' 

1 

.••;.' 

:';":•:•,: 

;••:-: 

!'•;?'? 

.V.V-V-s 

ZL 
X 

m 

/I 

;gS. 

>l 

:;SS 

II 

A 

nz 

IT 

T" 

. 

:$£ 

•S 

fi. 

T 

1       1 

1 

1 

1 

i 

\ 

\ 

l 

1        1 

1 

1 

. 

\ 

i 

1       1 

1 

I 

i 

\ 

\ 

II 

1 

! 

I 

i 

I 

\ 

i 

1 

_ 

1       1 

1 

1 

1 

,   1   , 

\ 

\ 

1 

i 


II     I 


FIG.  19. — Steeping  pits  and  washers.     Plan. 

a  series  of  washers  placed  near  to  the  steeping  vats  or  pits 
and  thoroughly  washed  with  clean  cold  water  until  the  last 
trace  of  acid  disappears  from  the  wash-water. 

The  washers  are  built  of  wood,  or  are  brick-lined  square 
pits  in  each  of  which  is  fitted  a  revolving  shaft  or  drum  with 
projecting  curved  spokes.  These  on  turning  revolve  backwards, 
instead  of  forwards,  a  movement  which  enables  the  washing 
to  be  effectively  done,  while  at  the  same  time  the  skins  are 
not  lifted  too  much  out  of  the  water.  In  fig.  19  is  shown  a 
plan  of  the  steeping  pits  A  A  A  A  and  the  washers  B  B  B. 
The  wet  stock  on  removal  from  the  washers  is  either  hung 
on  racks  to  drain  and  dry,  or  made  into  bundles  and  pressed 


40  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

between  the  plates  of  a  press  to  squeeze  out  the  water,  and 
then  dried  by  exposure  to  the  air. 

The  cleansed  and  dried  stock  is  now  ready  for  conversion 
into  a  glue  liquor,  and  this  operation  forms  the  second  stage 
of  glue  manufacturing. 

In  the  extraction  the  method  adopted  varies  with  the 
quality  of  glue  to  be  made.  For  instance,  in  the  manufacture 
of  the  well-known  Scotch  glue  the  prepared  stock  is  placed 
in  a  loosely  woven  sack,  which  is  lifted  by  a  crane  into  a 
circular  kettle  heated  from  the  bottom  and  sides  by  a  steam 
coil.  Water  is  now  added,  and  gradually  brought  to 
ebullition.  As  the  animal  substances  decrease  in  bulk,  fresh 
additions  are  made,  the  whole  being  occasionally  pressed 
down  by  means  of  poles. 

The  progress  of  the  operation  is  readily  ascertained  by 
withdrawing  a  sample  of  the  liquor,  and  if  it  shows  a  firm 
jelly  on  cooling,  the  boiling  has  been  carried  to  a  sufficient 
extent.  After  the  mouth  of  the  bag  has  been  securely  tied 
up  it  is  slowly  raised  by  appropriate  machinery  until  it 
comes  in  contact  with,  or  is  partially  coiled  round,  a  stout 
beam  immediately  above  the  kettle,  which  expels  the  fluid. 
In  this  state  it  is  left  to  drain.  Meanwhile  the  liquor  is 
concentrated  to  a  strength  of  32  per  cent,  dry  glue  and  then 
run  from  the  kettle  to  a  receiving  tank,  from  whence  it  is 
drawn  to  the  coolers  for  jellying.  Having  become  a  firm 
jelly,  the  glue  is  cut  out  in  cubic  masses,  which  are  then  cut 
into  cakes  of  the  thickness  required  by  a  cutting  machine. 

The  drying  of  Scotch  glue  is  of  the  same  primitive  character 
as  the  boiling,  and  can  only  be  carried  on  for  about  eight 
months  in  the  year,  when  temperate  and  -equable  weather 
exists.  Exposed  on  nets  stretched  on  a  wooden  framework 
and  built  up  to  form  a  stack  which  is  covered  by  a  A-snaped 
roof,  the  cakes,  by  their  exposure,  are  liable  to  be  injured  by 
the  least  atmospheric  change.  For  instance,  if  the  weather 


GLUE — CONTINUED. 


41 


becomes  too  hot  the  glue  may  become  soft  and  unshapely,  so 
much  so  as  to  run  through  the  meshes  of  the  netting  on  to 
the  cakes  below ;  or  the  drying  may  be  so  rapid  that  it  is 
prevented  from  contracting  to  its  proper  size  without  forming 
numerous  cracks  and  fissures.  On  the  other  hand,  a  sharp 
frost  will  congeal  the  water  in  the  cakes  and  thus  produce 
numerous  cracks,  which  deteriorate  their  value.  Again,  in 
foggy  weather  the  moisture  condensed  on  the  surface  of  the 
glue  favours  the  growth  of  mould.  These  dangers  have 


FIG.  20. — Boiling  and  clarifying  house  for  skins.     Section. 

always  to  be  guarded  against  in  open-air  drying,   for    they 
render  the  process  a  very  precarious  one. 

The  cakes  when  about  three  parts  dry  are  removed  from 
the  netting,  threaded  on  strings,  and  hung  up  to  harden  in 
a  dry  room.  Owing  to  the  dull  and  soiled  appearance 
presented  by  the  dried  cakes,  they  are  further  dipped  in 
cold  water  and  rubbed  with  a  brush,  which  renders  their 
surfaces  glossy  and  more  attractive.  In  the  manufacture  of 
other  brands  of  hide  glue,  the  modern  method  of  boiling  the 
cleansed  and  dried  stock  along  with  the  clarification  of  the 
resulting  glue  liquors  is  shown  in  section,  fig.  20.  The 


42 


GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR    ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


building  (in  addition  to  the  basement,  fig.  22)  carries  a  first 
and  second  floor,  part  plans  of  which  are  seen  in  fig.  21.  On 
the  second  floor  are  placed  the  six  boiling  vats  A,  three 


FIG.  21. — Boiling  and  clarifying  house  for  skins. 
Part  plan,  first  and  second  floors. 

being  shown  in  section  and  plan.  They  have  a  depth  of  6 
feet  and  a  diameter  of  5  feet,  and  are  built  of  2-inch  staves 
tightly  bound  with  iron  hoops.  Each  vat  is  provided  with 


Space  for 
Yaryan  Evaporator. 


FIG.  22. — Boiling  and  clarifying  house  for  skins.     Ground  floor  plan. 

a  false  bottom,  under  which  rests  the  2-inch  steam  coil  B  for 
heating  purposes.  The  raw  material  is  lifted  by  the  hoist  C 
to  the  second  floor,  and  conveyed  by  a  bogie  to  the  boiling 
vats.  After  charging  with  the  cleansed  stock,  water  is 


GLUE — CONTINUED.  43 

supplied  from  the  main  D,  and  distributed  to  each  vat  by 
the  branch  pipe  E,  the  whole  being  gradually  brought  to  a 
gentle  boil  by  an  injection  of  steam  through  the  coil  B.  As 
the  boiling  proceeds,  the  raw  material  decreases  in  bulk, 
owing  to  its  solubility  in  hot  water,  and  more  is  added  until 
a  sample  of  the  liquor  shows  it  to  be  of  the  right  strength, 
which  is  indicated  by  the  firmness  of  the  jelly  produced  by 
the  sample  on  cooling ;  or  the  sample  may  be  more  accurately 
gauged  by  the  glue  meter,  which,  on  insertion,  registers  the 
strength  in  percentages  of  dry  glue.  When  the  desired 
density  is  attained,  the  liquor  from  each  vat  is  run  through 
the  strainer  or  sieve  F  to  a  corresponding  vat  below,  G,  for 
clarification. 

The  clarifiers,  of  which  three  are  shown  in  section,  fig.  20, 
and  three  in  part  plan  of  first  and  second  floors,  fig.  21,  are 
heated  by  the  steam  coils  K  K  K,  and  the  liquors  are  clarified 
with  potash  alum  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  treatment  of 
bone-glue  liquors,  and  on  opening  the  outlet  valves  H  H  H 
they  flow  through  the  filters  to  the  large  storage  tanks  J  J 
on  the  basement  floor,  which  "are  heated  by  the  steam  coils 
LL.  From  the  tanks  the  clarified  liquors  are  pumped  to 
the  Yaryan  evaporator  for  concentration. 

The  residual  matter  left  in  the  vats  after  the  first  and 
second  boiling  is  boiled  a  third  time  to  exhaust  all  the  glue, 
and  the  resulting  solution  is,  without  clarification,  jellied  for 
size  (containing  from  one-half  to  one  per  cent,  of  nitrogen, 
mainly  of  a  non-gelatinous  nature)  ;  the  refuse  remaining 
after  the  third  boiling  is  used  in  the  mixings  of  the  manure 
house  after  drying  by  exposure  to  the  air  or  by  waste  heat. 

The  concentrated  liquors,  after  bleaching,  are  jellied  in 
troughs  or  cast  on  glass  slabs,  as  previously  described,  before 
drying. 

In  France  some  manufacturers  adopt  a  closed  in  place 
of  an  open  boiling  of  the  skins,  the  operation  being  carried 


44     GLUF,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

out  in  a  battery  of  closed  vessels  working  together  in  a 
manner  similar  to  a  diffusion  battery  in  a  beet-sugar 
manufactory.  The  advantages  claimed  for  the  method  are 
less  manipulation,  with  lower  steam  consumption,  along  with 
a  higher  strength  of  liquor  and  a  more  exhaustive  extraction. 

To  sterilise,  bleach,  and  lime  at  the  same  time  by  the  use 
of  bisulphite  of  lime  in  place  of  milk  of  lime  has  been 
suggested  in  the  treatment  of  the  raw  material.  No 
sufficient  evidence  has  been  furnished  to  show  that  the 
change,  however  desirable  it  may  be,  would  result  in  a  better 
swelling  of  the  glue  pieces,  and  consequently  an  improved 
quality  of  glue. 

Fish  Glue. — Isinglass  made  from  the  bladders  or  sounds 
of  fish  is  the  purest  form  of  gelatine,  but  a  strongly-smelling 
glue  which  has  considerable  adhesive  power  is  obtained  to 
a  limited  extent  from  the  offal.  In  an  undried  state  fish 
contains  25  to  30  per  cent,  organic  matter,  which  yields  2  to 
2J  per  cent,  of  nitrogen,  and  it  is  from  this  body  that  the 
glue  derives  its  origin. 

The  offal  is  carried  by  conveyors  to  a  series  of  washing 
tanks  placed  overhead,  and  thoroughly  washed  with  water  to 
remove  the  blood,  etc.  From  thence  it  falls  by  gravitation 
into  the  digesters,  and  is  heated  with  'live'  steam  for  ten 
hours.  The  oil  and  gelatinous  water  are  drawn  off  by  a  pipe 
fixed  to  the  bottom  of  each  digester,  into  tanks,  the  oil 
skimmed  from  the  surface,  and  the  glue  liquors  clarified  with 
a  small  proportion  of  alum.  On  filtering,  they  are  con- 
centrated in  open  vats  provided  with  a  steam  coil,  to  a 
strength  of  32  per  cent,  dry  glue,  and  then  bleached  with 
sulphurous  acid.  The  residue  left  in  each  digester  is  dried 
in  a  jacketed  cylinder,  and  then  mixed  with  proportions  of 
the  double  salts  of  potash  and  magnesia,  to  form  fish-potash 
guano. 

Fish  glue  is  a  light  brown  viscous  liquid  with  an  offensive 


GLUE — CONTINUED.  45 

odour  and  an  acrid  taste.  It  forms  a  sticky  mucilage  when 
diluted  with  water,  and  as  met  with  in  commerce  already 
contains  about  half  its  weight  of  water,  and  such  a  liquid 
is,  weight  for  weight,  only  about  equal  to  a  dextrine  in 
viscosity.  If  the  comparison  were  made  on  the  dried  fish 
glue,  of  course,  it  would  stand  much  higher,  equalling  some  of 
the  second-class  gum -arables. 

The  ash  of  fish  glue  is  comparatively  high,  about  4  per 
cent,  on  the  body  dried  at  100°  C.  It  is  usually  white  in 
colour,  and  contains,  besides  carbonates  of  calcium  and 
potassium,  some  5  to  10  per  cent,  of  phosphate  of  calcium. 
According  to  Rideal,  fish  glue  on  boiling  with  potash  assumes 
a  greenish-yellow  colour,  and  absorbs  about  9  per  cent,  of  the 
caustic.  Liquid  gums  of  this  class  are  easily  recognised  by 
boiling  with  Fehling's  solution,  when  they  assume  a  violet 
colour,  and  by  the  tannic  acid  reaction.  The  unpleasant 
odour  and  taste  of  fish  glue  is  one  of  the  objections  to  its  use, 
and  the  best  method  to  remove  these  disadvantages  is  to  boil 
the  fish  glue  dissolved  in  a  little  water  with  1  per  cent,  of 
phosphate  of  sodium,  and  adding  '025  per  cent,  of  saccharine. 

Dissolving  of  Glue. — The  ordinary  way  of  making  a 
solution  of  glue  is  by  breaking  the  cake  into  pieces  of  a 
convenient  size  and  dissolving  them  with  a  little  water  in 
a  vessel  heated  by  boiling  water.  An  improved  method  is 
to  break  the  cake  into  small  pieces,  soak  in  water  until  soft, 
drain  off  the  water,  and  place  the  swollen  pieces,  which  have 
absorbed  sufficient  water  to  form  a  solution  when  melted, 
into  the  glue  pot,  fill  up  the  outer  vessel  with  water,  and 
heat  over  a  fire,  or,  better  still,  a  Bunsen  flame.  When 
thoroughly  melted,  use  at  once,  for  the  hotter  a  glue  solution 
is  when  applied,  the  greater  will  be  the  breaking  strain  of 
the  two  surfaces  glued  together.  A  glue  solution  when 
allowed  to  cool  and  then  re-melted  has  not  the  same  tenacity 
as  a  freshly-prepared  solution.  Consequently,  for  ordinary 


46  GLUE,   GELATINE,    AND   THEIR   ALLIED    PRODUCTS. 

work,  the  quantity  of  glue  solution  prepared  should  not  be 
more  than  is  required  for  immediate  use. 

To  facilitate  the  dissolving  of  glue  it  has  been  suggested  to 
cast  the  glue  in  strips,  or  pencil  lengths,  and  dry  them  in 
this  form.  By  this  method  it  is  claimed  that  the  strips  will 
not  cake  when  heated  with  water  in  the  glue-pot,  and  will 
not  bunch  together  so  as  to  prevent  liquefaction,  but,  due  to 
their  form,  provide  interstices  between  the  strips,  through 
which  the  heat  travels. 

Adhesiveness  of  Glue. — The  value  of  glue  depends  on 
its  adhesive  power  or  strength.  Under  favourable  circum- 
stances, this  is  equal  to  a  force  of  at  least  715  Ibs.  per  square 
inch.  In  one  experiment,  a  force  of  1260  Ibs.,  applied 
gradually,  was  found  necessary  to  separate  two  cylinders  of 
dry  ash  wood,  the  ends  of  which  presented  a  surface  equal  to 
176  square  inches,  and  which  were  glued  together,  end  to  end, 
and  allowed  twenty-four  hours  to  set.  Even  this  weight  was 
sustained  for  two  to  three  minutes  before  the  joint  gave  way, 
and  it  was  found,  on  examining  the  separated  surfaces,  that  the 
glue  was  very  thin  and  had  not  entirely  covered  the  surface. 

The  cohesive  strength  of  the  glue  appears,  therefore,  in 
this  experiment  to  have  been  rather  more  than  715  Ibs.  per 
square  inch,  while  the  cohesive  strength  of  the  wood  thus 
united,  in  a  lateral  direction,  was  found  to  be  only  562  Ibs., 
thus  showing  that  if  the  joint  had  been  between  the  sides, 
instead  of  the  ends  of  the  pieces  of  wood,  the  wood  would  have 
given  way  before  the  glue.  In  this  case,  however,  the  glue  was 
newly  made,  and  the  season  very  dry,  while  in  some  former 
experiments  made  in  the  winter  season  with  glue  which  had 
been  frequently  made  with  occasional  additions  of  glue  and 
water,  the  cohesive  power  indicated  was  only  350  to  500  Ibs. 
per  square  inch.  On  the  other  hand,  Mr  Bovan  found,  in 
some  experiments,  that  the  cohesive  force  of  solid  glue  was 
equal  to  4000  Ibs.  per  square  inch,  from  which  it  may  be 


GLUE— CONTINUED,  47 

inferred  that  the  application  of  glue  as  a  cement  is  capable 
of  much  improvement,  and  of  showing  a  more  satisfactory 
result  than  the  above-mentioned  experiment. 

Glue  that  has  been  made  a  long  time  and  kept  in  store  is 
found  to  possess  greater  tenacity  than  glue  newly  manu- 
factured, and  for  the  use  of  the  joiner,  pale-coloured  glue  is 
preferred  to  that  of  a  dark  tint,  as  it  produces  neater  and 
less  apparent  joints.  With  the  cabinetmaker  the  colour  of 
glue  is  of  less  importance,  owing  to  the  less  frequent  employ- 
ment of  the  glue  in  joints  exposed  to  the  eye. 

The  more  a  body  of  glue  penetrates  the  pores  of  the  wood, 
the  more  efficient  is  the  joint.  Glues  that  take  the  longest 
time  to  dry  are  preferable  to  those  that  dry  quickly,  the  slow- 
drying  glue  always  making  the  strongest  joint,  other  things 
being  equal.  Do  not  use  thick  glue  for  joints  or  veneering. 
In  all  cases  work  it  well  into  the  wood,  as  painters  do  with 
paint.  In  using  glue,  cover  both  surfaces  of  the  work,  except 
in  case  of  veneering.  Never  glue  hot  wood,  as  it  will  absorb 
all  the  water  in  the  glue  too  suddenly  and  leave  only  a 
very  little  residue. 

In  determining  the  adhesive  power  of  glue  Weedenbusch 
has  devised  a  very  ingenious  method.  He  first  prepares  a 
series  of  plaster  prisms  by  mixing  water  and  gypsum  together 
in  the  proportion  of  1  to  5.  These  prisms  are  4  inches 
long,  with  a  cross-section  of  J  inch,  and  each  weighs  26 
grains.  The  glue  solutions  were  made  from  1  part  of  glue 
dissolved  in  25  parts  of  warm  water,  and  the  plaster  prisms 
were  soaked  in  them  for  live  minutes.  Each  prism  is  then 
placed  on  a  horizontal  iron  ring,  in  such  a  position  as  to  form 
its  diameter,  and  from  its  centre  is  suspended  a  pan  in  which 
weights  are  placed  until  the  prism  breaks.  The  strain  it  can 
withstand  is  proportional  to  the  adhesive  power  of  the  glue. 


CHAPTER  V.— GELATINE. 

GELATINE,  which  is  a  pure  form  of  glue,  is  largely  used  for 
culinary  purposes,  and  consequently  in  its  preparation  the 
raw  materials  require  to  be  selected  with  great  attention 
to  purity,  and  the  manufacture  conducted  with  the  most 
scrupulous  care  and  cleanliness. 

Gelatine  is  produced  from  white  bones  or  hide  pieces,  that 
derivable  from  the  former  being  mainly  used  in  the  stock  for 
soups,  etc.,  and  as  prepared  gelatine,  calves'  foot  jelly,  and 
patent  isinglass. 

Bone  Gelatine.  —  The  preparation  of  bone  gelatine 
depends  on  the  separation  of  the  organic  from  the  mineral 
matter  by  an  acid  which  dissolves  the  latter,  leaving  the  ossein 
in  the  form  of  the  original  bone.  The  carefully  picked  and 
crushed  bones  may  be  degreased  by  a  solvent,  cleansed,  and 
then  subjected  to  the  acid  treatment ;  or,  as  carried  out  in 
some  works,  the  fat  is  recovered  in  the  after-process  of  boiling 
the  ossein.  In  either  case  the  crushed  bones  are  conveyed  to 
a  series  of  vats  10  feet  square  by  3  feet  deep,  each  of  which 
is  three  parts  filled  and  then  covered  with  water  containing 
10  per  cent,  of  hydrochloric  acid.  Phosphates  of  lime  and 
magnesia  and  carbonate  of  lime  mainly  comprise  the  mineral 
constituents  of  the  bone,  and  these  salts  are  dissolved  out  by 
the  action  of  the  acid,  leaving  the  gelatine-forming  ossein 
intact.  The  steeping  usually  occupies  about  four  days,  the 

48 


GELATINE.  49 

acidulated  water  being  renewed  once  during  this  period.  The 
bones  now  become  soft,  leathery,  and  semi-transparent,  and  in 
this  condition  are  sufficiently  prepared  for  washing  to  remove 
the  acid.  This  is  carried  out  by  filling  up  each  vat  with  fresh 
water,  allowing  it  to  soak  through  the  bones  for  six  or  seven 
hours,  and  then  draining.  The  washing  is  repeated  until  the 
wash-water  shows  no  appreciable  precipitate  on  the  addition 
of  a  few  drops  of  nitrate  of  silver  solution.  A  slight  turbidity 
may  be  due  to  the  presence  of  combined  chlorine  in  the  fresh 
water. 

When  sufficiently  washed,  the  soft  bones  are  thoroughly 
bleached  by  immersion  in  a  1  percent,  solution  of  sulphur- 
ous acid  for  three  hours,  and  then  conveyed  to  the  vats  A, 
fig.  20,  to  undergo  digestion.  The  dissolving  process  is 
effected  in  the  manner  described  under  skin  glue,  care, 
however,  being  taken  that  the  water  covering  the  soft  bones 
should  never  exceed  a  temperature  of  85°  C.  when  heated  by 
the  steam  coils.  Above  this  heat  gelatinous  solutions  are 
very  sensitive  as  regards  colour. 

During  the  digestion,  the  fat — if  the  raw  bones  have  not 
undergone  a  degreasing  process — rises  to  the  surface  and  is 
carefully  skimmed  off  from  time  to  time,  the  skimmings 
being  subsequently  washed  with  hot  water,  before  filling 
into  casks. 

A  second  digestion  is  necessary  to  practically  exhaust  the 
gelatinous  matter,  and  the  first  and  second  runnings  from 
the  vats,  having  a  density  corresponding  to  20  and  12  per 
cent,  dry  glue  respectively,  as  indicated  by  the  glue  meter, 
then  flow  to  the  clarifiers  and  are  treated  with  a  small 
quantity  of  potash  alum ;  from  thence  the  liquors  pass 
through  the  filters  for  concentration  in  the  Yaryan  eva- 
porator to  a  jellying  strength  of  32  per  cent,  dry  glue. 

To  obtain  the  colour  necessary  for  a  high-grade  gelatine, 
the  concentrated  liquors  undergo  a  further  bleaching  in  the 

4 


50  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

tanks  EE,  fig.  12,  and  are  then  run  on  to  the  glass  slabs  to  a 
depth  of  half  an  inch  for  cake  and  quarter  of  an  inch  for 
leaf  gelatine. 

As  a  commercial  product  leaf  gelatine  is  coloured  with 
dye-stuffs  to  suit  certain  trade  requirements.  Carmine  is 
a  colour  often  employed  for  this  purpose,  and  aniline  colours 
are  also  used  in  the  proportion  of  1  ounce  of  colouring  matter 
dissolved  in  a  small  quantity  of  glycerine  to  every  16  Ibs.  of 
liquid  gelatine,  the  solution  being  strained  through  linen 
cloth  and  then  mixed  with  the  concentrated  liquors  before 
jellying.  In  the  production  of  coloured  leaf  gelatine  the 
liquors  are  not  bleached  after  concentration.  The  method 
of  manufacturing  gelatine  varies ;  for  instance,  some  French 
makers  substitute  phosphoric  for  hydrochloric  acid  in 
dissolving  the  mineral  matter  of  the  bone.  For  this  purpose 
the  carefully  picked  bones  are  dried  at  a  temperature  not 
exceeding  100°  C.  and  then  pulverised  to  a  coarse  powder  in  a 
mill.  The  powdered  bones  are  then  introduced  into  a  circular 
vat  provided  with  a  stirrer,  and  the  phosphoric  acid,  of  12° 
Tw.  strength  in  the  proportion  of  1  cubic  foot  by  measure 
to  each  10  Ibs.  of  raw  material,  is  well  stirred  in  the  mass. 
The  acid  decomposes  the  carbonate  of  lime  with  evolution  of 
carbonic  acid,  and  converts  the  insoluble  phosphates  of  lime 
and  magnesia  into  soluble  acid  phosphates.  The  stirring  is 
continued  until  the  carbonic  acid  is  wholly  driven  off ;  and 
on  allowing  the  mixture  to  stand  for  a  time,  the  crude 
gelatine  falls  as  a  sediment  to  the  bottom.  After  the  super- 
natant liquor  has  been  syphoned  off  and  precipitated  with 
sulphuric  acid  to  liberate  the  phosphoric  acid  for  use  again 
as  a  dissolving  agent,  the  sediment  is  well  washed  with  cold 
water  and  then  treated  with  hot  water  of  a  temperature  not 
exceeding  85°  C.,  which  dissolves  the  crude  gelatine ;  the! 
liquor  is  afterwards  clarified,  bleached,  and  concentrated  in 
the  usual  way. 


GELATINK.  51 

'  Osseine '  is  a  French  preparation  from  bones,  and  is  brought 
into  the  market  in  a  dry  and  concentrated  state  for  the 
manufacture  of  gelatine.  In  using  it  the  product  is  soaked  in 
water  for  forty-eight  hours,  the  water  being  renewed  every 
twelve  hours.  When  it  is  thoroughly  swollen,  the  'osseine'is 
well  washed  with  water  until  the  washings  are  absolutely 
clear,  and  yields  a  gelatine  quite  clear  and  without  any  smell. 
The  washed  product  is  next  bleached  for  one  hour  in  a 
bath  of  sulphurous  acid  of  1°  Tw.  strength,  and  then  finally 
dissolved  at  a  temperature  of  85°  C.  in  a  wooden  vat  fitted 
with  a  copper  steam  coil  and  provided  with  a  double 
wooden  bottom  to  distribute  the  heat.  The  gelatinous  liquor 
is  concentrated  and  jellied  without  clarification. 

Animal  charcoal   is   a   powerful   decolorising   agent,    and 
its  use  as  a  filtering  medium  has  met  with  some  success  in 
obtaining  a  white  gelatine  from  low-grade   bone   products, 
and  also  in  improving  the  colour  of  the  gelatine  obtained  as/?  ^ 
a  secondary  product  in  the  manufacture  of  neat's-foot  oil.  _ 

Skin  Gelatine. — The  preparation  of  gelatine  from  the 
parings  and  cuttings  of  hides  varies  but  little  from  the 
process  as  described  in  the  manufacture  of  skin  glue.  In 
some  factories,  instead  of  using  lime  only  in  steeping  the  hide 
pieces,  a  mixture  of  caustic  soda  and  lime  made  into  a  milk 
with  water  is  sprayed  over  the  mass  in  the  pits.  The  use 
of  caustic  soda  facilitates  the  saponification  of  any  fat  present 
and  the  dissolving  of  the  fleshy  matter. 

Before  the  digestion,  which  is  effected  at  a  temperature 
not  exceeding  85°  C.,  the  hide  pieces,  on  removal  from  the 
lime  pits,  are  washed  free  of  any  alkalinity,  and  are  then 
bleached  by  sulphurous  acid  to  destroy  any  injurious 
colouring  matter.  To  completely  exhaust  the  gelatinous 
matter  during  digestion,  three  '  boilings '  are  generally 
required,  the  first  and  second  runnings  being  treated  for 
gelatine,  while  the  third  is  simply  filtered  for  size. 


52  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

A  very  fine  water-white  leaf  gelatine  is  produced  by 
cutting  the  jelly  into  small  pieces,  washing  well  with  cold 
water  and  re-melting  at  80°  C.,  then  pouring  the  liquor  on 
the  '  glasses '  to  the  depth  required. 

Seaweed  Gelatine. — A  product  hardly  distinguishable 
from  gelatine,  and  used  for  many  purposes  in  the  arts 
similarly  to  that  body,  is  known  as  seaweed  gelatine,  and  is 
produced  from  a  genus  of  weed  to  which  the  name  of 
Laminaria  is  given.  When  macerated  with  water,  about  33 
per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  air-dried  weed  is  removed.  The 
residue,  when  digested  with  carbonate  of  sodium,  is  partly 
dissolved,  forming  a  soluble  compound  of  sodium  alginate. 
On  filtering,  the  filtrate  is  mixed  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
which  liberates  the  alginic  acid.  The  acid  is  washed, 
bleached,  and  re-dissolved  in  alkali,  and  by  concentration  in 
a  vacuum  pan  and  then  running  on  glass  plates  or  porcelain 
slabs,  the  sodium  alginate  is  obtained  in  the  form  of  trans- 
parent flexible  sheets  like  gelatine  and  having  the  same 
colour,  but  they  are  not  gelatinous.  These  sheets  can  be 
rendered  insoluble  without  altering  their  appearance  by 
immersion  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid;  they  can  also  be 
readily  coloured  like  leaf  gelatine. 

In  America  a  gelatine  is  made  from  seaweed,  called  by 
the  native  name  of  Tengusa.  The  weed  is  carefully  dried 
and  afterwards  boiled  so  as  to  form  a  glue-like  decoction, 
which  is  strained  off  and  put  into  square  boxes.  When  cool 
it  forms  a  thick  jelly,  which  can  be  easily  divided  into 
squares  a  foot  in  length.  The  manner  in  which  the  surplus 
water  is  removed  is  very  ingenious.  The  jelly  prisms  are 
exposed  in  the  open  air  during  a  cold  night  and  allowed  to 
freeze.  During  the  day  the  sun  melts  the  ice  to  water, 
which  runs  off,  leaving  behind  what  might  be  termed  a 
skeleton  of  white  horny  substance,  which  is  extremely  light, 
and  easily  dissolved  in  hot  water ;  when  cool,  it  again  forms 


GELATINE. 


53 


a  stiff  jelly.  This  article  can  be  applied  to  many  purposes — 
for  culinary  purposes,  for  making  bonbons  and  jellies,  for 
clarifying  liquids,  as  a  substitute  for  isinglass,  for  making 
moulds  used  by  the  plaster-of-Paris  workers,  for  hardening 
the  same  material — in  short,  as  a  substitute  for  all  kinds 
of  gelatines,  over  which  it  has  the  advantage  of  producing  a 
firmer  jelly. 

Comparison  of  French  and  British  Gelatines.  — The 
ash  and  water  absorptive-power  are  indicative  of  the  value  of 
a  gelatine,  and  in  the  following  table  a  comparison  is  made 
of  gelatines  of  French  and  British  manufacture. 


Water  absorption  by 

Brand. 

Ash. 

28  '34  grams  of  Substance 

taken. 

1 

Coignet's  gold  label,  . 

1  per  cent.    :            340  '08  grams. 

French 

Coignet's  special,  .     . 
Ordinary  French, 

1    „      „ 
2    ,,      „ 

340-08      ,, 
292-81      ,, 

Nelson's  No.  1,    .     . 

2    „       „ 

283-40      „ 

British 

Swinburne's  No.  2,  .  ) 
Patent  isinglass,  .     .  ( 

1    „       „ 

31174      „ 

Cox's  packet  gelatine, 

2    ,,       „ 

279-62      ,, 

The  Behaviour  of  Gelatine  with  certain  Salts.-— 

Gelatine  is  unaffected  when  in  contact  with  solutions  of  lead, 
tin,  nickel,  cobalt,  manganese,  aluminium,  magnesium,  and 
other  metallic  salts.  With  a  solution  of  chloride  of  barium 
it  is  completely  dissolved.  It  is  also,  although  to  a  smaller 
degree,  soluble  in  chloride  of  strontium.  Other  chlorides, 
such  as  those  of  potassium,  sodium,  and  calcium,  do  not  act 
in  the  same  way,  nor  do  their  iodides  or  bromides.  With 
a  solution  containing  15  per  cent,  chloride  of  barium,  the 
solubility  is  so  great  that  sufficient  gelatine  may  be  dissolved 
to  render  the  solution  syrupy  in  consistence.  The  liquid 
keeps  well,  and  does  not  decompose  under  the  action  of  air. 


54  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

Allowed  to  evaporate  spontaneously,  it  leaves  behind  a  solid 
white  substance  which,  when  examined  under  the  microscope, 
shows  itself  to  be  composed  of  an  amorphous  mass  of 
filaments  mixed  with  fine  crystals  of  chloride  of  barium,  but 
it  does  not  appear  that  any  combination  has  taken  place. 
This  solid  substance  dissolves  in  water  completely.  When 
exposed  to  light,  gelatine  is  rendered  insoluble  in  the  presence 
of  bichromate  of  potassium.  Gelatine  is  precipitated  from  its 
solution  by  chloride  of  iron  both  in  the  light  and  in  the  dark. 


CHAPTEE  VI.— SIZE  AND  ISINGLASS. 

Size. — As  a  cheap  and  easily  workable  agglutinant,  size  finds 
a  ready  use  with  calico-printers,  painters,  decorators,  and  in 
the  carpet,  straw-hat  box,  wallpaper  and  other  trades.  Size 
is  undried  glue,  and  exists  as  a  tremulous  jelly,  possessing  all 
the  adhesive  properties  of  the  latter,  but  in  a  much  less 
concentrated  form. 

In  a  sense,  size  is  a  bye-product  in  the  manufacture  of 
glue  and  gelatine,  for  the  third  liquors  in  the  exhaustion  of 
the  raw  material  only  are  used  for  this  purpose,  and  these, 
if  converted  into  either  of  the  above  agglutinants,  would  yield 
an  inferior  product ;  consequently  it  pays  the  manufacturer 
better  to  gelatinise  it  and  to  sell  it  in  this  form  without 
drying.  In  small  works  exclusively  making  bone  size  the 
manufacturer  with  no  benzene  or  glue  plant  at  his  disposal 
simply  washes  the  rough  bones  in  a  revolving  drum,  and 
after  crushing  in  a  mill,  feeds  the  broken  pieces  into  an 
elevator,  which  lifts  and  discharges  them  into  one  or  more 
digesters  heated  by  '  live '  steam.  When  the  bones  are 
sufficiently  acted  on,  the  steam  is  turned  off,  and  the  grease 
and  gelatinous  liquor  are  blown  through  the  outlet  pipe  to 
an  overhead  tank.  After  separating  the  fat,  which  is 
subsequently  well  washed  with  hot  water  to  remove  the 
impurities,  the  gelatinous  liquor  is  filtered  to  separate  any 
suspended  matter,  and  then  evaporated  in  a  wooden  vat 
fitted  with  a  steam  coil  to  the  density  required. 

55 


56  GLUE,  GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

During  the  evaporation  a  moderate  charge  of  sulphurous 
acid  solution  is  sometimes  added  to  improve  the  colour. 
Size  is  brought  into  the  market  as  (1)  common  size;  (2) 
medium  size;  (3)  best  size.  The  first  contains  25  per  cent, 
glue  and  75  per  cent,  water ;  the  second,  30  per  cent,  glue 
and  70  per  cent,  water ;  and  the  third,  38  per  cent,  glue  and 
62  per  cent,  water.  For  exportation  a  stronger  size  is 
made  in  three  grades,  No.  1  containing  40'5  per  cent,  glue, 
No.  2  44*5  per  cent.,  and  No.  3  49  per  cent.,  the  liquors 
being  evaporated  to  these  densities  before  jellying. 

Glue  or  gelatine  in  a  dried  state  is  a  very  stable  body,  but 
in  the  form  of  a  jelly  it  soon  ferments,  becoming  sour  and 
mouldy,  unless  some  preservative  agent  is  used  to  prevent 
decomposition.  For  this  purpose  sulphate  of  zinc  is 
principally  used ;  boracic  acid,  and  also  a  preparation  known 
by  the  name  of  *  Salinfer,'  have  been  used  with  good  effect. 
These  preservatives  are  added  to  the  liquors  before  running 
into  the  casks  to  set. 

In  sorting  the  cakes  of  glue  before  packing,  a  number  are 
always  found  unsuitable,  owing  to  their  having  become 
twisted  during  the  shrinkage  in  drying,  or  not  equal  to  the 
standard  as  regards  colour.  These  defects,  while  not  lowering 
to  any  appreciable  extent  the  value  of  the  cakes  as  an 
agglutinant,  yet  affect  their  selling  power.  They  now  find  a 
ready  sale  in  a  powdered  condition  as  '  Concentrated  Size '  or 
'  Glue  Powder,'  the  cakes  being  ground,  sifted,  and  graded  by 
suitable  machinery. 

Isinglass. — The  purest  form  of  commercial  gelatine  is 
isinglass.  This  valuable  product  is  obtained  from  the 
swimming  bladder  or  sound  of  various  species  of  fish,  of 
which  the  sturgeon  yields  the  finest  quality.  Isinglass  is 
brought  into  commerce  under  the  name  of  pipe,  lump, 
honeycomb,  purse,  leaf,  and  other  designations,  and  these 
different  kinds  are  due  to  the  method  of  preparing  the 


SIZE   AND  ISINGLASS.  57 

bladder.  For  instance,  pipe,  purse,  and  lump  isinglass 
consists  of  the  sound  desiccated,  but  unopened ;  while  in  the 
leaf  and  honeycomb  kinds  the  bladder  is  cut  open  and  then 
dried  unfolded.  When  the  cut  bladder  is  folded  and  dried, 
the  product  is  known  as  book  isinglass,  while  in  the  ribbon 
isinglass  it  is  rolled  out.  From  Kussia  is  obtained  the  finest 
quality  of  isinglass  in  the  form  of  leaf,  book,  and  long  and 
short  staple,  the  four  varieties  principally  coming  from 
Astrakhan  and  Taganrog.  In  preparing  Russian  isinglass, 
the  swimming  bladder  is  first  cleansed  of  the  mucus  and 
blood  stains  by  immersion  in  hot  water,  then  cut  open 
longitudinally  and  exposed  to  the  air  with  the  inner  delicate 
silvery  membrane  upwards.  When  dried  this  fine  membrane 
is  removed  by  beating  and  rubbing,  and  the  swimming  bladder 
is  made  into  the  different  forms  by  twisting  or  folding. 

Brazilian  isinglass  is  imported  from  Para  and  Maranham 
in  the  form  of  pipe,  lump,  and  honeycomb.  Pipe  Brazilian 
isinglass  is  prepared  by  drying  the  swimming  bladder 
unopened.  When  dry,  each  bladder  is  from  10  to  12  inches 
long  and  2  to  2J  inches  broad,  weighing  about  5  ounces. 
Lump  Brazilian  isinglass  consists  of  two  swimming 
bladders  placed  side  by  side,  considerably  separated  at 
one  end,  but  communicating  with  each  other  at  the  other 
extremity.  An  average-sized  lump  will  weigh  about  6J 
ounces.  Honeycomb  Brazilian  isinglass  is  the  lump 
variety  split  open.  The  latter  is  sometimes  softened  and 
rolled  out  into  thin  strips,  and  is  then  known  as  ribbon 
isinglass.  Brazilian,  and  also  the  isinglass  imported  from 
Hudson's  Bay,  Penang,  India,  etc.,  is  the  product  of  different 
species  of  fish,  and  is  darker  in  colour  and  less  soluble  than 
the  Kussian  variety.  As  received  in  this  country,  isinglass 
is  a  hard  and  tough  substance,  and  for  many  purposes  it 
requires  to  be  cut  into  fine  shreds  to  facilitate  its  solution. 
According  to  Watson  Smith,  there  seem  to  be  only  six 


58  GLUE,    GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

isinglass  cutters  in  England,  all  being  domiciled  in  London. 
The  crude  isinglass  is  first  sorted,  soaked  in  water  until  it 
becomes  a  little  pliable,  and  then  trimmed.  Sometimes  it  is 
just  pressed  by  hand  on  a  board  with  a  rounded  surface  ;  at 
others  it  is  run  once  between  strong  rollers  to  flatten  it  a 
little  and  make  the  dark  and  dirty  spots  accessible  to  the 
knife,  the  top  of  the  roller  being  used  to  bend  the  pieces  on. 

The  cuttings  are  sold  separately  as  an  inferior  grade.  The 
next  process  is  that  of  rolling.  Very  hard  steel  rollers, 
powerfully  and  accurately  adjusted,  are  used.  They  are 
capable  of  exerting  a  pressure  of  100  tons.  Two  are 
employed,  the  first  to  bring  the  isinglass  to  a  uniform  thick- 
ness, and  the  smaller  one,  kept  cool  by  a  current  of  water, 
to  reduce  the  isinglass  to  a  little  more  than  the  thickness  of 
writing  paper.  It  is  very  curious  to  see  the  thick,  tough 
pieces  gradually  spreading  out  under  the  rollers  and  folded 
and  rolled  like  puff  pastry,  till  the  separate  pieces  so  unite 
themselves  that  no  joint  can  be  seen,  and  the  mass  is  reduced, 
under  the  coarse  rollers,  to  what  looks  like  semi-transparent 
millboard.  From  the  finer  rollers  it  comes  in  a  beautifully 
transparent  ribbon,  many  yards  to  the  pound,  'shot'  like 
watered  silk,  in  parallel  lines  about  an  inch  broad.  It  is  now 
hung  up  to  dry  in  a  separate  room,  the  drying  being  an 
operation  of  considerable  nicety.  When  sufficiently  dried, 
it  is  stored  till  wanted  for  cutting,  or  is  sold  as  ribbon 
isinglass  to  those  who  prefer  this  form. 

The  machines  for  cutting  are  well  and  accurately  made, 
and  are  so  adjusted  that  they  slice  pieces  off  a  sheet  of  paper 
without  bending  it  in  the  least.  For  the  fine  '  cut '  isinglass, 
these  machines  are  run  at  a  great  speed,  2000  to  2500 
revolutions,  making  10,000  to  12,000  cuts  in  a  minute.  It 
takes  an  hour  to  cut  5  Ibs.,  so  that  every  pound  would  contain 
100,000  to  125,000  separate  fibres,  if  none  of  them  were 
broken.  Isinglass  is  used  in  but  few  industries.  The  largest 


SIZE    AND   ISINGLASS.  59 

quantity  is  used  by  brewers  and  wine  merchants  for  clarifying 
purposes.  This  property  is  extraordinary,  for  gelatine,  which 
is  chemically  the  same  thing,  does  not  possess  it.  One 
theory  is  that  the  tenacious  mucilage  shaken  with  the  liquid 
gradually  settles  to  the  bottom,  entangling  all  floating 
particles  as  it  sinks.  Another  suggestion  is  that  a  very 
delicate  fibrous  network  remains  after  the  isinglass  is 
dissolved,  and  entangles  the  particles  in  the  way  that  the 
mucilage  is  supposed  to  act.  Many  varieties,  generally  the 
lower  brands,  are  used  for  this  purpose.  Some  brewers  use 
it  in  the  natural  state,  others  prefer  it  manufactured  into  a 
fine  or  wide  strip,  which  dissolves  quicker  and  suffers  no 
waste.  At  present  Penang  is  the  favourite  kind.  Eussian 
long  staple  isinglass  is  used  only  by  the  Worcestershire 
farmers  for  clarifying  their  cyder.  In  spite  of  its  costliness, 
Scotch  brewers  prefer  Russian  leaf.  For  clarifying  purposes 
the  isinglass  is  'cut'  or  dissolved  in  acid,  sulphurous  acid 
being  used  as  the  solvent,  owing  to  its  preservative  nature. 
When  reduced  to  the  right  consistency,  a  little  of  the  solution 
is  placed  in  each  cask  before  sending  it  out  for  consumption. 
Sole  skins  are  sometimes  used  as  a  substitute  for  isinglass. 
They  are  only  to  be  had  in  winter,  the  supply  is  uncertain, 
and  they  have  not  the  strength  of  the  Penang  varieties. 
Next  to  the  brewers'  demand  comes  that  of  the  cook,  who 
uses  it  for  making  jellies,  thickening  syrups,  and  stiffening 
jams.  Russian  takes  the  highest  position,  owing  to  its 
superior  strength  and  nourishing  properties.  Isinglass  being 
the  purest  natural  form  of  gelatine,  a  very  fine  article  has 
long  been  known  in  the  market  as  '  patent  isinglass/  which 
is  a  gelatine  of  high  quality.  It  does  not,  however,  possess 
the  clarifying  power  of  the  natural  article,  but  is  equally 
used  for  culinary  and  confectionery  purposes.  Outside  the 
demands  of  the  brewer  and  cook,  isinglass  has  but  a  limited 
use  in  the  arts.  In  textile  works  isinglass  is  used  along  with 


60 


GLUE,    GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


gum  to  give  lustre  to  ribbons  and  other  silk  articles,  while 
as  a  substitute  for  glass  it  answers  well  for  lamp  shades. 
Isinglass  is  also  used  in  preparing  a  substitute  for  Indian 
ink ;  for  this  purpose  three  parts  of  isinglass  are  made  into  a 
size  by  dissolving  them  in  six  parts  soft  water.  In  another 
vessel,  1  part  of  Spanish  liquorice  is  melted  in  2  parts  of 
soft  water,  over  a  fire,  and  then  saturated  with  1  part  of 
ivory  black.  The  two  solutions  are  mixed  together  and 
stirred  well.  This  mixture  is  evaporated  to  a  thick  syrup, 
and  this  is  run  into  a  leaden  mould  which  has  been  slightly 
oiled,  and  allowed  to  set  firm.  The  product  is  much  of  the 
same  nature  and  applicable  to  the  same  purpose  as  Indian 
ink.  As  an  agglutinant,  isinglass  is  used  in  the  form  of 
diamond  cement  by  dissolving  two  parts  of  it  in  four  parts  of 
spirit  of  wine,  the  solution  on  cooling  yielding  an  opaque, 
milk-white,  hard  jelly.  It  also  dissolves  in  strong  acetic  acid, 
forming  a  powerful  cement,  much  used  for  repairing  glass, 
pottery,  and  similar  small  objects. 

The  well-known  court  plaster  is  made  by  brushing  a 
solution  of  isinglass,  mingled  with  a  small  quantity  of 
tincture  of  benzoin,  over  black  sarsenet. 

Isinglass  is  not  suitable  for  photographic  work,  on  account 
of  its  great  solubility  and  inferior  tenacity.  The  composition 
of  isinglass,  so  far  as  required  for  commercial  purposes,  is  as 
follows  : — 


In  parts  per  100. 

Ash. 

Water. 

Insoluble. 

Astrakhan, 

0-2 

16-0 

2'8 

Fine  Russian,    .                                •         1  '2 

17'0 

I'O 

Russian  pipe,     .                                        0  *8 

19-0 

3-0 

Lump  Brazilian,        .                               1  '4 

14-0 

4  '6 

Honeycomb  Brazilian, 

1-1 

12-0 

5-2 

Royal  northern  bladder, 

3-2 

15-0 

10-8 

Siberian  purse,  . 

•85 

14-0 

3'9 

Cayenne  Brazilian,    . 

1-49 

12-0 

6'2 

78 

8-0 

8'6 

CHAPTER  VIL— EFFLUENTS :  MARROW  BONES 
AND  BYE-PRODUCTS. 

Treatment  of  Effluents  produced  in  Glue  and  Gelatine 
making. — In  face  of  the  growing  stringency  of  the  public 
authorities  in  dealing  with  trades'  effluents,  the  disposal  of 
the  waste  and  wash  waters  from  the  various  operations  in 
the  factory  becomes  an  important  matter.  These  waters 
contain  a  large  proportion  of  suspended  and  dissolved 
mineral  and  organic  matter,  and  their  discharge  into  a  water 
course  without  treatment  of  any  kind  would  form  a  source 
of  pollution,  rendering  the  manufacturer  so  offending  liable 
to  severe  penalties  under  the  Rivers  Pollution  Prevention  Act. 

Formerly  the  effluents  were  treated  in  a  very  primitive 
way  by  running  them  into  roughly-made  ponds,  whence, 
after  a  partial  subsidence  of  the  suspended  matter,  the  still 
muddy  liquors  were  allowed  to  percolate  through  the  soil. 
An  improvement  on  this  was  the  system  of  nitration  through 
layers  of  coke  and  sand,  which,  while  retaining  the  suspended 
matter,  failed  to  remove  any  in  a  dissolved  state. 

To  meet  the  high  standards  of  purity  enforced  by  many 
County  Councils,  some  form  of  treatment  which  would 
remove  both  the  soluble  and  insoluble  impurities  became 
necessary.  This  is  now  carried  out  chemically  by  a  method 
of  precipitation  with  soda-ash  and  alumino-ferric,  the  applica- 

61 


62 


GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


tion  of  these  reagents  in  the  treatment  of  the  effluents  being 
shown  in  figs.  23  and  24,  which  illustrate  the  Archbutt- 
Deeley  installation  for  the  purification  of  waste  and  wash 
waters. 

The  Chemical  Trades  Journal,  in  describing  this  apparatus 
and  its  working,  says  that  it  consists  of  a  large  tank  A.  which 
may  be  constructed  of  brick,  concrete,  or  iron.  The  waste 
water  to  be  treated  is  admitted  at  the  inlet  B.  While  the 
tank  is  filling,  the  chemicals  required  for  precipitation  are 
weighed  out  and  boiled  up  with  water  in  the  small  chemical 


FIG.  23. — Archbutt-Deeley  purification  plant.     Section. 

tank  C  by  means  of  live  steam.  When  the  tank  is  full  and 
the  inlet  valve  has  been  closed,  steam  from  the  boiler  is 
admitted  to  the  blower  D,  causing  a  current  of  water  to 
circulate  through  the  rose  E,  the  threeway  tap  F,  down  the 
vertical  pipe,  and  back  into  the  tank  through  the  perforations 
in  the  upper  row  of  horizontal  pipes  G.  On  opening  the  small 
tap  H  the  prepared  chemical  solution  is  slowly  drawn  into 
the  circulating  current  and  uniformly  diffused  throughout 
the  body  of  water  in  the  tank.  The  tap  I  is  next  opened  to 
admit  air  through  the  pipe  at  the  top  of  the  blower,  and  by 
reversing  the  threeway  tap  F  this  air  is  forced  through  the 


EFFLUENTS  :    MARROW   BONES   AND   BYE-PRODUCTS. 


63 


perforations  on  the  under  side  of  the  lower  row  of  pipes  J. 
From  these  it  rises  in  streams  of  bubbles,  stirring  up  some  of 
the  precipitate  from  previous  operations,  which,  when  diffused 
throughout  the  water,  carries  down  the  flocculent  particles 
of  freshly-formed  precipitate.  Any  residual  virtue  in  the 
precipitant  from  the  previous  batch  is  also  utilised,  thus 
effecting  considerable  economy  in  chemicals.  Steam  is  then 
turned  off,  and  in  about  thirty  minutes  to  one  hour  nearly  all 


IT 

FIG.  24. — Archbutt-Deeley  purification  plant.     Plan. 

the  precipitant  will  have  settled  to  the  bottom  of  the  tank, 
and  the  supernatant  water,  even  to  a  depth  of  six  feet,  will 
not  average  more  than  about  one  grain  of  suspended  matter 
per  gallon.  The  clear  water  is  drawn  off  by  the  floating 
discharge  pipe  K  to  a  receiving  tank  L,  from  whence  it  may 
be  run  to  a  stream  or  sewer. 

The  precipitated  sludge  has  a  manurial  value  when  in  a 
dried  state,  due  to  the  nitrogen  and  phosphate  of  calcium  it 
contains.  To  prepare  it  for  use  in  the  manure  shed,  it  is 


64  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR    ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

pumped  into  a  powerful  press  which  removes  fully  90  per 
cent,  of  the  water,  the  pressed  cakes  being  subsequently 
dried  by  waste  heat,  then  pulverised  by  passing  through  a 
disintegrator,  and  used  in  the  compounding  of  low-grade 
manures. 

Marrow  Bones. 

On  the  raw  bones  entering  the  works,  the  leg  and  thigh 
bones,  known  as  '  marrows '  or  *  knuckles/  are  separated 
from  the  heads,  ribs,  etc.,  and  undergo  a  treatment  different 
to  that  of  the  latter.  In  the  first  instance,  the  *  marrows ' 
are  not  treated  with  a  solvent ;  and  secondly,  they  are  only 
partially  degreased  and  degelatinised  in  the  slow  boiling 
they  receive.  The  object  is  to  remove  only  a  portion  of 
the  fatty  and  gelatinous  matters,  leaving  the  bone  firm 
and  hard  so  that  it  can  be  turned  in  a  lathe.  If  the  boiling 
is  excessive  and  prolonged,  the  bone  becomes  chalky  and  soft, 
and  thus  useless  for  conversion  into  the  many  articles  of 
everyday  life. 

Treatment.  — In  working  the  '  marrows  '  the  ends  are 
sawn  off  by  a  circular  saw  to  open  out  the  core  and  thus 
facilitate  the  removal  of  the  fat  in  the  after-process  of  boiling. 
The  cut  bones  are  now  steeped  in  cold  water  containing 
1  per  cent,  of  salt  for  three  or  four  days,  to  separate  the 
fibrous  matter  derived  from  the  fine  bloodvessels.  After 
washing  with  water  they  are  conveyed  to  a  large  circular 
vat  provided  with  a  steam  coil  and  a  double  bottom  to 
distribute  the  heat.  The  bones  are  covered  with  water,  which 
is  gradually  brought  to  a  simmer  and  maintained  at  that  for 
six  hours.  During  the  heating  all  the  fat  in  the  core  of  the 
bone  is  removed  along  with  a  part  of  the  gelatinous  tissue, 
trhe  former  rising  to  the  surface,  while  the  latter  is  dissolved 
in  the  hot  water.  The  fat  is  skimmed  off  from  time  to  time, 
bleached,  and  then  used  for  the  making  of  high-class  toilet 


EFFLUENTS  :   MARROW  BONES  AND   BYE-PRODUCTS.          65 

soaps,  or,  in  the  unbleached  state,  the  fat  oil  is  expressed,  and 
used  in  adulterating  neat's-foot  and  other  highly-priced  oils, 
while  the  residual  stearine  is  of  value  to  the  candlemaker. 

Composition    of   Extracted    Fat.  --  The    following 
analyses  represent  the  composition  of  the  bleached  fat : — 

In  parts  per  100. 

Water,      ...  -58  '94  76 
Organic  matter  other 

than  fat,         .         .  "04  -07  '01 

Mineral  matter,         .  '11  '15  '23 

Fat,           .                  .  99-27  98'84  99'00 


100-00       100-00       100-00 

The  mineral  matter  is  mainly  phosphate  of  lime. 

The  water,  which  has  extracted  8  to  9  per  cent,  of 
gelatinous  matter,  is  chiefly  used  for  the  preparation  of  high- 
class  size  for  cardboard  boxmaking,  and  with  this  object  it  is 
run  through  a  filter  of  coarse  woven  calico  into  a  receiving 
tank,  the  filtration  removing  the  phosphate  of  lime  and 
other  suspended  impurities.  If  further  clarification  is 
necessary  to  remove  any  soluble  organic  matter  other  than 
glue,  it  is  carried  out  in  the  tank  in  the  manner  described 
under  '  bone  glue,'  with  a  small  proportion  of  alum.  On 
filtering,  the  liquor  is  run  into  a  vat  heated  by  a  steam  coil, 
half  a  bucketful  of  sulphurous  acid,  3°  Tw.  strength,  added, 
and  then  evaporated  to  a  density  of  32  per  cent,  dry  glue  as 
registered  by  the  glue  meter.  The  partially  degreased  and 
degelatinised  bones  are  now  removed  from  the  boiling  vat, 
and  each  one  is  scrubbed  with  a  brush  to  detach  any  meaty 
matter,  then  placed  on  a  rack  and  air-dried. 

Uses. — The  dried  bones  are  used  for  manufacturing 
buttons,  knife-handles,  spoons,  paper-knives,  and  many  fancy 
articles  of  daily  use ;  the  residual  trimmings  in  cutting  the 
rough  buttons  from  the  bone  slabs  are  used  for  gelatine 

5 


66  GLUE,  GELATINE,   AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

making ;  and  the  dust  formed  in  drilling  the  eyes  is  used  as 
a  food  for  poultry  and  dogs. 

Partially  Degelatinised  Bones  and  their  Conversion 
into  Animal  Charcoal,  etc. — With  a  carbonising  plant  at 
his  disposal  the  manufacturer  is  well  advised  if  he  only 
partially  degelatinises  the  degreased  bones — that  is,  extracts 
only  half  of  the  nitrogenous  and  carbonaceous  matter  as 
glue  and  carbonises  the  remainder  to  animal  charcoal,  using 
the  tar,  ammoniacal  liquor,  and  uncondensed  gases  forming 
the  bye-products  ;  the  two  former  for  the  production  of  bone 
pitch  and  sulphate  of  ammonia  respectively ;  and  the  latter, 
after  purification,  for  illuminating  or  motive  purposes. 

Carbonisation. — Animal  charcoal  made  from  partially 
degelatinised  bones  is  of  a  deep  black  colour,  and  has  a 
metallic  ring  when  struck.  As  it  contains  the  limit  of  fixed 
nitrogenised  carbon  (10  to  11  per  cent.)  necessary  for  a  high- 
grade  charcoal,  it  is  fully  equal  to  the  product  made  direct 
from  undegelatinised  bones.  The  carbonisation  is  effected 
in  a  series  of  retorts,  12  feet  long,  fixed  horizontally  in  a 
furnace,  and  heated  from  a  fire  beneath.  The  retorts  are 
made  of  cast  iron,  and  five  are  fixed  in  each  furnace,  forming 
what  is  known  as  a  '  bench/  At  the  open  end  is  fixed  the 
frame,  which  carries  the  door  swung  on  a  hinge.  Bolted  on  to 
the  upper  surface  of  the  frame  is  the  up-take  pipe  leading 
to  the  hydraulic  main,  containing  a  layer  of  ammoniacal 
liquor,  into  which  it  dips,  and  thus  effectually  closes  the 
retort  against  any  back-rush  of  gases  during  drawing  and 
charging.  Each  retort  takes  a  charge  of  5  cwts.,  which 
requires  twelve  to  thirteen  hours  for  complete  carbonisation. 

When  ready  for  withdrawal  the  door  of  the  retort  is 
slightly  loosened  by  turning  a  lever,  the  escaping  gases  are 
burnt,  and  in  a  few  minutes  the  internal  pressure  is  destroyed, 
allowing  the  door  to  be  opened  widely  with  safety. 

The  red-hot  charcoal  is  rapidly  withdrawn  by  the  retort- 


EFFLUENTS  :    MARROW   BONES   AND   BYE-PRODUCTS. 


67 


man  into  a  canister,  covered  with  a  lid,  and  rolled  to  the 
cooling  shed  of  the  mill,  where  the  lid  is  made  airtight  by  a 
luting  of  charcoal  dust  and  water,  and  the  canister  allowed 
to  cool  for  twenty-four  hours. 

Milling. — When  cooled,  the  charcoal  is  watered,  and 
then  conveyed  to  the  mill,  undergoing  first  a  cutting  into 
small  pieces  by  two  revolving  toothed  wheels,  and  then  a 
riddling  action  in  revolving  cylinders  covered  with  a  No.  7 
wire  cloth.  The  fine  and  coarse  particles  passing  from  the 
cylinders  are  coarsely  ground  and  then  passed  to  a  second 
set  of  cylinders  or  riddles  covered  with  a  60-mesh  wire 
cloth,  the  dust  coming  through  the  cloth  being  bagged  and 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  superphosphates  and  ivory  black. 
The  clean  charcoal  is  then  conveyed  to  a  third  set  of  riddles 
covered  with  wire  cloth  to  suit  the  grade  of  charcoal  required, 
and  finally  bagged  as  grade  14/60,  12/20,  20/30,  or  any  other 
grade  required  by  the  buyer. 

The  grading  of  these  charcoals  is  seen  as  follows : — 


Grade 

14/60. 

Grade 

12/20. 

Grade 

20/30. 

Size  14  . 
16  . 
18  . 
20  . 
30  . 
40  . 

Kf\ 

3'98 

4'28 
10-66 
26-89 
30-82 
10-39 
7  '94 

Size  12     . 
,    20    . 
,    30     . 
,    40     . 
,    50     . 
,    60     . 

T)nef 

.     .       2'88 
.     .     87-15 
.     .       8-39 
.     .         -55 
.     .         -46 
.     .         -29 
'21 

Size  20     . 
»    30     . 
,.    40     . 
„    50     . 
„    60     . 
Dust    .     . 

.     .     2-14 
.     .  71-85 
.     .   15-63 
.     .     6-17 
.     .     3-14 
.     .     1-07 

3-49 

I  AA  .AA 

OU 

Dust   .     . 

2'32 

99-93 

100-00 

In  a  high-grade  charcoal  the  amount  passing  through  a 
riddle,  size  40,  should  not  exceed  2  per  cent. 

Tarry  and  Ammoniacal  Liquors. — The  tarry  and 
ammoniacal  vapours  leaving  the  hydraulic  main  are  passed 


68     GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

to  the  condensers,  consisting  of  a  series  of  pipes  vertically 
placed,  through  which  the  hot  gases  ascend  and  descend, 
until  their  temperature  is  reduced  to  85°  F.,  this  reduction  of 
temperature  condensing  the  vapour,  which,  as  a  liquid,  runs 
into  the  separating  tank  ;  from  the  difference  in  gravity  the 
tarry  matter  rises  to  the  surface  and  is  floated  off  to  the  tar 
well.  The  ammoniacal  liquor  is  pumped  from  the  separating 
tank  to  the  ammonia  still,  and  the  ammonia  distilled  over 
by  steam  heat  into  the  '  sulphate  box, '  neutralised  with 
sulphuric  acid  to  saturation  point,  when  the  sulphate  of 
ammonia  separates  out  in  fine  particles  or  crystals  falling  to 
the  bottom  of  the  box,  and  at  intervals  are  '  fished  out '  by  a 
ladle,  drained,  and  dried  by  air  exposure.  From  the  well  the 
tar  is  pumped  to  a  still  heated  by  a  fire  underneath,  and  on 
distillation  the  volatile  products,  after  condensation,  yield  an 
oily  liquid  to  which  the  term  of  '  bone  oil '  is  given,  while 
the  residue,  on  running  from  the  still,  solidifies  as  bone  pitch, 
and  is  used  mainly  in  the  manufacture  of  black  varnishes, 
Brunswick  black,  ivory  black,  etc.  The  uncondensed  gases 
from  the  condensers  are  purified  by  passing  over  lime,  stored 
in  a  gas-holder,  and  used  for  motive  or  illuminating  purposes. 
Yield  and  Composition. — The  yield  of  animal  charcoal 
amounts  to  55  or  60  per  cent,  of  the  bones  retorted,  and 
the  following  analyses,  made  by  the  author,  represent  its 
composition : — 

In  parts  per  100. 

Moisture,  ....  7'41  6*33 

Carbon  (nitrogenised),  .  10'49  1116 

Phosphate  of  calcium,  .  74'17  72'64 

Carbonate  „         „  .  5'96  7'97 

Sulphate     „         „  .  1-22  -89 

Oxide  of  iron,    .         .  .  0'06  -14 

Sand,  -69  -87 

100-00       100-00 


CHAPTER  VIIL— LIQUID  AND  OTHER  GLUES, 
CEMENTS,  Etc. 

FOR  many  purposes  an  agglutinant  which  permanently  retains 
its  liquidity  is  found  more  suitable  than  the  ordinary  cake 
of  glue  which  requires  to  be  melted  in  water  before  it  is 
available  for  use.  To  supply  this  want  we  have  the  numerous 
soluble  and  liquid  glues,  formed  by  adding  to  the  glue,  when 
in  solution,  some  ingredient  which,  while  it  destroys  the 
gelatinising  property,  does  not  impair  its  adhesiveness. 
The  following  collection  of  recipes  is  large  ;  only  those  have 
been  selected  which  were  believed  to  be  trustworthy  and 
valuable.  They  were  taken  from  periodical  literature  and 
other  sources. 

Liquid  Glues. 

(1)  Possessing  great  resisting  power. 

Clear  gelatine,     .         .         .  100  parts 

Glue,  .         .         .         .         .  100     „ 

Alcohol,      ....  25     „ 
Alum,          ....  2     „ 

Mix  the  whole  together,  and  then  add  200  parts  of  20  per 
cent,  acetic  acid,  and  heat  on  a  water-bath  for  six  hours. 

(2)  Improved  liquid  glue. — Dissolve  3  parts  glue  in  12  to 
15  parts  saccharate  of  lime.     On  warming,  the  glue  dissolves 
rapidly  and  remains   liquid  when   cold,  without  losing  its 

69 


70  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

strength.     Any   desirable  consistency  may  be  obtained  by 
varying  the  amount  of  the  saccharate. 

(3)  Dissolve  2  parts  fine  glue  in  4  parts  water  heated  over 
a  water-bath.     When  dissolved,  add  2  parts  glacial  acetic  acid. 

(4)  Dissolve  16  parts  of  best  white  glue  in  32  parts  water 
by  heat;  when  dissolved,  add  4  parts  dry  white  lead,  and 
stir  well.     Add  the  alcohol,  and  continue  the  heat  for  a  few 
minutes  ;  lastly,  pour  into  bottles  while  it  is  still  hot. 

(5)  A  liquid  glue  of  great  strength  and  useful  for  a  variety 
of  purposes  is  made  by  dissolving  30  parts  of  good  glue  in  a 
solution  prepared  by  melting  in  20  parts  dilute  phosphoric 
acid  4  parts  carbonate  of  ammonium.      The  glue  is  stirred 
into  the  solution,  heated  to  70°  C.  until  dissolved,  and  the 
mixture  allowed  to  cool. 

(6)  For  printing  purposes,  a  liquid  glue  is  prepared  by 
dissolving  28  parts  of  a  good  quality  of  glue  in  56  parts  of 
hot  water.     On  complete  solution  28  parts  of  fused  chloride 
of  magnesium  are  added,  and  stirred  well  until  melted.     As 
a   preservative,  1   part   of   boracic   acid  is   added,  and  the 
mixture  is  allowed  to  cool  for  twenty-four  hours,  when  it  is 
ready  for  use. 

(7)  Fifty  parts  of  glue  are  dissolved  in  125  parts  of  hot 
water.     When   melted,   add    30   parts   chloral  hydrate,  stir 
well,  and  allow  to  cool  for  forty-eight  hours.     The  solution, 
which  remains  perfectly  fluid,  forms  an  excellent  adhesive  for 
mounting  photographs. 

(8)  Dissolve  3  parts  of  good  glue  in  5  parts  nitric  ether  ; 
the  ether  will  only  dissolve  a  certain  amount  of  glue,  there- 
fore the  solution  cannot  be  made  very  thick;  on  complete 
solution  it  will  be  about  the  consistency  of  syrup,  and  is 
much  more  tenacious  than  glue  made  with  hot  water.     It  is 
improved  by  adding  a  few  pieces  of  indiarubber,  cut  small, 
and  the  solution  is  then  allowed  to  stand  a  few  days,  stirring 
frequently. 


LIQUID  AND   OTHER  GLUES,   CEMENTS,   ETC.  71 

(9)  A  very  strong  liquid  glue  is  prepared   by  dissolving 
4£  parts  of  glue  in  15  parts  warm  water,  allowing  to  stand, 
and  then  adding  f  part  hydrochloric  acid  and  ^  part  sulphate 
of  zinc.     Heat  at  90°  C.  for  ten  to  twelve  hours.     It  remains 
liquid  after  cooling.     Used  for  wood,  crockery,  and  glass. 

(10)  Russian  liquid  glue. — Soften  50  parts  best  Russian 
glue  in  50  parts  warm  water,  add  slowly  3  parts  nitric  acid 
and  3  parts  sulphate  of  lead.     Stir  well,  cool,  and  bottle. 

(11)  Brand  makes  an  animal  glue  by  dissolving  60  parts  of 
borax  in  100  parts  of  water,  adding  to  the  solution  when 
boiling  4  parts  of  90  per  cent,  calcined  potash,  and  stirring 
intimately  the  mixture  in  1000  parts  of  glue  liquor  of  12°  B. 
strength. 

Moisture-proof  Glues. 

(1)  Dissolve  16  parts  of  good  glue  in  24  parts  methylated 
spirit,  or  in  the  same  proportion   of   skiin  milk,  then  add 
4  parts  of  powdered  lime,  and  stir  well. 

(2)  Mix  20  parts  of  quicklime  with  4  parts  of  linseed  oil. 
Thoroughly  stir  the  mixture,  then  heat  until  quite  thick,  and 
spread  on  plates.     It  will  set  in  a  hard  mass,  and  can  be 
melted  over  a  fire  like  ordinary  glue. 

(3)  Soak  10  parts  of  glue  in  the  same  quantity  of  water, 
and  remove  it  before  it  has  lost  its  primitive  form.     Then 
dissolve  the  swollen  glue  in  8  parts  linseed  oil  over  a  slow 
fire  until  it  forms  a  jelly.     This  glue  may  be  used  for  joining 
many  materials.     In  addition  to  strength  and  hardness,  it 
resists  the  action  of  water. 

(4)  Dissolve  12  parts  of  glue  in  an  equal  weight  of  hot 
water,  then  add  3  parts  of  yellow  resin  and  continue  the  heat 
until  melted  ;    finally,   add  4  parts  of   turpentine,  and  mix 
thoroughly  together  on  a  water- bath. 

(5)  Dissolve  in  16  parts  strong  methylated  spirit  1  part 
each  of  sandarac  and  mastic ;   next  add  1  part  turpentine. 


72  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

This  solution  is  then  added  to  a  hot  thick  solution  of  glue, 
prepared  by  dissolving  12  parts  of  glue  in  16  parts  of  water 
by  steam  heat.  The  mixture  is  now  filtered,  while  hot, 
through  cloth  or  a  sieve. 

(6)  One  hundred  parts  of  a  thick  solution  of  glue,  prepared 
by  dissolving  glue  in  an  equal  weight  of  hot  water,  is  mixed 
with  50  parts  linseed  oil  varnish  and  10  parts  litharge.     Heat 
for  ten  minutes,  and  use  while  hot. 

(7)  Dissolve  10  parts  of  glue  in  15  parts  of   hot   water, 
and  add  bichromate  of  potassium  in  the  proportion  of  ^  of 
the  glue  taken.     There  is  no  better  glue  for  wood  in  contact 
with   water   than   bichrornated   glue.     Allow   it   to   harden 
thoroughly. 

(8)  Soak  10  parts  of  glue  in  water  until  it  is  soft ;   then 
dissolve  it  in  the  smallest  possible  quantity  of  proof  spirit 
by  the  aid  of  a  gentle  heat.     In  10  parts  of  this  mixture 
dissolve  1  part  of  gum  ammoniacum,  and,  while  still  warm, 
add  1  part  of  mastic  dissolved  in  3  parts   rectified   spirit  ; 
stir   well.     It   is   essentially   a   solution   of   glue  in  mastic 
varnish. 

(9)  Glue  may  be  rendered  insoluble  and  thus  waterproof, 
by  means  of  tannic  acid  dissolved  in  a  small  quantity  of  hot 
water. 

(10)  The    so-called     marine    glues    found    in    commerce 
contain  no  glue ;   they  are  mixtures  of  benzene  or  naphtha 
with   shellac,  indiarubber,    or   asphaltuin.     Jeffrey's   marine 
glue  is   prepared   by   dissolving    1    part   of   indiarubber   in 
4  parts  of  crude  benzene,  and  mixing  with  the  solution    2 
parts   shellac,   by   heat.     The   waterproof  character  of  this 
preparation,  its  slight  elastic  flexibility,  the  ease  with  which 
it  is  applied,  when  warm,  and  the  promptness  with  which  it 
sets  on  cooling,  makes  it  a  most  useful  substance  in  many 
applications  to  house  construction  and  furniture,  as  well  as 
on  board  ship,  where  it  was  originally  intended  to  be  chiefly 


LIQUID   AND   OTHER   GLUES,   CEMENTS,   ETC.  73 

employed.  Another  preparation  is  made  by  dissolving  1  part 
caoutchouc  and  2  parts  asphaltum  in  4  parts  naphtha. 

White  or  Russian  glue. — White  glue  is  prepared  by 
forming  a  concentrated  solution  of  glue  (5  parts  glue  to 
8  parts  water),  and,  while  hot,  adding  1  part  of  white  oxide 
of  zinc  and  1  part  oxalic  acid  to  every  20  parts  of  the  glue 
solution.  Allow  mixture  to  form  a  jelly,  and  then  dry  in 
the  form  of  cakes. 

Tungstic  glue. — Tungstic  glue  has  been  suggested  as  a 
substitute  for  hard  indiarubber,  as  it  can  be  used  for  all  the 
purposes  to  which  the  latter  is  applied.  It  is  prepared  by 
making  a  concentrated  solution  of  glue  (5  parts  glue  and 
8  parts  water),  and  adding  to  this  a  mixture  of  tungstate 
of  sodium  and  hydrochloric  acid  in  the  proportion  of  2  per 
cent,  of  the  dry  glue  taken.  A  compound  of  tungstic  acid 
and  glue  is  precipitated,  which,  at  a  temperature  of  60°  C., 
is  sufficiently  elastic  to  be  rolled  out  into  very  thin  sheets. 

Chrome  glue. — To  every  100  parts  of  a  concentrated 
solution  of  glue  (5  parts  glue  and  8  parts  water),  while  hot, 
add  5  parts  of  dehydrated  bichromate  of  potassium.  When 
dissolved,  allow  the  solutions  to  set  to  a  jelly ;  cut  into  cakes, 
and  dry. 

Portable  glue. — A  very  convenient  form  of  glue  is  known 
as  portable  or  mouth  glue.  It  is  prepared  by  adding  1  part 
of  sugar  to  every  4  parts  of  fine  pale  glue  dissolved,  and 
continuing  the  heat  until  the  sugar  is  melted.  It  is  then 
poured  on  a  slab  or  plate,  and,  when  cold,  cut  into  squares. 
The  glue  is  easily  softened  by  the  tongue,  and  is,  for  many 
purposes,  very  handy. 

Frozen  glue. — A  form  of  glue  preferred  by  many  users  in 
America  is  prepared  as  follows : — The  glue,  while  in  the 
form  of  a  jelly,  is  sliced  and  placed  on  nets,  and  allowed  to 
freeze  by  natural  cold.  The  process  can  only  be  conducted  in 
cold  weather.  The  product  is  porous  and  much  more  bulky 


74  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR  ALLIED    PRODUCTS. 

than  ordinary  glue,  but  it  is  a  better  article,  and  dissolves 
more  easily. 

Elastic  glue. — An  elastic  and  flexible  glue  is  prepared  by 
dissolving  10  parts  of  fine  pale  glue  in  15  parts  hot  water, 
and  then  adding  7  parts  of  glycerine.  Heat  until  the  water 
is  driven  off;  pour  on  to  a  marble  or  glass  slab  to  cool,  and 
cut  into  blocks  about  12  inches  square.  Elastic  glue  is  of 
value  in  the  bookbinding  trade,  for  in  its  use  bookbinders 
get  rid  of  that  cracking  noise  so  often  heard  when  opening  new 
books  in  which  ordinary  glue  has  been  used  in  the  binding. 

Cements. — For  binding  or  cementing  purposes,  many 
preparations  in  which  glue  or  gelatine  forms  the  leading 
ingredient  are  used. 

The  following  are  the  cements  chiefly  used : — 

Glue  for  repairing  broken  glass. — Dissolve  fine  glue  in  acetic 
acid  to  form  a  thick  syrup.  Another  preparation  is  made  by 
dissolving  equal  parts  of  isinglass  and  glue  in  hot  water,  and 
straining  through  coarse  linen.  Then  add  a  little  alcohol,  and 
evaporate  by  steam  heat  to  such  a  consistency  that,  when 
cold,  it  will  be  dry  and  hard. 

Glue  for  ivory  and  lone. — Equal  parts  of  isinglass  and  glue 
are  dissolved  in  hot  water  to  a  concentrated  solution,  and 
then  5  per  cent,  of  zinc  white  is  added  to  bring  the  whole  to 
the  consistency  of  molasses. 

To  glue  labels  to  iron. — Make  a  paste  of  rye,  flour,  and  glue, 
formed  by  adding  these  ingredients  to  hot  water,  and  stirring 
well  until  the  glue  has  dissolved.  To  every  16  parts  of  the 
paste  add  1  part  linseed  oil  varnish  and  1  part  of  turpentine. 

To  glue  leather  to  iron. — Paint  the  surface  of  the  iron  with 
a  lead  pigment,  say  white  lead  and  lampblack  ground  up  in 
oil.  When  dry,  cover  with  the  following  cement: — Take  the 
best  glue,  soak  it  in  cold  water  till  soft,  dissolve  it  in  acetic 
acid  with  a  moderate  heat,  and  then  add  turpentine  in  the 
proportion  of  J  of  the  bulk,  and  thoroughly  mix.  By  means 


LIQUID  AND   OTHER  GLUES,  CEMENTS,  ETC.  75 

of  a  further  addition  of  acetic  acid  it  is  brought  to  a  con- 
sistency to  enable  the  solution  to  be  spread  with  a  brush. 
It  is  applied  while  hot,  and  in  the  application  the  leather 
is  drawn  on  quickly  and  pressed  tightly  to  its  place. 

Glue  for  leather  goods. — This  glue,  though  complex  in 
composition,  gives  good  results.  Eight  parts  of  rye  spirit  are 
diluted  with  8  parts  of  water,  and  the  mixture  is  made  into 
a  paste  with  2  parts  of  powdered  starch.  One  part  of  glue  is 
dissolved  in  the  same  amount  of  hot  water;  to  the  glue 
solution  1  part  of  turpentine  is  added,  and  the  solution  is 
thoroughly  incorporated  with  the  paste. 

To  glue  leather  to  metals. — One  part  crushed  nutgalls  is 
digested  for  six  hours  with  8  parts  of  distilled  water,  and 
strained.  Glue  is  macerated  in  its  own  weight  of  water  for 
twenty-four  hours,  and  then  dissolved  by  heat.  The  warm 
infusion  of  nutgalls  is  spread  on  the  leather,  and  the  glue  on 
the  roughened  surface  of  the  warm  metal.  The  moist  leather 
is  then  pressed  upon  it,  and  dried. 

G-lue  for  tablets. — Soak  25  parts  of  best  glue  in  the  same 
proportion  of  water  for  an  hour,  and  then  heat  until 
dissolved.  To  the  hot  solution  add  glycerine  to  the  amount 
of  25  per  cent,  of  the  glue  dissolved.  If  too  thick,  add  a 
little  water.  The  solution  may  be  coloured  with  aniline 
colours  if  required. 

Cements  for  mounting  Photographs. — (1)  Soak  1  part  of 
gelatine  in  cold  water  for  an  hour ;  take  out,  and  drain  off 
all  the  water  which  will  go.  Then  dissolve  in  10  parts 
alcohol,  and  add  to  the  solution  1  part  of  glycerine. 
The  cement  will  keep  for  an  indefinite  time,  and  has  only 
to  be  heated  when  wanted  for  use.  (2)  Dissolve  4  parts 
of  gelatine  in  16  parts  of  hot  water.  When  solution 
is  completed,  stir  in  1  part  of  glycerine.  Allow  to  partly 
cool,  and  then  add  14  parts  of  alcohol.  Mix  intimately. 
(3)  Make  a  solution  of  1  part  of  gelatine  in  45  parts  of 


76  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

hot  water,  and  then  add  10  parts  of  arrowroot  which  has 
been  previously  mixed  with  5  parts  of  cold  water.  Boil  for 
five  minutes  and  then  add  10  parts  of  95  per  cent,  alcohol, 
together  with  a  few  drops  of  carbolic  acid.  Stir  well  until 
thoroughly  incorporated. 

Jeweller  s  cement. — A  cement  known  as  '  Armenian '  cement 
is  prepared  by  soaking  8  parts  of  gelatine  in  64  parts  of  cold 
water  for  twenty-four  hours.  Then  dissolve  on  the  water- 
bath  and  evaporate  down  to  half  the  bulk,  and  add  to  the 
concentrated  liquor  32  parts  of  rectified  spirit  of  wine, 
straining  the  whole  through  muslin.  Into  this  mixture 
thoroughly  incorporate  4  parts  of  mastic  and  2  parts  of 
gum  ammoniac  dissolved  in  32  parts  of  rectified  spirit  of 
wine. 

Bottle  tops. — A  cement  is  made  by  dissolving  5  parts  of 
gelatine  in  5  parts  of  water,  and  mixing  the  solution  with 
1  part  of  glycerine. 

Leather. — A  cement  for  leather  is  prepared  by  dissolving 
in  the  cold  8  parts  of  indiarubber  and  4  parts  of  gutta- 
percha  in  32  parts  of  bisulphide  of  carbon,  and  then  incor- 
porating in  the  mixture  a  solution  of  2  parts  of  gelatine 
dissolved  in  2  parts  of  hot  water. 

For  attaching  cloth  strips  to  iron. — A  powerful  cement  is 
prepared  by  soaking  100  parts  of  Cologne  glue  in  cold  water 
for  twelve  hours,  and  then  pouring  off  the  water.  Place  the 
softened  glue  in  a  clean  copper  or  enamel  vessel  heated  by 
steam.  During  the  dissolving,  the  mass  is  stirred  well  with 
a  wooden  spatula.  If  the  glue  is  too  thick,  it  is  thinned  with 
spirit  of  wine,  but  not  with  water.  As  soon  as  the  glue  solu- 
tion has  reached  the  boiling  point,  10  parts  of  boiled  linseed 
oil  are  added  with  constant  stirring.  When  completely  in- 
corporated, add  10  parts  of  powdered  colophony,  shaking 
it  into  mass,  and  stirring  well.  In  order  to  increase  the 
binding  qualities  of  the  cement  it  is  well  to  add  10  parts 


LIQUID   AND   OTHEK    GLUES,   CEMENTS,   ETC.  77 

of  isinglass,  previously  cut  into  narrow  strips  and  dissolved 
in  20  parts  of  spirit  of  wine,  this  solution  being  added  to  the 
boiling  glue  liquor.  The  cement  is  now  ready  for  use.  In 
the  application  the  iron  is  warmed  and  the  cement  applied 
to  only  so  much  of  the  surface  as  one  is  able  to  cover 
promptly  with  cloth  strips.  The  latter  are  not  pressed  down 
with  hand,  but  with  a  stiff  brush. 

Universal  cement. — This  cement  is  prepared  by  dissolving  in 
a  flask  placed  on  a  water-bath  16  parts  of  sugar  in  48  parts 
of  water,  and  adding  to  the  thin  syrup  4  parts  of  slaked 
lime.  Keep  the  mixture  at  a  temperature  of  70-75*  C. 
for  forty-eight  hours,  shaking  frequently ;  then  cool  and 
decant.  Dilute  13  parts  of  this  liquor  with  13  parts  of  water, 
and  in  the  diluted  mixture  steep  32  parts  of  fine  gelatine  for 
three  hours  before  heating,  to  effect  solution.  Finally,  add 
3  parts  of  glacial  acetic  acid  and  15  drops  of  carbolic  acid. 
Stir  well. 

Glue  for  belts. — To  prepare  a  glue  for  belts,  soak  50  parts 
gelatine  in  an  equal  weight  of  water  for  twelve  hours. 
Pour  off  the  water  and  melt  the  soaked  glue  on  a  water-bath. 
To  the  hot  solution  add  5  parts  of  glycerine,  10  parts  of 
turpentine,  and  5  parts  of  boiled  linseed  oil.  Stir  well,  and 
apply  while  hot. 

Glue  paste  for  library  use. — (1)  Mix  6  parts  of  rice  starch 
in  48  parts  of  water,  and  then  add  2  parts  of  fine  glue 
previously  soaked  for  twelve  hours  in  5  parts  of  water. 
Heat  over  the  water-bath  until  the  glue  is  dissolved.  Cool, 
and  keep  in  well-stoppered  bottles.  (2)  Mix  12  parts  of  best 
Bermuda  arrowroot  in  3  parts  of  water,  until  a  thick  cream 
is  formed,  then  thin  with  10  parts  of  water,  and  add  2  parts 
of  gelatine,  previously  soaked  in  5  parts  of  water.  Boil  for 
five  minutes,  then  set  aside  to  partly  cool,  and  add  2  parts  of 
methylated  spirit  and  6  drops  of  carbolic  acid.  Stir  well. 
Be  very  particular  to  add  the  spirit  in  a  gentle  stream. 


78  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

The  paste  is  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  and  is  applied 
with  a  brush. 

Glue  for  paper  lags. — This  adhesive  is  prepared  by  soaking 
100  parts  of  glue  in  water  for  twelve  hours.  Drain  off  the 
superfluous  water  and  throw  the  glue  on  muslin,  and  manipu- 
late so  as  to  get  rid  of  as  much  moisture  as  possible,  then 
melt  on  a  water-bath.  Now  add  25  parts  of  glycerine  and 
5  parts  of  syrupy  glucose,  and  stir  well  in.  Finally,  dissolve 
1  part  of  tannin  in  the  smallest  quantity  of  water  possible, 
and  intimately  mix  the  tannin  solution  in  the  glue  liquor. 
The  mixture  must  be  used  while  hot. 

Chromium  glue  for  wood,  paper  >  and  cloth. — To  prepare  the 
glue  :  (a)  soak  16  parts  of  white  fish  glue  in  20  parts  of  water 
for  twelve  hours ;  (b)  soak  8  parts  of  gelatine  for  six  hours  in  12 
parts  of  water ;  (c)  dissolve  3  parts  of  bichromate  of  potassium 
in  6  parts  of  boiling  water.  Dissolve  (a)  and  (b)  over  the 
water-bath,  and  mix  the  two  solutions  together ;  finally  stir 
in  (c).  This  glue  is  exceedingly  strong,  and  if  the  article 
glued  be  exposed  to  strong  sunlight  for  an  hour,  the  glue 
becomes  perfectly  waterproof.  Of  course  it  is  understood 
that  the  exposure  to  sunlight  is  to  be  made  after  the  glue  is 
thoroughly  dry.  The  one  objectionable  feature  to  this  glue 
is  its  colour,  which  is  yellow  brown.  By  substituting  chrome 
alum  in  place  of  the  bichromate,  an  olive  colour  is  obtained. 

To  glue  in  brass  ornaments. — The  falling-out  of  ornaments 
embedded  in  wood,  where  a  visible  screw  is  not  desirable,  is 
frequently  very  troublesome,  and  a  renewed  gluing-in  rarely 
obviates  the  evil,  if  it  is  omitted  to  dip  the  metal  pieces 
previously  in  weak  nitric  acid  for  half  a  minute. 

Such  a  bath,  with  subsequent  drying,  imparts  a  moderate 
roughness  to  the  metallic  surfaces  which  makes  the  glue  take 
on  much  better.  The  glue  employed  must  be  exceedingly 
viscous,  and  never  brittle.  It  is  prepared  by  dissolving  10 
parts  of  glue  in  20  parts  of  hot  water,  and  to  the  solution  is 


LIQUID   AND  OTHER  GLUES,   CEMENTS,   ETC.  79 

added  a  teaspoonful  of  glycerine  and  as  much  of  slaked  lime, 
both  ingredients  being  thoroughly  mixed  in  the  glue  solution. 
It  should  be  applied  hot  on  the  slightly  warmed  pieces,  which 
should  be  quickly  pressed  into  the  wood.  Metal  objects 
inlaid  in  this  manner  never  drop  out  from  the  wood ;  they 
can  only  be  torn  out  by  force,  on  which  occasion  a  thin  layer 
of  the  wood  is  torn  away. 

Label  varnish. — The  varnished  labels  of  stock  vessels  often 
suffer  damage  in  a  very  short  time  from  the  spilling  of  the 
contents  over  them,  or  the  dripping  after  much  pouring.  To 
remedy  this  inconvenience,  a  varnish  which  is  unaffected  by 
the  baneful  influence  of  ether,  benzene,  oil,  spirit  of  wine, 
etc.,  is  made  and  used  in  the  following  manner : — 

Having  thoroughly  cleaned  the  surface  of  the  vessel,  paste 
the  label  on,  and  allow  to  dry  well.  Then  it  should  be  given 
a  coat  of  thin  collodion  to  protect  the  letters  from  being 
dissolved  out  or  caused  to  run ;  then  after  a  few  minutes 
paint  over  it  a  coat  of  gelatine,  prepared  by  dissolving  5  parts 
of  gelatine  in  25  parts  of  hot  water,  being  careful  to  cover  in 
all  the  edges.  Just  before  it  solidifies,  it  should  be  gone 
over  with  a  tuft  of  cotton  dipped  in  a  40  per  cent,  formalin 
solution.  It  will  then  soon  dry,  and  become  as  glossy  as 
varnish. 


CHAPTEE  IX.— USES  OP  GLUE  AND  GELATINE. 

IT  has  been  said  that  a  nation's  prosperity  may  be  measured 
by  its  consumption  of  sulphuric  acid.  With  truth  it  may 
also  be  remarked  that  the  demand  for  glue  and  gelatine  is 
an  evidence  of  the  material  progress  of  a  country,  for  few 
industries  exist  in  which  one  or  the  other  of  these  products 
does  not  find  a  use. 

One  of  the  most  common  services  to  which  glue  is  put  is 
in  the  manufacture  of  matches,  this  agglutinant,  mixed  with 
chlorate  of  potash  and  other  chemicals,  forming  the  head  or 
striking  part  of  every  match  made.  In  the  great  textile 
trades  a  high-grade  glue,  perfectly  sweet  and  colourless,  is 
largely  used  in  the  dressing  and  finishing  of  coloured  yarns 
and  threads,  the  sizing  of  worsted  and  woollen  warps,  and 
the  thickening  of  colours  in  the  printing  of  fabrics.  Many 
tons  weekly  of  the  same  quality  of  glue  are  also  consumed 
in  the  manufacture  of  straw  hats. 

As  an  adhesive,  glue  is  a  necessity  in  every  class  of  wood- 
work, whether  it  be  the  manufacture  of  toys,  the  making  of 
household  furniture,  pianos,  organs,  billiard  tables,  veneers, 
door  panels,  picture  frames,  or,  in  general,  joinery  and 
carpentry  work.  When  mixed  with  whiting,  white  lead, 
and  sawdust,  it  forms  a  cheap  composition  for  moulding 
mirror  frames,  rosettes,  etc.  Glue  is  also  used  in  the  pro- 


USES   OF   GLUE   AND   GELATINE.  81 

duction  of  mosaics,  plaques,  trays,  finger-plates,  leather  wall 
coverings,  transparent  tablets,  and  in  the  manufacture  of 
wallpapers,  cardboard  boxes,  millboards,  papier-mache, 
emery  paper,  etc.  A  large  quantity  of  glue  is  also  used  by 
shipbuilders  and  in  the  Government  dockyards  and  military 
arsenals,  in  the  building  of  battleships  and  the  making  of 
shells. 

Cabinetmakers  and  woodworkers  are  familiar  with  the 
use  of  glue  in  dressing  tool  cuts  and  other  slight  wounds 
incident  to  their  calling.  The  addition  of  acetic  acid  to  the 
glue  and  a  little  otto  of  roses  will  cover  the  odour  of  the  glue. 
This  compound,  spread  on  paper  or  muslin,  makes  a  good 
substitute  for  adhesive  plaster.  It  is  easily  and  quickly 
prepared  by  placing  in  a  vessel  of  boiling  water  a  bottle 
containing  1  part  of  glue  and  2  parts  of  water;  when 
dissolved  add  1  part  of  acetic  acid  and  a  few  drops  of  the 
perfume.  The  mixture  is  kept  in  a  wide-mouthed  bottle, 
well  stoppered  by  a  long  cork,  which  can  always  be  removed 
by  heating  the  neck  of  the  bottle.  Care  should  be  taken  to 
keep  the  mouth  of  the  bottle  clean  by  wiping  it  with  a  cloth 
dipped  in  hot  water. 

Gelatine  has  an  extensive  use  in  culinary  and  confectionery 
work,  although  its  nutritive  value  is  open  to  great  doubt. 
So  early  as  1803  the  French  Academy,  after  a  lengthy  in- 
vestigation, reported  that  though  gelatine  may  partially 
replace  flesh  in  soups,  yet  it  could  not  be  taken  as  a  measure 
of  good  value.  Many  years  later  (1843)  Liebig  stated  that 
gelatine,  being  a  product  of  the  decomposition  of  albumen, 
could  not  take  the  place  of  that  body  for  food  purposes,  and 
this  opinion  was  upheld  to  a  certain  extent  by  Frerichs. 
Later,  Bischoff,  in  conjunction  with  Voit,  showed  that  gelatine 
was  only  of  limited  value  as  a  heat-producer,  instead  of  fat 
and  carbohydrates,  and  that  it  cannot  replace  the  other 
nitrogenous  constituents  of  the  body.  In  one  respect  only 

6 


&2  GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

may  gelatine  claim  to  have  a  higher  value  than  albumen, 
and  that  is  evidenced  in  the  far  less  time  it  takes  to  digest 
the  former  than  the  latter. 

A  jelly  for  table  use  is  prepared  by  soaking  10  parts  of 
gelatine  in  8  parts  of  distilled  water  for  five  hours,  and  then 
dissolving  on  the  water-bath.  To  the  gelatinous  liquor  add 
1  part  of  rectified  spirit  and  1  part  of  the  white  of  egg,  and 
mix  well  together.  Now  heat  to  boiling  to  completely 
coagulate  the  albumen  of  the  egg,  and  add  1  part  of  glycerine, 
with  a  few  grains  of  salicylic  acid  as  a  preserving  agent. 
Mix  the  whole  ingredients  together,  and  filter,  while  still  hot, 
through  paper  moistened  with  distilled  water.  The  whole 
should  be  kept  in  a  chamber  heated  by  steam  while  filtering. 

In  the  arts  gelatine  is  largely  used  for  many  purposes. 
It  has  been  found  of  service  in  the  formation  of  moulds  for 
casting,  and  one  great  advantage  of  the  gelatine  mould  is 
that  casts  without  seams  can  be  made  from  them. 

In  photography  a  use  is  made  of  gelatine  in  the  numerous 
carbon  processes  introduced  by  Johnson,  Albert,  Swan,  and 
others,  in  all  of  which  an  image  is  produced  by  the  action  of 
bichromate  of  potassium  on  the  gelatine  used.  This  is  due 
to  the  oxidising  effect  of  the  chromium  compound  under  the 
influence  of  light,  which  renders  the  gelatine  insoluble  in 
water. 

The  advantages  of  rapidity  and  fidelity  in  the  copying 
of  engineering  drawings  are  well  known.  The  widely  used 
process  invented  by  Poitevin  is  based  on  the  peculiar  property 
possessed  by  a  ferric  salt  of  rendering  gelatine  insoluble  so 
long  as  it  is  not  exposed  to  the  actinic  rays.  The  sensitising 
solution  is  composed  of  10  parts  of  ferric  chloride  and  3  parts 
of  tartaric  acid,  both  dissolved  in  100  parts  of  water.  Before 
the  paper  is  coated  with  the  sensitising  solution  it  is  floated 
on  a  6  per  cent,  solution  of  gelatine,  which  is  mixed,  while 
warm,  with  any  suitable  pigment  of  the  desired  colour.  On 


USES  OF  GLUE  AND  GELATINE.  83 

drying  the  paper  it  is  ready  for  use.  The  sensitising  and 
drying  must  be  carried  out  in  non -actinic  light.  In  using, 
the  paper  is  placed  behind  the  tracing  or  drawing,  reversed 
as  regards  right  and  left.  The  time  of  exposure  varies 
according  to  the  intensity  of  the  light  and  the  thickness  of 
the  paper.  The  gelatine  surface  which  is  not  covered  by 
the  lines  of  the  drawing  becomes  soluble  in  hot  water  on 
exposure  to  the  light.  After  the  paper  is  removed  from  the 
printing  frame,  it  should  be  immersed  in  water  at  80°  F., 
when  the  soluble  gelatine  will  run  off  the  paper. 

Few  photographers  seem  to  be  aware  of  the  immense  force 
exerted  by  gelatine  in  its  contraction.  The  property  is, 
however,  well  known  to  collotypists,  often  to  their  cost.  If 
a  collotype  plate  be  overdried,  the  power  of  the  gelatine  is 
so  great  that  it  tears  away  the  surface  of  the  glass  itself, 
breaking  it  up  in  peculiar  fern-like  patterns.  The  surface  of 
the  collotye  plate  is  always  ground,  and  it  is  that  which  gives 
so  firm  a  hold  to  the  gelatine  that  the  glass  is  torn  away. 
It  is  a  curious  fact  in  connection  with  the  matter,  that 
different  grades  of  gelatine  produce  a  different  pattern 
fracture.  A  brittle  kind  of  gelatine  yields  a  different  pattern 
from  that  produced  by  a  tough  and  horny  one.  Again, 
certain  salts  which  are  easily  crystallised  when  dissolved  in 
the  gelatine  influence  the  nature  of  the  design.  For  instance, 
a  solution  of  strong  gelatine  containing  6  per  cent,  of  alum 
gave  very  fine  designs,  somewhat  resembling  moss  in 
appearance,  and  other  salts,  such  as  hyposulphite  of  soda, 
nitrate  of  potash,  and  chloride  of  potassium,  will  produce 
similar  forms.  This  property  of  gelatine  has  been  taken 
advantage  of  commercially  in  the  manufacture  of  that  kind 
of  ornamental  glass  known  as  '  crystalline  glass/  and  largely 
used  for  decorative  purposes. 

In  the  form  of  capsules,  gelatine  is  used  by  druggists  to 
hold  many  liquids  of  a  greasy  nature — castor  oil,  for  instance 


84  GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

— so  that  they  may  be  swallowed  without  the  unpleasantness 
arising  from  their  nauseous  taste.  The  capsules  are  made  by 
the  aid  of  a  small  egg-shaped,  highly-polished,  little  knob  of 
iron,  having  a  pointed  iron  stem  by  which  it  is  held.  The 
knob  is  rubbed  with  a  slightly  oiled  cloth,  then  dipped  in  a 
warm  gelatinous  solution,  after  which  the  pointed  stem  is  put 
into  a  hole  in  a  board,  while  the  gelatine  on  the  knob  is 
cooling  and  hardening.  The  gelatinous  solution  usually 
consists  of  6  parts  of  gelatine  and  1  part  of  sugar,  both  being 
dissolved  in  12  parts  of  water.  In  a  short  time  after  dipping, 
the  capsule  is  cold  enough  to  be  removed  from  the  mould, 
which  is  done  by  cutting  the  gelatine  round  the  upper  part 
of  the  stem  with  a  knife,  then  pulling  off  the  capsule 
dexterously  with  the  fingers.  At  this  stage  it  should  be 
elastic  enough  to  pull  off  without  tearing,  and  to  shrink 
nearly  to  the  moulded  shape  directly  afterward.  A  syringe 
with  a  nozzle  bent  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  its  cylinder 
is  used  to  fill  it  to  about  three-fourths  of  its  capacity ;  if 
more  were  forced  in,  the  gelatinous  envelope  might  possibly 
break  afterward  with  changes  of  temperature.  The  hole  is 
closed  with  a  strong  solution  of  gelatine,  and  the  same  end 
of  the  capsule  is  then  dipped  into  a  weak  solution  of  gelatine 
to  give  greater  security  by  the  thin  cap  thus  applied.  The 
gelatinous  solution  used  for  sealing  the  capsules  always 
contains  a  small  proportion  of  gum.  On  drying  the  capsules, 
a  polished  appearance  is  given  to  them  by  rubbing  with  a 
slightly  oiled  cloth.  To  protect  the  capsules  from  moisture 
at  the  ordinary  temperature,  they  are  treated,  either  before 
or  after  filling,  with  a  weak  solution  of  alum. 

Gelatine  is  one  of  the  many  substances  used  for  the  coating 
of  pills,  in  order  that  they  may  not  stick  together  in  the  box, 
and  may  not  be  tasted  in  the  act  of  swallowing  them.  The 
solution  used  for  coating  them  consists  of  1  part  of  gelatine 
dissolved  in  2  parts  of  water.  The  pills  are  cleared  from  any 


USES   OF   GLUE   AND   GELATINE.  85 

dust  or  powder  which  may  be  on  their  surface,  then  each  pill 
is  stuck  upon  the  end  of  a  piece  of  wire,  4  to  5  inches  long, 
the  lower  end  of  the  wire  being  thrust  into  a  basin  of  sand, 
which  acts  as  a  kind  of  pincushion.  The  pills  are  next 
dipped,  one  at  a  time,  into  the  warm  solution  of  gelatine, 
then  the  lower  ends  of  the  wires  carrying  them  are  replaced 
in  the  sand,  standing,  while  their  gelatine-coated  knobs  are 
setting  and  drying  in  the  air.  Sometimes  on  removing  the 
pills  from  the  wires  a  little  tube  of  gelatine  from  the  outside 
of  the  wire  comes  off  with  it ;  this  tube  is  carefully  cut  off 
with  scissors.  The  hole  in  the  gelatine  where  the  wire 
pierced  the  pill  is  then  closed  with  a  little  warm  solution  of 
gelatine,  applied  by  means  of  a  small  brush  of  camel's-hair. 
Instead  of  the  customary  tin  tubes  for  holding  essences, 
perfumes,  etc.,  Dr  Stohr  has  introduced  tubes  made  of 
gelatine,  which,  owing  to  their  transparency,  allow  of  control 
in  the  filling.  They  are  said  to  be  cheaper  and  more  durable 
than  metallic  tubes.  For  contents  sensitive  to  light,  coloured 
gelatine  tubes  are  employed. 

Owing  to  the  increasing  scarcity  of  the  natural  product, 
an  artificial  ivory  is  now  finding  an  extensive  use,  and  in  the 
manufacture,  gelatine  plays  an  important  part.  According 
to  a  recent  process — based  on  the  employment  of  those 
materials  of  which  natural  ivory  is  composed,  consisting  as 
it  does  of  phosphate  and  carbonate  of  calcium,  magnesia, 
alumina,  and  gelatine — 300  parts  of  lime  are  first  treated 
with  sufficient  water  to  convert  it  into  hydrate,  but  before 
it  has  become  completely  hydrated  or  '  slaked,'  75  parts  of 
an  aqueous  solution  of  phosphoric  acid  is  poured  on  to  it, 
and  while  stirring  the  mixture  16  parts  of  ground  chalk, 
2  parts  of  magnesia,  and  5  parts  of  alumina  are  incorporated 
in  small  quantities  at  a  time,  and  lastly,  15  parts  of  gelatine 
dissolved  in  20  parts  of  hot  water  are  added.  The  point 
to  aim  at  is-  to  obtain  a  compost  sufficiently  plastic  and  as 


86  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

intimately  mixed  as  possible.  It  is  then  set  aside  to  allow 
the  phosphoric  acid  to  complete  its  action  on  the  carbonate 
of  calcium.  The  following  day,  the  mixture,  while  still 
plastic,  is  pressed  into  the  desired  form  in  moulds,  and 
dried  in  a  current  of  air  at  about  150°  C.  To  complete  the 
preparation  of  the  artificial  product,  it  is  kept  for  three  to  four 
weeks,  during  which  time  it  becomes  perfectly  hard.  In 
another  manufacture,  that  of  artificial  leather-making, 
gelatine  is  largely  consumed.  By  the  process,  pure  Italian 
hemp  is  cut  up  very  fine,  and  1  part  of  this,  along  with  1J 
parts  of  coarse  cleaned  wool,  are  carded  together  and  formed 
into  wadding.  This  wadding  is  packed  in  linen  and  felted 
by  treatment  with  hot  acid  vapours.  The  resulting  product 
is  washed,  dried,  and  impregnated  with  a  mixture  whose 
composition  varies  according  to  the  leather  to  be  produced. 
Thus  a  good  sole  leather,  for  instance,  is  produced  in  the 
following  manner : — Mix  together  50  parts  of  boiled  linseed 
oil,  20  parts  colophony,  25  parts  French  turpentine,  10  parts 
of  glycerine  and  10  parts  vegetable  wax,  and  heat  over  a  water- 
bath  with  some  ammonia  water.  When  the  mass  has  become 
homogeneous,  add  25  parts  of  gelatine  soaked  in  an  equal 
weight  of  water,  as  well  as  a  casein  solution,  made  by  dissolv- 
ing 50  parts  of  moist,  freshly  precipitated  casein  in  a  saturated 
solution  of  16  parts  borax,  and  adding  10  parts  bichromate 
of  potassium.  The  whole  mixture  is  now  boiled  until  it 
becomes  sticky  and  the  felt  is  impregnated  with  it  by  immer- 
sion. The  impregnated  felt  is  dried  for  twenty-four  hours  at 
the  ordinary  temperature,  next  laid  in  a  solution  of  acetate 
of  alumina,  dried,  and  finally  pressed  between  hot  rollers. 
Pure  Indian  ink  consists  of  finely  divided  carbon  cemented 
together  by  certain  glutinous  juices,  gum,  gelatine,  etc.  The 
precise  nature  of  the  cement  or  mucilage  used  by  the 
Chinese  in  the  manufacture  of  their  inks  is  not  known. 
But  the  greater  part  of  the  ink  now  sold  as  Indian  ink  con- 


USES   OF   GLUE   AND   GELATINE.  87 

sists  of  fine  lampblack  and  gelatine.  Pure  fine  lampblack 
is  made  into  a  thick  paste  with  a  weak  solution  of  gelatine, 
containing  a  few  drops  of  musk,  and  half  as  much  ambergris, 
the  paste  then  being  moulded  and  dried.  Most  of  the 
Indian  inks  met  with  in  commerce  possess  the  disadvantage 
that  they  blot  when  a  damp  brush  is  passed  over  them,  or, 
as  draughtsmen  say,  they  do  not  stand.  The  addition  of 
alum  does  little  good,  but  bichromate  of  potassium  accom- 
plishes the  object  by  rendering  the  gelatine  insoluble.  The 
addition  does  not  at  all  injure  the  fine  shade  of  colour,  as 
1  per  cent,  of  it  in  a  very  fine  powder  and  intimately  mixed 
with  the  ink  is  sufficient.  The  bichromate  must  always  be 
mixed  with  the  ink  in  a  dry  state,  otherwise  the  latter 
would  lose  its  friability  in  water.  A  drawing  which  has 
been  made  in  artificial  light  by  ink  containing  bichromate 
of  potassium  must  be  exposed  to  sunlight  for  a  few  minutes 
to  render  the  bichromated  gelatine  insoluble.  In  the  pre- 
paration of  roller  compositions  used  by  lithographers  and 
printers,  gelatine  forms  the  principal  ingredient.  As  manu- 
factured by  Hawkins  &  Stacey,  a  composition  for  printers' 
rollers  is  made  by  soaking  16  parts  of  gelatine  in  an  equal 
weight  of  water,  and  then  melting  over  the  water-bath. 
To  the  gelatinous  solution  is  gradually  added,  and  then 
intimately  mixed,  24  parts  of  linseed  oil  (warmed  to  150°  F.). 
To  the  mixture  is  then  added  20  parts  molasses  and  1  part 
dry  chloride  of  calcium,  and  the  whole  kept  at  a  temperature 
of  90°  C.  for  three  hours.  If  a  very  tough  composition  is 
required,  a  mixture  of  2  parts  resin  dissolved  by  heat  in  a 
little  linseed  oil,  is  finally  stirred  well  in  the  mass.  The  com- 
position may  be  made  non-absorbent  of  water,  by  dispensing 
with  chloride  of  calcium,  and  substituting  a  similar  amount  of 
carbonate  of  bismuth. 

In  the   manufacture   of   artificial  silk  under  the  patents 
worked  by  the  Vanduara  Silk  Company,  the  filaments  are 


88     GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

composed  entirely  of  gelatine,  specially  prepared  for  the 
purpose,  and  forced  by  strong  pressure  through  fine  nipples. 
The  threads  are  capable  of  taking  on  any  shade  of  colour, 
by  immersion  in  the  dye-bath. 

In  the  textile  trades,  and  also  in  the  finishing  of  white 
straw  hats,  considerable  quantities  of  gelatine  are  used ; 
while  in  the  manufacture  of  the  finer  classes  of  paper  it  is 
used  as  a  size.  As  a  substitute  for  wax,  gelatine  finds  a  use 
in  covering  the  corks  and  upper  part  of  the  necks  of  bottles. 


CHAPTEK  X.— RESIDUAL  PRODUCTS  FROM 
GLUE  AND  GELATINE. 

ALL  crops  contain  certain  mineral  matters  in  their  ashes. 
These  substances  are  absorbed  from  the  soil  during  the 
growth  of  the  plants.  Hence  no  land  can  produce  crops 
without  deterioration  in  their  fertilising  power.  To  main- 
tain the  fertility  of  the  soil  by  returning  to  it  these 
ingredients  which  former  crops  have  exhausted  as  food, 
recourse  is  had  to  natural  or  artificial  manures  which  return 
to  the  land  the  necessary  phosphates,  nitrogen,  and  potash 
for  the  production  of  vegetable  structure.  To  enrich  the 
soil  of  this  country  over  32,000,000  pounds  sterling  are 
annually  spent  in  fertilisers,  and  of  this  vast  sum  fully  one- 
sixth  is  derived  from  the  residual  products  of  the  glue  and 
gelatine  industry.  These  products  will  now  be  described, 
along  with  the  uses  to  which  they  are  put. 

Skin  Residues. — The  residual  matters  left  in  the  digestion 
of  skins  are  limited  in  quantity.  They  contain  no  phosphate 
of  lime,  and  are  only  of  value  from  the  small  proportion  of 
gelatinous  matter  left  unexhausted  in  the  vats.  They  contain 
nitrogen  equivalent  to  about  3  per  cent,  of  ammonia,  and 
are  only  of  service,  when  dried,  in  mixing  with  bone  or 
mineral  superphosphates  in  the  manufacture  of  nitrogenous 
manures,  for  wheat,  turnips,  hops,  etc.  The  drying  is 


90     GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

carried  out  in  a  jacketed  cylinder  horizontally  supported 
by  two  pedestals ;  the  cylinder  has  a  length  of  14  feet  and 
a  width  of  6  feet.  Eunning  the  length  of  the  cylinder  is  a 
shaft  to  which  are  affixed  a  number  of  beaters  which  stir  up 
the  mass  and  equally  expose  the  whole  to  the  heat  of  the 
jacket.  The  steam  supplying  the  jacket  is  superheated  by 
passing  it  through  a  number  of  coils  heated  by  the  waste 
heat  of  the  steam  boiler.  After  five  to  six  hours'  exposure 
to  a  temperature  of  about  400°  C.,  the  mass  in  a  dry  and 
friable  condition  is  withdrawn  through  a  door  placed  at  the 
end  of  the  cylinder,  and  is  ready  for  mixing  in  the  manure 
house. 

Fish  Residues. — Fish  residues,  after  the  extraction  of 
the  oil  and  gelatinous  matters,  and  when  dried  in  the  jacketed 
cylinder,  are  used  as  a  phosphatic  nitrogenous  manure  for 
cereal  and  root  crops  and  in  floricultural  work,  especially 
for  roses,  chrysanthemums,  primulas,  cyclamens,  and  other 
flowering  plants.  The  necessary  potash,  as  sulphate,  is  added 
during  the  passage  of  the  dried  residues  through  a  disinte- 
grator. The  finished  manure  contains — 

Per  cent.     Per  cent. 

Nitrogen,  equal  to  ammonia,  .  3'69  3'36 
Phosphates  (fish-bone),  .  .  914  871 
Potash  (sulphate),  .  .  .  6'25  6'04 

The  manurial  value  of  dried  fish  residues  is  much  increased 
by  mixing  them  with  high-grade  bone  superphosphates  of 
ammonia  and  potash,  yielding  a  manure  containing — 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,       .  .  .  12  to  14 

Insoluble         „  .  .  14  to  16 

Ammonia  (partly  soluble),  .  .         8  to  10 

Potash  (as  sulphate),      .  .  .         6  to  8 

From  certain  species  of  fish,  the  skins  are  prepared  and 
manufactured  into  an  interesting  variety  of  articles.  By 


RESIDUAL   PRODUCTS   FROM   GLUE   AND  GELATINE. 


91 


means  of  numerous  complicated  processes  they  are  manipu- 
lated until  they  resemble,  and  would  easily  be  taken  for, 
leather,  although  of  a  more  glutinous  and  pliable  nature. 
In  one  speciality  this  strange  substance  is  cut  into  long  thin 
strips  and  plaited  very  closely  together  for  whiplashes,  and 
to  cover  portions  of  the  handles  of  more  expensive  whips. 
Certain  kinds  of  lashes  and  harness  laces  are  also  made  from 
such  skins,  combining  flexibility  and  toughness. 

Bone  Residues. — In  a  degreased  and  degelatinised  form 
the  residual  bones  hold  an  important  place  in  the  works'  pro- 
duction. When  air-dried,  the  following  analyses  represent 
their  composition,  as  made  by  the  author  : — 


In  parts  per  100. 

Moisture,          ..... 

12-18 

8  16 

10-93 

Organic  matter,        .... 

24-62 

26-63 

23-73 

Phosphate  of  lime,    .... 
Carbonate  of  lime  and  magnesium,   . 

53'94 
6-33 

55-30 
5-48 

58-05 
6-12 

Oxide  of  iron,  ..... 

trace 

•21 

•05 

Alkaline  salts,           .... 

1-21 

1'85 

•49 

Sand  (silica),    

1-64 

2-37 

•63 

99-92 

100-00 

100-00 

Containing  nitrogen, 
Equal  to  ammonia,  .... 

171 

2-07 

1-76 
2'13 

1-42 
172 

Degreased  and  degelatinised  bones  are  used  on  the  land, 
either  ground  to  a  meal  or  crushed  to  a  quarter-inch  size  by 
a  mill.  When  treated  with  sulphuric  acid,  which  renders  a 
portion  of  the  phosphate  soluble  and  thus  more  readily 
taken  up  by  the  growing  crops,  they  form  superphosphates. 
When  used  alone  or  in  conjunction  with  mineral  superphos- 
phates, they  form  the  basis  of  special  or  mixed  manures. 


92  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED    PRODUCTS. 

Degreased  and  degelatinised  bones  naturally  contain  less 
nitrogen  than  raw  bones,  and  consequently  are  of  less  value 
agriculturally,  owing  to  this  deficiency.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  phosphates  are  increased  and  in  a  condition  more  readily 
decomposed  in  the  soil. 

They  are  specially  suitable  where  early  results  are  required. 

When  ground  to  a  meal,  the  bones  are  liable  to  adul- 
teration, which  remains  undetected  unless  by  analysis  ; 
gypsum  and  the  sweepings  from  granaries  are  used  for  the 
purpose. 

The  following  analysis  by  Dr  Voelcker  shows  the  low 
manurial  value  of  a  meal  adulterated  with  sulphate  of  lime 
(gypsum). 

In  parts  per  100. 

Moisture, 3'95 

Organic  matter  with  salts  of  ammonia,  14'40 

Phosphate  of  lime,  magnesia,  etc.,      .  4CK32 

Sulphate  of  lime,       .         .         .         .  3542 

Alkaline  salts,  and  carbonate  of  lime,  4'21 

Siliceous  matter,       .         .         .         .  1-70 


100-00 

Bone  superphosphate. — Calcium  unites  with  phosphoric  acid, 
forming  three  distinct  compounds,  viz.  :— 

(a)  Mono-calcium  phosphate  (CaH4P208) 
(5)  Bi-calcium  phosphate  (Ca2H2P208) 
(c)  Tri-calcium  phosphate  (Ca3P208). 

If  tri-calcium  phosphate,  which  is  an  insoluble  salt,  is 
acted  upon  by  a  combining  proportion  of  sulphuric  acid,  it 
is  converted  into  mono-calcium  phosphate,  the  soluble  form 
of  phosphate  required  by  the  manure-maker.  With  the 
discovery  of  this  action  by  Justus  von  Liebig  originates  the 
well-known  superphosphate  industry. 


RESIDUAL  PRODUCTS   FROM   GLUE  AND  GELATINE.  93 

The  change  is  represented  by  the  equation  : — 

Tri-calcium  Sulphuric  Sulphate  Mono-calcium 

Phosphate.  Acid.  of  Lime.  Phosphate. 

Ca3P208     +     2(H2S04)     -      2(CaS04)     +     CaH4P208 
310  196  272  234 

From  the  combining  proportions  it  is  seen  that  310  parts 
of  insoluble  phosphate  require  for  conversion  196  parts  of 
sulphuric  acid  and  yield  234  parts  of  soluble  phosphate 
mixed  with  272  parts  of  sulphate  of  lime  (gypsum).  Sup- 
posing that  the  mineral  matter  of  bones  was  composed 
entirely  of  tri-calcium  phosphate,  then  each  cwt.  would 
require  for  conversion  into  superphosphate  of  lime  (CaH4P208 
+  2CaS04)  0-6322  cwt.  of  sulphuric  acid,  the  superphosphate 
containing  53'75  per  cent,  of  mono-calcium  phosphate. 

These  results  are  never  obtained  in  practical  working, 
owing,  in  the  first  instance,  to  the  amount  of  tri-calcium 
phosphate  in  the  bones,  and  secondly,  to  secure  the  necessary 
mechanical  condition,  only  a  portion  and  not  the  whole  of 
the  insoluble  phosphate  is  acted  upon,  the  sulphuric  acid 
being  adjusted  to  effect  this  purpose.  A  too  perfectly  dis- 
solved manure  would  be  damp  and  pasty,  and  unworkable  in 
the  drills.  The  presence  of  carbonate  of  lime  in  the  bones 
is  of  mechanical  advantage,  insomuch  that  it  renders  the 
superphosphate  light  and  spongy,  owing  to  the  carbonic 
acid  liberated  during  the  action. 

The  following  analyses  by  the  author  represent  the  com- 
position of  bone  superphosphates  : — 

In  parts  per  100. 

Moisture,  ....  14-26  15-51 
Organic  matter,  .  .  .  10-39  ll'S4 
Mono-calcium  phosphate,  .  21*35  19'66 
(  =  Tri-calcium  phosphate  made 

soluble),        ....  (28-26)  (26'02) 


Carry  forward,  .         .         46'00         47'01 


94  GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

In  parts  per  100. 

Brought  forward,  .  .  46*00  47'01 

Insoluble  or  tri-calcium  phosphate,     6*48  915 

Sulphate  of  iron,      .         .  .  trace  0  08 

Sulphate  of  lime,      .         .  .  42'08  38'53 

Sulphate  of  magnesia,       .  .  2'35  2"58 

Alkaline  salts,  .         .         .  .  211  144 

Insoluble  matter  (silica)   .  .  0'93  1-21 


99-95       100-00 

Bone  superphosphate  may  be  made  in  a  small  way  by 
mixing  in  a  shallow  wooden  trough  6  cwt.  ground  de- 
gelatinised  bones  with  one-third  their  weight  of  water,  and 
then  cautiously  adding  to  the  mixture  3  cwts.  of  brown 
vitrol  (BOV)  or  2  cwt.  of  white  vitrol  (wov).  Mix  thoroughly, 
and  then  shovel  into  a  heap,  and  allow  to  '  set '  for  two  days. 
Break  up  the  lumps,  pass  the  whole  through  a  riddle,  and 
finally  bag  the  finished  manure. 

In  working  on  a  large  scale,  the  degelatinised  bones,  alone, 
or  with  a  proportion  of  mineral  phosphates,  are  first  crushed 
and  then  ground  to  a  fine  powder  in  a  mill,  raised  by  an 
elevator  to  the  dissolving  floor  of  the  manure  house,  and 
fed  into  a  mixer  for  treatment  with  sulphuric  acid.  The 
mixer  may  be  of  the  Morrison  type,  which  is  cylindrical  in 
form,  the  bottom  being  circular,  while  the  sides  are  splayed 
outwards  to  give  good  '  boiling  up  '  room.  It  is  built  of  cast 
iron  flanged  plates  bolted  together,  and  has  a  wooden  top 
to  which  are  fixed  the  acid-supplying  pipe,  the  hopper  for 
charging,  and  the  exit  flue  for  carrying  off  the  gases  generated 
during  the  mixing.  The  mixture  of  phosphates  and  acid 
is  stirred  by  a  number  of  cast  iron  '  beaters '  fixed  on  to  a 
shaft  in  a  spiral  form,  so  that  the  charge  may  be  forced, 
when  finished,  to  a  discharging  door,  from  whence  it  falls 
into  a  '  den '  or  brick  chamber  beneath.  In  some  manure 
works  the  mixer  is  fixed  horizontally,  and  consists  of  a  lead- 


RESIDUAL  PRODUCTS   PROM  GLUE   AND  GELATINE.  95 

lined  wooden  trough,  bevelled  at  the  top,  the  charging  door 
being  part  of  the  bevel.  The  trough  is  fed  with  sulphuric  acid 
from  an  overhead  tank,  which  is  provided  with  a  gauge-glass 
and  scale  divided  into  inches,  each  inch  representing  a 
certain  weight  of  acid — and  is  well  mixed  witli  a  charge  of 
8  to  9  cwts.  of  degelatinised  bones  for  five  minutes,  by  a 
spiral  arrangement  fixed  on  to  a  shaft  running  the  length  of 
the  trough.  At  one  end  of  the  mixer  is  placed  the  discharging 
door,  through  which  the  hot  and  soft  mass  is  then  forced  to 
a  brick  chamber  underneath  for  cooling  and  setting.  The 
gases  generated  during  the  mixing  consist  of  carbonic  acid, 
with  smaller  proportions  of  hydrofluoric  and  hydrochloric 
acids  intermingled  with  steam,  are  carried  off  by  an  outlet 
pipe  to  a  series  of  flues  so  arranged  with  a  view  to  cooling 
the  gases  and  lowering  the  tension  vapour.  On  cooling,  the 
steam  condenses  in  the  form  of  moisture,  and  thus  carries 
down  with  it  the  soluble  acid  gases.  In  the  manufacture 
of  superphosphates  the  consumption  of  sulphuric  acid 
depends  on  the  nature  and  amount  of  impurities  in  the  raw 
material  used.  With  mineral  phosphates,  the  impurities, 
which  range  from  10  to  20  per  cent.,  consist  of  carbonate 
and  fluoride  of  calcium,  alumina,  and  oxide  of  iron,  and 
require  to  be  neutralised  with  acid  over  and  above  the 
amount  necessary  to  convert  the  tri-calcium  phosphate  into 
the  soluble  mono-calcic  salt.  That  this  amount  is  consider- 
able may  be  seen  from  the  following  table,  showing  the 
absorption  of  acid  per  cwt.  of  each  individual  impurity 
present. 

1   cwt.   carbonate  of  lime  requires   1*225   cwt.  sulphuric 
acid  to  form  sulphate  of  lime  (CaS04). 

1  cwt.  alumina  requires  2'854  cwts.  sulphuric  acid  to  form 
sulphate  of  alumina  (A123S04.8H2O). 

1  cwt.  oxide  of  iron  requires  1'8375  cwt.  sulphuric  acid  to 
form  sulphate  of  iron  (Fe23S04). 


96  GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

1  cwt.  fluoride  of  calcium  requires  1*256  cwt.  sulphuric 
acid  to  form  hydrofluoric  acid  (HF). 

In  bone  phosphates  (degelatinised  bones)  the  only  appre- 
ciable impurity  is  the  carbonate  of  lime,  which  varies  from 
6  to  8  per  cent. ,  consequently  the  acid  consumed  for  their 
conversion  would  be  less  than  in  the  decomposition  of 
mineral  phosphates. 

Sulphuric  acid  is  manufactured  in  varying  strengths,  and  is 
sold  to  the  manure-maker  either  at  a  price  per  ton  of  given 
strength  or  so  much  per  unit  or  degree  as  registered  by  the 
Twaddell  hydrometer  at  a  temperature  of  60°  F. 

The  acid  found  most  suitable  for  dissolving  degelatinised 
bones  is  the  quality  known  as  '  chamber  acid/  having  a 
specific  gravity  of  1*57,  equal  to  a  Twaddell  strength  of  114°, 
and  containing  66  per  cent,  pure  sulphuric  acid.  With  a 
charge  of  9  cwts.  of  bones  and  7  cwts.  of  acid,  renewed  every 
ten  minutes,  a  mixer  will  produce  30  tons  of  superphosphates 
daily,  which  are  ready  for  removal  from  the  chambers — two 
of  which  are  necessary  for  the  working  of  each  mixer — 
every  alternate  day. 

Well-made  bone  superphosphates  are  friable  and  porous, 
and  consist  mainly  of  soluble  and  insoluble  phosphates  with 
sulphate  of  calcium,  thus  supplying  the  land  with  lime, 
phosphoric,  and  sulphuric  acids.  When  kept  for  a  lengthy 
period  before  using,  the  percentage  of  soluble  phosphate 
gradually  decreases,  owing  to  the  formation  of  bi-calcium 
phosphate  by  the  action  of  the  insoluble  phosphate.  This 
change  is  represented  by  the  following  equation  : — 

Tri-calciura  Mono-calcium  Bi-calcium 

phosphate.  phosphate.  phosphate. 

Ca3P208     +     CaH4P208     =      2Ca2H2P208 
(Insoluble)  (Soluble)         (Slightly  soluble) 

The  formation  of  bi-calcium  phosphate,  which  may  amount 
to  3  or  4  per  cent,  in  the  space  of  a  few  months,  is  a  distinct 


KESIDUAL   PRODUCTS    FROM   GLUE   AND   GELATINE.          97 

loss  to  the  soluble  power  of  a  superphosphate,  for,  owing  to 
its  slight  solubility,  it  is  but  slowly  diffused  through  the  soil. 

Bone  superphosphates  are  brought  into  the  market  con- 
taining soluble  phosphates  ranging  from  20  to  26  per  cent, 
tri-calcium  phosphate,  rendered  soluble,  the  insoluble  varying 
from  6  to  12  per  cent. 

A  small  proportion  of  nitrogen  is  also  present,  derived 
from  unexhausted  nitrogenous  matter  left  in  the  degelatinised 
bones. 

When  mixed  with  a  small  proportion  of  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  bone  superphosphates  are  sold  under  the  name  of 
'  dissolved  bones/  containing — 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphate,       .         .         .         .         20  to  22 

Insoluble,       „ 10  to  12 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,         .  3  to  4 

'  Dissolved  bone  compound '  is  a  superphosphate  of  lower 
strength  than  '  dissolved  bones, '  and  contains — 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphate,       .         .         .         .         16  to  18 
Insoluble       „  ....  7  to  9 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,        .  2  to  3 

As  a  substitute  for  Peruvian  guano,  bone  superphosphates 
mixed  with  sulphate  of  ammonia  contain  the  following : — 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphate,       .         .         .         .         14  to  16 
Insoluble       ;,  ....  6  to  8 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,        .         12  to  13 

Probably  there  is  no  phosphatic  manure  which  deserves  so 
much  praise  by  the  farmer  as  bone  superphosphate,  and  if  he 
wishes  to  keep  abreast  of  the  times  and  is  anxious  to  grow 
two  blades  of  grass  where  only  one  grew  before,  to  carry  a 
larger  head  of  stock  and  of  better  quality,  to  market  more 
fat  cattle,  and  to  produce  more  milk  and  of  higher  standard 


98  GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

quality,  he  must  use  high-class  superphosphate  largely  and 
judiciously. 

Nearly  all  soils  are  deficient  in  phosphoric  acid,  but  that 
deficiency  can  be  supplied  in  the  form  of  superphosphate, 
the  cheapest  source  in  its  most  soluble  and  effective  form, 
and  it  can  be  applied  with  marked  advantage  to  all  cultivated 
crops.  Land  kept  under  pasture  and  grazed  with  farm  stock 
for  a  series  of  years  becomes  steadily  poorer  in  phosphoric 
acid  (phosphates),  because  it  is  carried  away  in  the  bones 
and  carcases  of  animals  grazing  on  it.  Pastures  where  ewe 
flocks  are  kept  and  lambs  reared  lose  much  phosphates  in  the 
bodies  of  the  young  animals,  all  of  which  have  been  taken 
from  the  soil ;  milch  cows  also  carry  off  large  quantities  of 
phosphates  in  their  milk,  which  contains  much  of  this 
essential  material,  while  the  bones  of  all  young  cattle  and 
horses  are  formed  at  the  expense  of  phosphoric  acid  in  the 
soil.  Here  again  superphosphate  comes  to  the  rescue,  and 
the  effects  produced  by  applications  of  it  are  marvellous. 
These  results  are  seen  in  the  experiments  made  by  Mr  Alex. 
Burr,  a  leading  agriculturist,  for  the  purpose  of  testing  the 
action  of  several  different  manures.  He  divided  two  fields 
of  40  acres  each  of  black  stony  loam  land  that  had  been  laid 
down  to  grass  for  two  years  into  four  sections,  manured  with 
the  following : — 

Section.  Manure  per  acre.  Yield  per  acre. 

1,  .  .  No  manure,      .         .         .10  cwt.  hay. 

2,  .  .  Kainite,  5  cwt.,         .  15     „       „ 

3,  .  .  Basic  slag,  5  cwt.,     .         .       15     „       „ 

4,  .  .  Superphosphates,  5  cwt.,  .       19     „       „ 

In  the  following  year  (1900)  the  same  sections  (Nos.  2,  3, 
and  4)  were  treated  as  below : — 

Section.  Manure  per  acre.  Yield  per  acre. 

2,     .         .         Kainite,  5  cwt.,       .         .       28£  cwt.  hay. 
„      .         .         Nitrate  of  soda,  1  cwt.,    .       28^    „       „ 


RESIDUAL  PEODUCTS   FROM  GLUE  AND  GELATINE.  99 

Section.  Manure  per  acre.  Yield  per  acre. 

3,  .  .  Basic  slag,  5  cwt.,     .  .  27  cwt.  hay. 
„  .  .  Nitrate  of  soda,  1  cwt.,  .  27     „       „ 

4,  .  .  Superphosphate,  5  cwt.,  .  34     „       ,. 
„  .  .  Nitrate  of  soda,  1  cwt.,  .  34     „       „ 

The  same  authority  also  shows  the  milk  yield  of  cows, 
by  manuring  with  superphosphate.  In  1899,  150  acres  of 
unmanured  meadowland  carried  40  cows,  yielding  14,400 
gallons  of  milk  at  6d.  per  gallon.  In  1901  the  same  meadow- 
land,  after  a  top-dressing  of  superphosphate,  carried  60  cows, 
yielding  36,000  gallons  of  milk  at  7d.  per  gallon,  an  increase 
of  £685  in  the  production  of  milk  alone.  It  will  be  seen 
that  not  only  was  the  quantity  of  milk  increased,  but  also 
the  quality,  as  shown  by  the  rise  in  price  and  as  certified  by 
analysis.  A  large  proportion  of  superphosphates,  whether  of 
bone  or  mineral  origin,  is  converted  into  mixed  or  special 
manures  for  certain  crops.  A  mixed  manure  is  not  a 
chemical  combination,  but  a  mechanical  mixture  of  certain 
ingredients  required  by  any  particular  crop  for  nutritive 
purposes.  For  instance,  oats,  wheat,  rye,  and  other  plants 
thrive  principally  on  nitrogen  obtained  from  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  nitrate  of  soda,  or  nitrogenous  organic  matter,  such 
as  dissolved  wool,  woollen  refuse  and  shoddy,  fish  refuse, 
leather-meal,  etc.  With  potatoes,  clover,  beans,  etc.,  potash  is 
the  dominant  nutritive  agent,  and  this  is  supplied  as  chloride, 
sulphate,  or  in  the  form  of  kainite  containing  23  to  25  per  cent, 
of  sulphate  of  potash  ;  while  grass,  maize,  turnips,  and  other 
crops  depend  on  phosphates  principally,  with  minor  propor- 
tions of  nitrogen  and  potash.  Thus  knowing  the  require- 
ments of  each  particular  crop,  the  manufacturer  is  able  to 
compound  a  suitable  manure  of  any  desired  strength  and 
composition. 

Manure  makers  manufacturing  their  own  superphosphate 
add  the  required  weight  of  ingredients  to  the  mass  removed 


100          GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PKODUCTS. 

from  the  '  den '  or  chamber,  and  pass  the  whole  through  a 
disintegrator  to  break  any  lumps  and  reduce  to  a  powder. 

Manufacturers  in  a  small  way  of  business  buy  the  super- 
phosphate at  a  price  per  unit  of  phosphoric  acid  made 
soluble,  then  add  the  calculated  amounts  of  nitrogen  and 
potash,  and  well  mix  the  mass  together  by  turning  over  two 
or  three  times. 

The  following  are  special  bone  manures,  made  from 
degreased  and  degelatinised  bones,  mixed  with  25  per  cent, 
of  mineral  superphosphate,  made  from  Algerian  raw  phos- 
phates ;  each  manufacturer  has  his  own  standard  of  strength, 
and  sells  at  a  price  accordingly. 

(a)  Turnip  manure. 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,     .         .         .         .  17  to  20 

Insoluble         „  .         .         .         .  8  to  12 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,-        .  2  to  3 

Potash,  equivalent  to  sulphate  of  potash,  3  to  4 

The  following  mixing  forms  an  excellent  manure  for  turnips 
and  mangels : — 

Bone  superphosphates  (20  per  cent,  soluble),  10  cwt. 
Kainite  (24  per  cent,  sulphate  of  potash),   .       2     ,, 
Sulphate  of  ammonium,      .         .         .  2     „ 

Common  salt,      .         .         .         .         .  6     ,, 

5  to  6  cwt.  of  the  manure  applied  per  acre. 

(b)  Potato  manure. 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,     .         .         .         .  18  to  20 

Insoluble         „  ....  6  to  8 

Sulphate  of  potash,      .         .         .         .  7  to  9 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,        .  3  to  4 

A  mixing  for  potato  manure  consists  of — 

Bone  superphosphates  (20  per  cent,  soluble),  12  cwt. 

Kainite  (24  per  cent  sulphate  of  potash),     .  6     „ 

Sulphate  of  ammonium,         .         .         .         .  4     „ 
5  to  6  cwt.  applied  per  acre. 


RESIDUAL   PRODUCTS   FROM  XHJJS.  AND  jQELATtNE. 

Another  mixing  is  made  from — 

Degreased  and  degelatinised  bones,         .       1J  cwfc. 
Algerian  phosphate,        .         .         .         .         1    „ 

Leather  waste, J    „ 

Shoddy  (8  per  cent,  nitrogen),         .         .         1    „ 
Shoddy  (5         „  „)..!„ 

Sulphuric  acid,  110°  Tw.,         .         .         .       2f    „ 

Of  this  mixture  14  cwt.  are  taken  and  mixed  with — 

Dried  flesh, 4J  cwt. 

Sulphate  of  ammonia,      .         .         .  1       „ 

Sulphate  of  potash,          .         .         .         .         f     „ 

The  mass  is  then  passed  through  a  disintegrator.     High-class 
potato  manure  is  made  from — 

Degreased  and  degelatinised  bones,         .  1J  cwt. 

Florida  phosphate, ^    „ 

Leather  waste, 2      „ 

Shoddy  (15  per  cent,  nitrogen),       .         .         J    „ 

Sulphuric  acid,  110°  Tw.,         .         .  2|    „ 

Of  this  mixture  15  cwt.  are  taken  and  mixed  with — 

Dried  flesh, 2  cwt. 

Sulphate  of  ammonia,      .         .         .         .  2     „ 
Sulphate  of  potash,          .         .         .         .  J  „ 

Sud  cake  (2  per  cent,  of  nitrogen),  .         .  1   „ 

4  to  5  cwt.  of  the  mass  is  applied  per  acre. 

(c)  Special  manure  for  grass  lands. 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,       .         .         .         .       14  to  18 
Insoluble         „  .         .         .         .         4  to  8 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia, .         .         3  to  4 

(d)  Special  manures  for  cereal  crops. 

(1)  Wheat  manure. 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,       .         .         .         .       16  to  18 
Insoluble         „  .         .         .         .         4  to  6 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia, .         .  4 

Applied  4  to  5  cwt.  per  acre. 


102         GLUE,   GfcLATINE,  AND  THEIK   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

The  following  mixing  has  been  used  with  great  success  by 
Lawes  and  Gilbert  :— = 

Sulphate  of  potash,         ....  200  Ibs. 

Sulphate  of  ammonia,     ....  200    „ 

Sulphate  of  soda, 100    „ 

Sulphate  of  magnesia,    .         .         .  100    „ 

Bone  superphosphates,  ....  400    „ 

(2)  Barley  and  oat  manure. 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,       .         .         .         .       18  to  20 
Insoluble      „  ....         5  to  7 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,          .  3^ 

(c)  Pea,  bean,  and  vetch  manure. 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,     .         .         .         .       20    to  22 
Insoluble         „  .         .         .         .         3    to  4 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,        .         3^  to  4^ 

The  quantities  used  are  4  to  5  cwt.  per  acre. 
(/)  Sugar-cane  manure. 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates, 20 

Insoluble         „  4£ 

Sulphate  of  potash, 9 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,          .         .  11 

Applied  5  cwt.  per  acre. 

(g)  Special  celery  and  onion  manure  contains : — 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,     .         .         .  14    to  16 

Insoluble         „             .         .         .  .  4    to    6 

Sulphate  of  potash,      .         .         .  .  3  J  to    4 

Nitrogen  equivalent  to  ammonia,  .  3    to    4J 

(h)  A  well-balanced  and  all-round  fertiliser,  suitable  for 
all  kinds  of  crops,  especially  mangolds,  turnips,  swedes,  and 
mustard,  contains  the  following : — 


RESIDUAL  PEODUCTS   FROM   GLUE  AND  GELATINE.        103 

Per  cent. 
Soluble  phosphates,        .         .         .         .         ,16 

Insoluble         „  3 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,  ...         2 

(*)  For  all  root  crops,  a  useful  manure  is  made  by  treating 
degreased  and  degelatinised  bones  with  sulphuric  acid  and 
then  mixing  with  the  dried  offal  from  lairages.  In  a  manure 
of  this  character  the  nitrogen  is  derived  from  organic  and 
animal  matter,  and  delivers  up  its  store  of  plant  food  in  a 
slower  manner  than  when  the  nitrogen  exists  in  the  form  of 
sulphate  of  ammonia  or  nitrate  of  soda,  both  highly  soluble 
salts,  which  are  liable,  when  applied,  to  be  washed  down 
into  the  drains  in  wet  weather.  A  cheap  and  yet  effective 
manure  of  this  character  contains — 

Per  cent. 

Soluble  phosphates,      .         .         .  .  10    to  12 

Insoluble         „             .         .         .  .  3    to    4 

Sulphate  of  potash,     •         .         .  .  J  to    1 

Nitrogen,  equivalent  to  ammonia,  .  2    to    3 

Recovery  of  Phosphate  of  Lime.— In  the  manufacture 
of  gelatine  the  degreased  bones  are  steeped  in  a  dilute 
solution  of  hydrochloric  acid,  which  dissolves  out  practically 
the  whole  of  the  phosphate  of  lime  of  the  bones,  and  the 
recovery  of  this  substance  forms  a  very  important  item  in 
the  economical  working  of  the  factory.  To  effect  this 
recovery  the  acid  liquors  and  wash  waters  are  passed  through 
a  filter  to  remove  any  suspended  matter  and  then  run  into  a 
number  of  precipitating  vats,  and  treated  with  a  neutralising 
base,  such  as  lime  in  the  form  of  milk  of  lime,  chalk  made 
into  a  cream,  or  a  solution  of  calcium  sulphydrate,  the  base 
being  added  until  the  solution  is  slightly  alkaline.  If  the 
addition  of  the  neutralising  base  is  stopped  while  the  solution 
is  still  acid,  the  precipitate  consists  chiefly  of  bi-calcium 
phosphate.  When  the  precipitation  is  completed,  the  tri- 


104          GLUE,    GELATINE,   AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

calcium  phosphate,  as  a  white  '  sludge,'  falls  to  the  bottom  ; 
and  after  washing  three  or  four  times  with  cold  water,  the 
washed  '  sludge '  is  pumped  to  large  presses,  whence  it  is  freed 
from  a  large  portion  of  the  water,  the  cakes  inside  the 
filtering  chambers  retaining  only  about  10  per  cent.  On 
removing  the  filter  plates,  which  are  mounted  on  deep 
rectangular  bars,  the  cakes  fall  on  to  a  travelling  band  which 
carries  them  to  a  drying  room,  where  they  are  dried  in 
shallow  earthen  dishes  arranged  on  racks,  the  heat  being 
supplied  by  flues  running  the  length  of  the  room. 

Precipitated  phosphate  forms  a  valuable  manure,  and  is 
most  suitable  for  light,  sandy  soils.  As  tri-calcium  phosphate 
it  is  far  more  soluble  in  water  than  the  finest  ground  mineral 
phosphates. 

Precipitated  phosphate  is  also  largely  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  a  substitute  for  cream  of  tartar  in  baking.  For 
this  purpose  it  is  ground  to  a  fine  state  of  division,  and 
mixed  with  sulphuric  and  phosphoric  acid  in  the  following 
proportions : — 

Precipitated  phosphate,    .         .         .         .112  Ibs. 

Sulphuric  acid, 91    „ 

Phosphoric  acid, 42    „ 

The  pasty  mass  thus  formed  is  dried  by  steam  heat,  ground 
again  to  a  fine  powder,  passed  through  a  60-mesh  screen, 
and  then  intimately  mixed  with  flour  or  farina  in  proportions 
necessary  for  the  strength  of  acidity  required. 

Bone  Ash. — After  degreasing  and  degelatinising  white 
bones,  the  bye-product,  when  completely  burned  in  a  retort 
or  kiln,  forms  a  white-coloured  ash,  which  in  its  concentrated 
state  contains  75  to  85  per  cent,  of  bone  phosphate  existing 
as  tri-calcium  phosphate.  The  ash,  of  which  large  quantities 
are  imported  from  South  America,  is  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  high-strength  superphosphates.  The  following  analyses 


RESIDUAL   PRODUCTS   FROM   GLUE   AND   GELATINE.        105 

by  the  author  represent  the  composition  of  pure  and  com- 
mercial samples  of  bone-ash : — 

In  parts  per  100. 

Pure  bone    Commercial 

ash.  bone  ash. 

Water, 319 

Unconsumed  carbon,  ...  '29  2*92 

Tri-calcium  phosphate,        .         .  85'89  72*66 

Lime, 515  711 

Magnesia, 3'64  3'39 

Oxide  of  iron,     ....  trace  '35 

Carbonic  acid,     ....  1'58  1'72 

Alkaline  salts,    .         .         .         .  1'39  1-69 

Silica, 2-03  6*97 

99-97       100-00 

Dissolved  bone  ash  or  bone  ash  superphosphate  is  prepared 
in  the  same  way  as  bone  superphosphate,  and  when  well 
made  it  should  be  in  a  fine,  dry,  powdery  condition.  From 
the  high  percentage  of  soluble  phosphate,  dissolved  bone  ash 
forms  a  valuable  manure  when  applied  to  cereals  and  root 
crops  on  cold  clayey  soils. 

The  following  is  an  analysis  by  the  author  of  dissolved 
bone-ash : — 

In  parts  per  100. 

Moisture, 16'39 

Unconsumed  carbon, 2*62 

Mono-calcium  phosphate,            .         .         .  2918 
=  tri-calcium phosphate  rendered  soluble  (38 -65) 

Insoluble  or  tri-calcium  phosphate,    .         .  316 

Sulphates  of  lime  and  magnesia,         .         .  44'47 

Alkaline  salts, 1*07 

Silica, 311 


100-00 


Leather  Waste. — As  previously  remarked,  leather  waste 
is  not  used  in  the  manufacture  of  glue,  owing  to  the  want  of 


106         GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

a  practical  method  to  dissociate  the  tannin  from  the  gelatine, 
and  leave  the  latter  in  a  condition  available  for  the  glue 
manufacturer.  It  is,  however,  important  as  a  material,  rich 
in  nitrogen,  to  the  manure-maker.  To  make  leather  into  a 
nitrogenised  manure,  it  is  first  roasted  and  then  ground  to  a 
fine  powder  in  a  mill,  and  afterward  treated  with  superheated 
steam,  which  removes  the  greater  part  of  the  tannic  acid. 
On  drying  it  in  a  jacketed  pan,  and  then  passing  it  through 
a  disintegrator,  a  meal  is  produced  which,  without  further 
treatment,  is  used  by  the  farmer  as  a  manure. 

Leather  meal  contains  a  high  percentage  of  nitrogen ;  this 
product,  however,  being  in  an  insoluble  form,  is  not  so 
readily  available  for  plant  food  as  the  nitrogen  in  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  nitrate  of  soda,  or  in  chemically  treated  leather. 

Waste  leather  to  be  made  available  as  a  quick  manure  is 
best  treated  along  with  shoddy  and  raw  ground  phosphates, 
with  sulphuric  acid  in  the  superphosphate  mixer,  in  the 
following  proportions : — 

Leather  waste, 2    cwt. 

Florida  phosphates,       ....  2       „ 
Shoddy  (containing  15  per  cent,  nitrogen),      J     „ 

Sulphuric  acid,  110°  Tw.,  2£     „ 

The  mixture,  which  contains  nitrogen  equal  to  2  J  per  cent,  of 
ammonia,  forms  a  base  in  the  compounding  of  manures  for 
cereal  or  root  crops. 

Leather  waste  is  also  used  in  the  manufacture  of  artificial 
leather,  leather  boards,  etc.  For  these  purposes,  the  waste 
is  first  steeped  in  weak  lime  water,  and  then  ground  to  a 
fine  powder  in  a  rag  engine  as  used  by  papermakers.  The 
ground  leather  is  then  mixed  with  about  half  its  weight  of 
good  Manila  rope,  coloured  with  Venetian  red,  and  is  now 
ready  to  be  made  into  either  leather  board  or  stiffenings  for 
heels  and  toes  of  boots  and  shoes.  In  another  method  of 


RESIDUAL  PRODUCTS  FROM  GLUE  AND  GELATINE.   107 

treatment  leather  scrap  is  shredded  and  then  mixed  with  a 
strong  solution  of  ammonia,  which  forms  a  gelatinous  mass. 
It  is  soluble  in  water,  and  has  no  elasticity  until  it  is  mixed 
with  indiarubber  dissolved  in  bisulphide  of  carbon  and  well 
kneaded,  when  it  is  rendered  waterproof.  The  kneaded  mass 
is  then  pressed  into  moulds. 

The  use  of  leather  board  in  the  manufacture  of  boots  and 
shoes  is  one  of  the  bad  features  of  the  business.  One  kind  is 
used  for  lapping  and  for  veneering  laps.  The  material  is 
made  to  look  like  leather  and  cut  like  leather.  A  thin  split 
of  true  leather  makes  a  veneer  that  satisfies  the  demands  of 
the  buffing  machine.  The  best  board  is  made  from  scrap 
leather  mixed  with  jute,  and  is  used  for  counters,  heel 
stiffenings  or  box  toes.  When  properly  treated  and  manu- 
factured, these  counters  do  good  service.  When  leather 
board  is  backed  with  a  leather  split  and  moulded  into  a 
stiffening,  the  product  is  a  union  counter.  Leather  board  is 
also  used  in  the  making  of  chair  seats,  table  tops,  etc. 


CHAPTER  XL— ANALYSES   OF  THE  RAW 
AND   FINISHED   PRODUCTS. 

THE  chemical  laboratory  fulfils  a  very  important  function 
in  the  successful  conducting  of  a  large  works,  and  as  a  guide 
to  the  chemist  in  charge  this  chapter  is  devoted  to  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  methods  adopted  in  making  the  many  analyses 
required  of  the  raw  and  finished  products.  The  raw  materials 
entering  the  works  may  be  divided  into  two  classes — hide 
pieces  and  rough  bones.  With  the  former  the  examination 
is  solely  confined  to  their  glue-yielding  capacity,  and  this 
is  best  carried  out  by  making  a  boiling,  under  conditions 
closely  approximating  to  the  work  on  a  large  scale,  with  an 
average  sample  in  a  small  experimental  glue  plant,  which  is 
an  important  feature  in  a  well-equipped  laboratory,  and 
testing  the  jelly  formed  on  cooling  the  liquor  by  the  shot 
test  for  tenacity. 

Assuming  that  all  the  nitrogen  present  is  of  a  glue-forming 
nature,  this  may  be  estimated  by  Kjeldahl's  process  as  given 
below ;  the  result  multipled  by  5*4  indicates  the  amount  of 
glue  present. 

Raw  Bones. — Although  raw  bones  are  not  bought  under 
a  guarantee,  yet  it  is  advisable  to  examine  each  day's  delivery 
for  moisture,  fatty  matter,  and  nitrogen,  and  this  is  made  as 
follows,  from  a  carefully  selected  and  crushed  sample : — 

108 


ANALYSES   OF  THE   RAW  AND   FINISHED  PRODUCTS.      109 


(a}  Moisture. — Five  grams  are  weighed  out  into  a  porcelain 
crucible  and  heated  for  twelve  hours  at  a  temperature  of 
100°  to  105°  G.  On  cooling  under  the  desiccator  and  re- 
weighing,  the  loss  of  weight  represents  the  moisture. 

(&)  Fat. — The  fat  is  estimated  by  a  Soxhlet's  extraction 
apparatus  as  seen  in  fig.  25,  which  consists  of  a  small  flask 
A,  extractor  B,  condenser  C.  The 
tube  holding  the  sample  has  a  small 
opening  at  the  bottom,  which  is 
covered  with  asbestos  to  prevent 
any  loss  of  the  sample.  Before 
inserting  in  the  extractor,  the  tube, 
which  must  be  perfectly  dry,  is 
weighed  and  then  three  parts  filled 
with  the  sample.  On  re-weighing, 
the  difference  in  weight  represents 
the  amount  taken.  The  flask  A, 
which  must  be  thoroughly  dry,  is 
weighed  and  the  weight  noted.  In 
working  the  apparatus,  the  solvent 
ether  is  poured  in  at  the  top  of 
the  condenser  until  the  flask  A  is 
about  half  full,  and  heat  applied  to 
the  vessel  of  water  in  which  the 
flask  is  placed.  Owing  to  the  boil- 
ing point  of  ether,  distillation 
quickly  commences,  the  low  ether  FIG.  25.— Soxhlet's  apparatus, 
vapours  passing  up  through  one 

of  the  limbs  of  the  extractor  into  the  condenser,  and  on 
condensation  trickle  down  on  to  the  bones  within  the  tube, 
dissolving  out  the  fatty  matter.  When  the  syphon  over- 
flow is  reached,  the  ether  with  the  fat  it  has  dissolved  is 
syphoned  off  into  the  flask  below,  the  ether  being  again 
driven  off,  leaving  the  fat  behind.  This  is  repeated  some 


110         GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

six  times,  when  it  may  be  safely  assumed  that  the  bones  are 
denuded  of  their  fat.  The  flask  A  is  now  disconnected,  and 
after  wiping  is  placed  in  the  air-bath  and  heated  for  twelve 
hours  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  105°  C.,  this  being 
necessary  to  drive  off  any  moisture  passing  over  with  the 
ether  to  the  flask.  On  re-weighing  the  flask,  which  is  coated 
with  a  film  of  fat,  the  difference  in  weight  represents  the 
amount  of  fat  in  the  sample  taken.  The  tube  also  on  removal 
may  be  dried  for  twelve  hours  at  a  temperature  of  100° 
to  105°  C.,  and  re-weighed  ;  the  loss  in  weight  represents  the 
fat  and  moisture,  from  which  the  percentage  of  the  former 
can  be  readily  calculated. 

(c)  Nitrogen. — This  is  estimated  by  Kjeldahl's  process, 
which  is  based  on  the  oxidation  of  the  organic  matter,  the 
nitrogen  being  converted  into  ammonia,  which  is  fixed  by 
the  sulphuric  acid  present  forming  sulphate  of  ammonia, 
this  salt  being  subsequently  decomposed  by  a  solution  of 
caustic  soda,  and  the  liberated  ammoniacal  vapours  being 
absorbed  by  a  standard  solution  of  sulphuric  acid.  The 
oxidation  is  effected  in  a  Jena  flask,  into  which  5  grams  of 
the  sample  are  placed  and  then  covered  with  20  c.c.  of  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid,  along  with  10  grams  of  fused 
bisulphate  of  potash.  The  flask  is  heated  on  a  sand-bath, 
at  first  gradually,  and  as  the  oxidation  proceeds,  strongly,  for 
about  three  hours,  when  the  liquor  will  have  assumed  a 
clear,  pale  yellow  appearance,  which  indicates  the  end  of  the 
action.  On  removal  of  the  flask  from  the  sand-bath,  it  is 
cooled,  and  then  cautiously  filled  to  the  neck  with  water, 
stirring  well  after  each  addition.  The  contents  of  the  flask 
are  now  washed  into  a  large  flask,  from  which  a  tube  dips 
under  a  layer  of  standard  sulphuric  acid  contained  in  a  small 
flask  kept  cool  by  a  stream  of  water.  Connected  with  the 
large  flask  is  a  funnel  with  stopcock  for  conveying  a  solution 
of  caustic  soda,  and  on  applying  heat  with  the  Bunsen  flame 


ANALYSES   OF   THE   RAW   AND   FINISHED   PRODUCTS.       Ill 

the  ammonia  is  distilled  over  and  is  absorbed  by  the  standard 
acid.  On  boiling  for  an  hour,  the  small  receiving  flask  is 
disconnected,  and  the  excess  of  acid  remaining  is  titrated 
with  standard  soda  solution.  Both  the  acid  and  soda  solu- 
tions are  of  deci-normal  strength.  From  the  number  of  c.cs. 
of  acid  uncombined  with  ammonia  is  calculated  the  per- 
centage amount  of  nitrogen,  and  this  multiplied  by  5*4  gives 
the  percentage  yield  of  glue. 

Benzene. — In  the  degreasing  of  the  bones  the  benzene 
solvent  should  be  frequently  tested  so  that  any  diminution 
in  strength  may  be  noted.  The  testing  is  carried  out  by 
fractionation,  and  the  sample  should  closely  approach  the 
following : — 

Boiling  point,  100°  0. 

Below    100°  C.  .         .         .  Nothing 

100°  to  104°  .         .         .  14  per  cent. 

104°  to  110°  .         .         .  20-5     „ 

110°  to  115°  ...  38        „ 

115°  to  121°  .         .         .  16-5     „ 

121°  to  126°  ...  6 

126°  to  132°  ...  4 

132°  to  138°  ...  1 

Over  138°  .         .         .  Nothing 

Condensed  Water. — In  running  the  fat  from  the  benzene 
plant,  the  condensed  water  is  daily  tested  for  any  loss  of 
gelatinous  matter  during  the  degreasing,  and  the  amount,  if 
any,  is  estimated  by  the  Kjeldahl  process. 

Decreased  Bones. — The  degreased  bones  may  retain  a 
portion  of  fat  unextracted  during  the  benzene  treatment. 
This  is  estimated  by  the  Soxhlet  apparatus,  as  described  at 
p.  109.  The  loss  should  not  exceed  5  per  cent. 

Refined  Fat. — Refined  fat  is  sold  on  a  basis  of  98  per  cent. 
The  impurities  generally  accompanying  the  pure  fat  are — 
(1)  moisture  ;  (2)  naphtha ;  (3)  mineral  matter ;  (4)  organic 
matter  other  than  fat.  They  are  estimated  as  follows : — 


112          GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

(a)  Moisture. — Determined  as  in  (a)  under  the  heading  of 
'  Raw  Bones.' 

(b)  Naphtha. — 100  grams  of  the  fat  are  weighed  out  and 
filled  into  a  flask  fitted  with  a  cork  perforated  with  three 
holes.     Through  one  is  fixed  a  thermometer  dipping  down 
into  the  fat      Through  the  second  a  tube  is  passed  which  is 
in   connection   with  a  second  flask   generating  steam,   the 
junction  between  the  two  being  closed  by  a  clip.     Through 
the   third    opening    a   bent   tube   connected   to   a   Liebig's 
condenser  is  passed.     To  the  other  end  of  the  condenser  is 
fixed,  with  rubber  tubing,  a  bent  tube  dipping  under  water 
contained  in  a  flask  having  a  long  neck  and  graduated  into 
^o  c.cs.     The  flask  containing  the  fat  is  partly  embedded  in 
sand  on  a  sand-bath,  and  is  heated  with  a  Bunsen  burner 
underneath.     The   heat   is   raised  to   about   160°  C.,  which 
drives  over  the  larger  portion  of  the  naphtha  present,  while 
the  remainder  is  dispelled  by  the  current  of  steam  which  is 
allowed  to  play  on  the  fat  for  half  an  hour.     The  vapours  are 
condensed  in   their  passage  through  the  condenser  to  the 
receiving  flask,  and  in  the  latter  will  be  found  any  naphtha 
present,  floating  as  a  thin  film  on  the  surface  of  the  water. 
On  disconnecting  the  flask  and  filling  with  tepid  water  to 
about  half-way  up  the   neck,   then   cooling   to  the  normal 
temperature,   the  naphtha  may  be  read  off  in  fractions  of 
a  c.c. ,  which,  when  multiplied  by  the  specific  gravity,  shows 
the  percentage  amount  present. 

(c)  Mineral  Matter  (Ash). — Into   a  crucible   of   constant 
weight  1  gram  of  the  sample  is   weighed  and  then  slowly 
incinerated  to  a  black  mass.     The  crucible  is  now  removed 
to  a  muffle  and  heated  to  redness  for  ten  hours,  then  cooled 
under  the  desiccator,  and  re- weighed.     The  increase  of  weight 
represents   the   mineral  matter  present  in   1  gram  of   the 
sample ;   on   multiplying  by  100  the  percentage  amount  is 
obtained. 


ANALYSES  OF  THE   RAW  AND   FINISHED   PRODUCTS.       113 

(d)  Organic  Matt er  other  than  Fat. — This  is  estimated  by 
treating  2  grams  of  the  sample  with  ether,  stirring  well  and 
pouring  on  to  a  tared  filter,  then  washing  the  residue  with 
the  same  solvent  until  no  trace  of  fat  is  visible,  when  a  few 
drops  are  evaporated  on  a  watch-glass.  The  tared  filter 
paper  on  drying  at  100°  C.  for  five  hours  is  re- weighed,  and 
the  increase  in  weight  represents  the  organic  matter  other 
than  fat  in  the  2  grams  taken. 

Glue. — In  judging  the  value  of  glue  many  users  rely  on  the 
colour,  smell,  and  shrinkage.  These  qualities  alone  are  not 
a  safe  guide  in  forming  an  opinion,  for  a  glue  may  have  good 
colour,  be  free  from  smell,  and  well  shrunken  in  the  drying, 
yet  at  the  same  time,  owing  to  the  deficiency  in  glutin,  the 
binding  power  will  be  low.  The  higher  the  percentage  of 
glutin  in  a  glue,  the  higher  is  the  melting-point  of  the  jelly,  and 
as  this  is  an  indication  of  its  strength,  it  follows  that  a  bone 
glue  in  which  chondrin  is  predominant  is  inferior  to  a  hide  glue 
as  a  cement.  A  good  glue  should  be  well  dried  and  free 
from  smell ;  and  when  immersed  in  cold  water  for  twenty-four 
hours  it  should  absorb  from  nine  to  eleven  times  its  weight 
of  the  water,  and  when  dissolved  in  hot  water  to  the  extent 
of  J.I  per  cent,  the  jelly  formed  on  cooling  should  be  firm 
and  consistent,  and  capable  of  sustaining  a  weight  varying 
from  1^  to  2  Ibs.  Glue  should  not  become  damp  in  ordinary 
air,  or  it  is  liable  to  turn  mouldy,  and  this  fault  would 
indicate  impurity  or  adulteration.  Further,  in  the  manner 
of  breaking,  a  splintery  fracture  shows  that  the  glue  is  not 
well  boiled,  while  judging  from  the  appearance  is  apt  to 
produce  a  wrong  estimate  of  its  value,  for  a  glue  without  gloss 
and  very  much  warped  may  be  excellent  in  adhesiveness  and 
tenacity.  From  every  batch  of  glue  made  a  sample  cake 
should  be  drawn,  labelled  with  a  number  and  date,  and  kept 
for  future  reference,  the  particulars,  along  with  a  record  of 
the  testing,  being  entered  in  the  laboratory  journal.  A  full 

8 


114          GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

examination,  whether  of  a  hide  or  bone  glue,  comprises — 
Moisture,  ash,  water-absorbing  power,  strength  of  jelly  (shot 
jelly  test),  melting  point  of  jelly,  capacity  for  drying,  foreign 
matter,  acidity,  viscosity,  fatty  matter,  glutin,  breaking  strain, 
and  foam  test.  The  colour,  shrinkage,  and  smell  should  also 
be  noted. 

(a)  Moisture. — Ordinary  glue  of  good  quality  contains 
14  to  1 8  per  cent,  of  water ;  a  lower  amount  indicates  over- 
drying,  which  injures  the  tenacity,  while  a  high  percentage 
diminishes  the  keeping  qualities.  For  determination,  a  portion 
of  the  cake  is  taken  and  crushed  to  a  coarse  powder  in  a 
Wedgwood  mortar,  and  then  to  a  fine  meal  in  an  agate  mortar. 
Of  the  meal  5  grams  are  weighed  in  a  tared  watch-glass, 
and  exposed  to  a  temperature  of  110°  C.  in  the  air  oven 
for  twelve  hours.  On  cooling  and  weighing,  the  difference 
in  weight  represents  the  moisture  in  the  5  grams  taken, 
and  from  the  result  obtained  the  percentage  is  readily 
calculated. 

(6)  Ash. — In  a  tared  platinum  crucible,  5  grams  of  the 
powdered  glue  are  weighed,  and  slowly  heated  until  com- 
pletely carbonised ;  the  crucible  is  then  transferred  to  a 
muffle  furnace  and  heated  to  a  bright  redness  for  ten  hours, 
cooled,  and  weighed.  The  increase  in  weight  of  the  crucible 
is  the  amount  of  ash  yielded  by  the  weight  of  sample  taken, 
and  ranges  from  2  to  3  per  cent.  Sometimes  sulphate  and 
carbonate  of  lead,  zinc  oxide,  and  the  salts  of  chromium  and 
tungsten  are  added  to  the  glue  before  jellying,  with  the 
object  of  increasing  its  adhesive  properties.  These  ingredients 
are  found  in  and  thus  increase  the  weight  of  ash.  A  quali- 
tative examination  of  the  ash  will  give  a  clue  to  the  origin 
of  the  glue.  The  ash  from  bone  glue  fuses  by  the  heat  of  the 
Bunsen  flame,  and  is  mainly  composed  of  the  phosphates  of 
calcium  and  magnesium.  On  the  other  hand,  the  ash  from 
a  hide  glue  does  not  fuse  when  heated,  owing  to  the  presence 


ANALYSES   OF   THE  RAW  AND   FINISHED  PRODUCTS.       115 

of  caustic  limes  derived  from  the  'liming'  of  the  skins. 
The  ash  is  also  alkaline  and  free  from  phosphates. 

(e)  Water -absorbing  power. — A  portion  of  the  sample  cake, 
in  one  piece,  is  weighed,  and  then  immersed  in  cold  water 
having  a  temperature  of  4°  C.  for  twenty-four  hours  (a  very 
thick  cake  will  require  from  thirty-six  to  forty  hours).  Then 
carefully  remove,  drain  off  all  superfluous  water,  and  weigh. 
The  increase  in  weight  is  the  amount  of  water  taken  up 
mechanically  by  the  glue,  and  the  greater  this  absorption, 
the  more  economical  will  the  agglutinant  be  found  when  in 
use.  Fine  glue  made  from  white  bones  will  take  up  from 
eight  to  nine  times  its  weight  of  water,  while  common  German 
bone  glue  will  only  absorb  four  to  five  times.  In  a  good 
hide  glue  the  absorption  will  reach  to  eleven  times  its  weight. 

(d)  Strength  of  jelly  (shot  jelly  test),  Lipowitz's  method. — 
This  test  depends  on  the  weight-sustaining  power  of  glue 
made  into  a  jelly  of  known  strength.  The  sample  made 
into  a  solution  of  10  per  cent,  strength  is  run  into  a  glass 
cylinder  of  uniform  width  to  gelatinise.  The  cylinder,  which 
should  be  surrounded  by  a  water  jacket  to  maintain  a 
definite  temperature,  is  covered  with  a  cap  at  one  end.  The 
cap  is  perforated,  and  through  the  perforation  is  passed 
freely  a  stout  iron  wire,  at  the  lower  end  of  which  is  soldered 
a  piece  of  tin  dipped  like  a  saucer,  the  convex  side  resting 
on  the  surface  of  the  jelly  formed  by  the  cooling  of  the  glue 
solution.  To  the  upper  end  is  also  soldered  a  similarly 
shaped  piece  of  tin  to  hold  the  weights  necessary  to  force 
down  the  wire.  The  whole  apparatus  weighs  about  10  grains, 
and  is  loaded  gradually  with  weights  or  small  shot  until  the 
convex  side  of  the  saucer-shaped  piece  of  tin  is  forced  into 
the  jelly.  The  greater  the  strength  of  the  jelly,  the  greater 
will  be  the  weight  required.  A  high-grade  glue  when  made 
into  a  jelly  will  carry  as  much  as  60  grams,  while  the  jelly 
of  a  poor  quality  of  glue  will  sustain  only  8  grams. 


116    GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

A  commercial  form  of  the  above  test,  known  as  the  c  shot 
jelly  test/  is  made  by  cooling  a  10  per  cent,  solution  in  an 
ice-box  for  three  or  four  hours  till  firmly  set.  A  tube  or 
small  pan  is  placed  on  the  jelly  and  loaded  with  shot  till  it 
sinks.  The  weight  of  shot  used  is  a  measure  of  the  strength 
of  the  glue. 

(e)  Melting-point  of  jelly. — Kissling's  method,  which  gives 
the  most  satisfactory  results,  is  made  under  standard  con- 
ditions. The  test  is  carried  out  by  weighing  15  grams  of 
the  sample,  and  allowing  it  to  stand  in  30  c.c.  of  water  for 
twelve  hours  in  a  flask.  The  solution  is  then  completed 
by  immersing  the  flask  in  boiling  water  and  shaking  well. 
While  still  liquid  some  of  the  glue  solution  is  poured  into  a 
test  tube,  which  is  then  closed  with  a  cork.  A  similar  tube 
is  filled  to  an  equal  extent  with  a  concentrated  (1-1) 
solution  of  best  hide  glue,  and  a  thermometer  is  inserted  in 
it.  These  tubes  are  immersed  for  an  hour  in  water  at  15°  C., 
and  are  then  placed  in  a  bath  of  special  construction.  This 
consists  of  a  round  metal  water-bath,  which  is  filled  to  a 
mark  with  water  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  50°  C.  On 
to  the  top  of  the  bath  a  shallower  vessel  of  equal  diameter 
fits  as  a  lid.  The  bottom  of  this  is  covered  with  asbestos, 
and  in  it  are  placed  horizontally  the  tubes  containing  the 
glues  and  the  thermometer.  A  plate  of  glass  covers  the 
whole.  The  melting-point  is  taken  as  the  point  at  which 
the  surface  of  the  glue  leaves  its  vertical  position  and  becomes 
distinctly  inclined.  The  melting-point  varies  with  the 
amount  of  glutin  present. 

(/)  Capacity  for  drying. — Twenty  grams  of  the  sample  are 
dissolved  in  a  little  hot  water,  and  then  made  up  to 
100  c.c.,  and  the  temperature  noted.  Ten  c.c.  of  the  solution 
are  taken,  spread  on  a  large  watch-glass,  and  allowed  to  stand 
in  a  room  free  from  dust  and  not  exposed  to  frequent  change 
of  temperature.  A  standard  solution  of  the  same  strength 


ANALYSES   OF  THE  RAW  AND  FINISHED  PRODUCTS.       117 

and  temperature  is  made  from  a  high  grade  of  glue,  and  10  c.c. 
of  the  solution  are  taken  and  placed  on  a  watch-glass.  The 
behaviour  of  the  sample  jelly  is  compared  with  that  of  the 
standard  during  the  several  days'  exposure  of  the  two 
jellies. 

(g}  Foreign  matter. — The  foreign  matter  of  glue  is  of  an 
insoluble  mineral  and  organic  nature,  and  is  determined  by 
dissolving  5  grams  of  the  sample  in  hot  water  and  transferring 
to  a  glass  cylinder  holding  1000  c.c.,  and  made  up  to  the 
litre  mark  with  hot  water.  The  cylinder  is  immersed  in  hot 
water  to  prevent  the  solution  from  congealing.  On  standing 
for  ten  hours,  the  whole  of  the  insoluble  impurities  fall  to 
the  bottom.  The  clear  liquor  is  run  off  and  the  sediment 
decanted  on  to  a  tared  filter,  well  washed  with  hot  water  to 
remove  all  trace  of  glue,  and  then  dried  at  105°  C.  in  the 
air  oven.  On  cooling  and  weighing,  the  increase  in  weight 
of  the  tared  filter  represents  the  foreign  or  insoluble  matter 
in  the  sample  taken.  The  foreign  insoluble  matter  is 
greater  in  bone  than  in  hide  glues,  the  latter  rarely  exceeding 
2  per  cent. 

(h)  Acidity. — Fifty  grams  of  the  sample  are  suspended  in 
a  flask  in  80  c.c.  of  cold  water  for  ten  hours.  The  flask  is 
connected  with  a  condenser,  and  the  volatile  acids  are  driven 
over  by  a  current  of  steam,  the  condensed  acids  and  water 
running  into  a  graduated  cylinder.  When  the  distillate 
amounts  to  300  c.c.  the  distillation  is  discontinued  and  the 
contents  of  the  cylinder  titrated  with  deci-normal  alkali. 
In  presence  of  sulphurous  acid,  the  cylinder  should  contain 
a  known  quantity  of  the  standard  alkali,  added  previous  to 
the  distillation.  The  acidity  is  due  to  hydrochloric  and 
sulphurous  acids,  and  the  sample  should  not  contain  more 
than  '20  per  cent,  of  these  acids. 

(i)  Viscosity. — The  viscosity  of  a  glue  solution  of  known 
strength  is  the  length  of  time  taken  by  the  solution  to  flow 


118    GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

through  a  burette  as  compared  with  water  taken  at  twenty- 
five  seconds  in  running  through  the  same.  The  sample  of 
glue  is  dissolved  in  hot  water  to  a  strength  of  1  per  cent., 
and  the  solution  cooled  to  18°  C.,  and  50  c.c.  run  through  a 
burette,  the  number  of  seconds  required  being  the  viscosity 
of  the  solution.  The  higher  the  strength  of  the  sample,  the 
greater  will  be  the  length  of  time  required  for  the  50  c.c. 
of  the  glue  liquor  to  pass  through  the  orifice  of  the  burette. 
With  a  strong  glue  thirty-two  to  thirty-four  seconds  are 
needed,  a  medium  quality  twenty-eight  to  thirty  seconds, 
while  the  solution  of  a  weak  glue  flows  through  in  twenty- 
six  to  twenty-seven  seconds. 

(/)  Fatty  matter.  —  For  many  industrial  applications  the 
small  proportion  of  fat  sometimes  met  with  in  bone  glues  is 
objectionable.  The  determination  is  made  in  the  Soxhlet 
apparatus,  as  described  on  page  109,  on  5  grams  of  the 
powdered  glue. 

(k)  G-lutin. — According  to  Rideau,  the  organic  matters  of 
glue  are  very  complex.  Among  the  nitrogenous  matters  to 
be  found  in  it  there  are  probably  several  varieties  of  glutin 
and  chondrin,  as  analyses  of  these  substances,  presumably 
pure,  show  differences  in  elementary  composition,  in  addition 
to  the  variation  in  physical  properties.  Products  of  change, 
such  as  albumoses  and  peptones,  are  usually  present,  with 
small  quantities  of  bases,  sugars,  and  ill-defined  bodies.  For 
this  reason  the  content  of  nitrogen  and  the  various  processes 
of  precipitation  by  tannin  and  other  agents,  yield  results 
which  have  but  only  an  approximate  relation  to  the  com- 
mercial value,  for  not  only  is  the  glutin  estimated,  but  also 
the  peptones  and  other  non-gelatinous  nitrogenous  matters 
are  thrown  down  or  co-estimated,  while  the  tannates  of  glutin 
are  too  uncertain  to  make  the  method  thoroughly  reliable. 
These  methods  may  be  enumerated  as  follows  (Trotman  and 
Hackford) : 


ANALYSES   OF   THE   RAW   AND   FINISHED  PRODUCTS.       119 

(1)  Determination  of  total  nitrogen  by  Kjeldahl's  process 
and  calculation  to  glutin. 

(2)  Determination  of  total  nitrogen  by  soda-lime. 

(3)  Precipitation    by   tannin,   and    either   measuring   the 
nitrogen  in  the  precipitate,  or  titrating  excess  of  tannin  in 
filtrate. 

(4)  Precipitation  by  chlorine  and  determination  of  nitrogen 
in  the  precipitate. 

In  the  estimation  by  tannin  10  grams  of  the  sample  are 
weighed  (preferably  in  one  piece),  and  then  immersed  in 
cold  water  for  ten  hours,  the  water  being  changed  two  or 
three  times  to  remove  any  colouring  matter  in  the  glue. 
On  dissolving  in  hot  water  and  pouring  into  a  beaker,  the 
solution  is  precipitated  with  tannic  acid,  forming  a  dense 
white  precipitate,  which,  on  washing  with  hot  water  by 
decantation  three  or  four  times,  is  then  poured  on  to  a  tared 
filter,  washed  again  with  a  little  hot  water,  and  finally  dried 
at  105°  C.  for  ten  hours  in  the  air  oven.  The  precipitate  of 
tannate  of  glutin,  when  dried,  has  a  composition  of 

Glutin,         .         .         .         .4274  per  cent. 
Tannin,         ....       57'26 

and  from  those  data  is  calculated  the  weight  of  glutin  in  the 
sample  taken. 

The  Bisler-Beaumat  method  of  tannin  titration  is  as 
follows  : — Two  solutions  are  prepared :  (a)  10  grams  of  pure 
tannin  are  dissolved  and  the  solution  made  up  to  a  litre;  (b)  10 
grams  pure  isinglass  and  20  grams  of  alum  are  dissolved  and 
diluted  to  a  litre.  The  latter  solution  is  added  to  a  measured 
quantity  of  the  former  till  no  further  precipitate  is  produced ; 
the  volume  used  is  then  read  off  on  the  burette.  The  same 
volume  of  tannin  is  then  precipitated  by  a  1  per  cent, 
solution  of  the  glue ;  the  relation  between  the  volumes  of 
the  glue  solution,  and  the  isinglass,  gives  the  ratio  of  the 
glue  to  the  sample  of  isinglass  taken  as  a  standard. 


120         GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

(1)  Breaking  strain. — In  determining  the  breaking  strain 
of  a  glue  joint,  Bruxchanger  devised  a  sliding  or  lateral  test 
in  which  two  pieces  of  red  beech  a  decimetre  square  were 
glued  together  with  their  fibres  parallel  and  their  surfaces 
overlapping  one  centimetre.  The  pieces  were  fixed  in  a 
weeder's  testing  machine  and  forced  in  a  direction  parallel  to 
their  surfaces  till  the  glue  yielded  and  the  pieces  slid  over 
one  another. 

Rideau  adopts  the  following  method.  For  the  testing 
blocks  a  hard,  and  yet  moderately  porous,  biscuit  stoneware 
is  used  in  place  of  wood.  They  are  in  the  shape  of  a 
truncated  wedge  fitting  the  claws  of  a  glue  tester  having 
a  system  of  levers  and  a  weight  tub  to  hold  the  shot.  In 
making  the  test,  1  part  of  glue  broken  in  small  pieces  is 
soaked  in  2  parts  cold  water  for  six  hours,  then  raised  to 
70°  C.,  agitated  until  dissolved,  and  afterward  quickly  strained 
through  fine  muslin.  The  plane  surfaces  are  then  soaked  in 
this  solution  for  half  an  hour,  joined  carefully  with  light 
pressure,  and  the  pairs  mounted  in  a  frame  between  uprights, 
each  pair  being  cautiously  loaded  with  a  weight  of  5  Ibs.,  and 
the  whole  kept  for  five  days  in  a  cool  and  dry  room.  At  the 
end  of  that  time  they  are  mounted  in  the  testing  machine, 
the  utmost  care  being  taken  to  avoid  jerking,Ato  put  on  the 
weight  gradually,  and  to  keep  the  lever  horizontal.  An 
improvement  on  the  shot  would  be  a  hopper  with  dry  sand 
or  mercury  flowing  through  a  regulated  orifice,  with  an 
automatic  cut-off  at  the  moment  of  fracture,  which  is 
generally  sudden.  By  this  method  a  high-grade  brown 
Scotch  glue  gave,  with  four  different  pairs  of  stone  blocks, 
a  breaking  strain  of  675  Ibs.,  663  Ibs.,  712  Ibs.,  and  645  Ibs. 
per  square  inch. 

A  rough  method  of  determining  the  breaking  strain  of  a 
glue,  without  apparatus,  is  to  cut  transversely  with  a  fine 
saw  a  stick  of  wood  1  inch  square,  to  glue  the  cut  surfaces 


ANALYSES   OF  THE   RAW   AND   FINISHED   PRODUCTS.       121 

together,  and  mount  them  on  end  with  a  moderate  weight  on 
top.  After  three  days  the  bar  is  laid  across  the  supports  and 
weighted  gradually  in  the  middle  till  fracture  ensues. 

(ra)  Foam  test. — In  certain  classes  of  work  the  frothing  or 
foaming  of  a  glue  solution  is  a  great  disadvantage.  It  is 
determined  by  vigorously  stirring  for  three  or  four  seconds 
with  a  glass  rod  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  the  glue,  the 
height  of  the  foam  formed  measured  in  inches,  and  the  rate  of 
its  disappearance  noted.  Some  glues  when  in  solution  show 
half  an  inch  of  foam,  others  one-eighth,  and  some  none 
at  all. 

Gelatine. — When  used  in  confectionery  or  manufacturing 
work,  gelatine  is  examined  for  moisture,  ash,  water-absorbing 
ppwer,  fatty  matter,  and  acidity,  by  the  processes  described 
under  glue. 

For  testing  the  purity  of  a  gelatine,  Vogel  adds  ammonia 
to  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  silver  nitrate  till  the  precipitate 
is  re-dissolved,  and  mixes  this  liquid  with  an  equal  volume 
of  the  solution  of  gelatine  under  examination.  If  the 
gelatine  is  impure,  the  mixture  takes  a  yellow  or  even  a 
brown  colour. 

Degelatinised  Bones. — According  to  the  object  in  view, 
the  degelatinisation  for  glue  may  be  wholly  or  only  partially 
carried  out.  With  a  carbonising  plant  at  his  disposal,  the 
manufacturer  extracts  only  a  portion  of  the  nitrogenous 
carbon  as  glue,  the  remainder  being  left  in  the  bones  for 
animal  charcoal. 

(a)  Wholly  degelatinised. — When  the  bones  are  used 
solely  for  glue,  the  examination  is  confined  to  nitrogen  and 
phosphate  of  lime.  In  preparing  the  sample  for  analysis, 
seven  to  eight  handf  uls,  representing  an  average  of  the  whole, 
are  taken  and  intimately  mixed  on  a  sheet  of  paper,  and  from 
this  mixture  a  portion  is  reduced  to  a  powder  by  grinding  in 
a  mortar. 


122         GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

(aa)  Nitrogen. — The  estimation  is  made  by  Kjeldahl's 
method  (see  '  Raw  Bones/  c.)  on  5  grams  of  the  powdered 
sample. 

(bb)  Phosphate  of  lime. — Weigh  into  a  porcelain  basin  or 
small  beaker  5  grams  of  the  sample,  mix  with  10  c.c. 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  and  evaporate  to  dryness 
on  the  water-bath  to  render  the  silica  insoluble. 

To  the  residue  add  4  c.c.  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  then 
20  c.c.  water,  warm,  and  then  filter  off  the  insoluble  silica ; 
wash  well  with  hot  water,  and  in  the  filtrate  precipitate 
the  phosphoric  acid  by  (1)  ammonio-citrate  of  magnesia,  or 
(2)  molybdate  of  ammonium.  The  solution  of  ammonio- 
citrate  of  magnesia  is  prepared  by  dissolving  270  grams  of 
citric  acid  in  hot  water,  and  adding  slowly  27  grams  of 
carbonate  of  magnesia.  The  heating  is  continued  until  the 
effervescence  has  ceased  and  the  carbonic  acid  has  been 
wholly  driven  off,  then  filtered  into  a  lifp'  flask,  cooled  to 
15°*5  C.,  and  400  c.c.  of  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  ammonia 
added,  the  whole  being  made  up  to  the  litre  mark  with 
cold  water.  To  the  hydrochloric  acid  filtrate,  ammonia  is 
added  until  strongly  alkaline,  and  then  100  c.c.  of  the  citro- 
magnesic  solution,  the  contents  of  the  beaker  being  vigorously 
stirred  until  the  white  precipitate  of  phosphate  of  magnesia 
appears.  Allow  to  stand  for  six  hours,  then  filter  off  the 
precipitate,  and  wash  well  with  cold  water  containing  2  per 
cent,  of  ammonia.  Dry,  ignite,  and  weigh  as  pyrophosphate 
of  magnesia.  On  multiplying  the  weight  obtained  by 
T3964,  the  factor  for  conversion,  the  result  is  the  weight  of 
tri-calcic  phosphate  in  the  sample  taken,  and  from  this  the 
percentage  is  readily  calculated. 

In  using  the  molybdic  method,  which  is  quite  as  accurate 
as  the  citro-magnesic  process,  the  solution  of  molybdate  of 
ammonium  used  is  prepared  by  dissolving  1  gram  of  molybdic 
acid  in  4  grams  of  ammonia  (sp.  gr.  0*96),  the  solution  being 


ANALYSES   OF   THE   RAW   AND   FINISHED   PRODUCTS.       123 

slowly  poured  into  15  grams  of  nitric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1'20), 
which  must  be  shaken  constantly  to  prevent  separation  of 
molybdic  acid.  After  two  days'  standing,  the  clear  solution 
is  syphoned  off  for  use.  To  the  hydrochloric  acid  solution 
of  the  phosphates  add  10  c.c.  nitric  acid,  and  evaporate  to 
dryness.  Now  add  about  6  c.c.  nitric  acid,  and  treat  the 
liquid  with  150  c.c.  of  the  solution  of  molybdate  of  ammonium, 
and  stir  well.  If  the  yellow  precipitate  of  phosphate  of 
molybdenum  is  slow  in  coming  down,  add  a  little  ammonia ; 
if  too  much  is  used,  dissolve  any  precipitated  ferric  hydrate 
formed  with  a  few  drops  of  nitric  acid.  Allow  to  stand  for 
eight  hours,  and  then  filter.  Wash  the  whole  of  the  pre- 
cipitate with  a  mixture  prepared  by  dissolving  15  grams  of 
nitrate  of  ammonium  in  100  c.c.  of  water,  and  adding  to  the 
solution  5  c.c.  strong  nitric  acid  and  10  c.c.  of  the  molybdic 
solution.  When  completely  washed,  the  precipitate  is 
dissolved  on  the  filter  in  dilute  warm  ammonia.  The 
filtrate  is  then  nearly  neutralised  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  the  phosphoric  acid  in  solution  is  precipitated  with 
magnesia  mixture.  After  filtering,  the  precipitate  of 
phosphate  of  magnesia  is  washed  with  a  2  per  cent,  solution 
of  ammonia,  and  is  finally  dried,  ignited,  and  weighed  as 
pyrophosphate  of  magnesia,  the  tri-calcic  phosphate  being 
calculated  as  in  the  citro-magnesic  method. 

The  magnesia  mixture  is  prepared  as  follows : — Dissolve 
83  grams  of  crystallised  sulphate  of  magnesia  in  boiling 
water,  add  5  c.c.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  then  82  grams  of 
crystallised  chloride  of  barium  previously  dissolved  in  water. 
Filter  off  a  few  drops  of  this  solution  and  add  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  ;  if  this  gives  a  precipitate,  add  a  little  more 
sulphate  of  magnesia.  Then  decant  and  filter,  mix  the  filtrate 
and  washings,  and  concentrate  by  evaporation  on  the  water- 
bath.  When  cool,  transfer  to  a  litre  flask,  add  165  grams 
of  pure  chloride  of  ammonium,  260  c.c.  of  ammonia,  and  then 


124         GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

water  to  the  mark.  Allow  to  stand  for  a  few  days,  and  filter 
if  necessary. 

(&)  Partially  deyelatinised. — The  object  of  the  manufacturer 
being  charcoal,  this  product  is  tested  for  moisture,  carbon, 
silica,  and  iron.  Animal  charcoal  possesses  the  property  of 
absorbing  organic  colouring  matter  from  solutions  brought 
in  contact  with  it,  and  this  decolorising  power  depends  on 
the  nitrogenous  carbon  it  contains.  A  good  charcoal  should 
contain  no  more  than  11  per  cent,  of  carbon,  and  no  less  than 
10  per  cent.  The  iron  should  not  exceed  *2  per  cent.,  and 
the  silica  '5  per  cent.  It  is  sold  on  a  basis  of  8  per  cent, 
of  moisture. 

(aa)  Moisture  :  The  moisture  is  determined  as  iinder  '  Raw 
Bones  (a)/  on  3  grams  of  the  powdered  sample. 

(lib)  Carbon  and  silica :  Two  grams  are  weighed  in  a  small 
beaker,  and  heated  for  an  hour  with  hydrochloric  acid,  then 
filtered  through  a  tared  filter  paper,  the  residue  left  on  the 
filter  being  well  washed  with  hot  water  until  the  filtrate 
is  free  from  acid.  Dry  at  105°  C.  for  ten  hours,  cool,  and 
re-weigh.  The  increase  in  weight  is  the  undissolved  carbon 
and  silica.  To  separate  the  two  substances,  the  filter  paper 
containing  the  residue  is  folded  up  and  placed  in  a  tared 
platinum  crucible,  slowly  carbonised  over  the  Bunsen  flame 
for  an  hour,  and  then  heated  to  bright  redness  in  a  muffle 
for  ten  hours.  The  carbon  is  completely  burned  to  carbon 
dioxide,  leaving  a  residue  of  silica,  along  with  the  ash  of 
the  filter  paper,  in  the  crucible.  Cool  and  re- weigh.  The 
increase  is  due  to  the  silica  and  ash,  and  on  deducting  the 
latter,  the  former  is  readily  calculated.  From  the  weight  of 
the  filter  paper  plus  the  residue  of  undissolved  carbon  and 
silica  the  tare  of  the  former  is  subtracted,  and  from  the  net 
weight  obtained  the  combined  percentage  of  carbon  and 
silica  is  made.  On  deducting  from  this  calculation  the 
percentage  weight  of  silica  found,  the  difference  is  the 


ANALYSES   OF   THE   RAW   AND   FINISHED   PRODUCTS.       125 

percentage  amount  of  carbon  in  the  sample  under  exa- 
mination. 

(cc)  Iron :  In  the  acid  filtrate  from  (bb)  the  iron,  which 
exists  as  ferric  chloride,  is  precipitated  in  the  usual  way  as 
hydrate,  the  precipitate  washed  with  hot  water,  dried, 
ignited,  and  weighed  as  ferric  oxide.  From  the  weight 
obtained  the  percentage  amount  of  iron  in  the  sample  is 
calculated. 

Manures. — For  manurial  purposes  wholly  degelatinised 
bones  are  generally  converted  into  superphosphates  by 
treatment  with  sulphuric  acid,  which  renders  a  portion  of 
the  phosphoric  acid  soluble.  In  preparing  the  different 
special  manures  used  in  agricultural  work  the  superphosphates 
are  mixed  with  varying  proportions  of  nitrogen  (either  as 
organic  nitrogen,  nitrate  of  soda,  or  sulphate  of  ammonium) 
and  potash  salts. 

The  examination  of  bone  superphosphates  is  confined  to 
soluble  and  insoluble  phosphates,  while  in  the  special  or  mixed 
manures  the  estimation  is  made  of  the  soluble  and  insoluble 
phosphates,  nitrogen,  and  potash. 

(a)  Soluble  phosphates. — A  portion  of  the  average  sample 
taken  is  ground  to  a  fine  state  of  division  in  an  agate  mortar, 
and  5  grains  are  weighed  out  into  a  porcelain  mortar, 
triturated  with  a  small  quantity  of  cold  water,  the  liquor 
then  passed  through  a  filter  paper  into  a  litre  flask.  The 
rubbing  with  water  is  repeated  four  times  to  exhaust  the 
soluble  phosphates,  and  then  the  contents  of  the  mortar  are 
washed  on  to  the  filter  paper,  and  the  washing  continued 
until  a  drop  of  the  filtrate  shows  no  precipitate  with 
molybdic  solution  The  litre  flask,  which  will  now  be  about 
half  full,  is  made  up  to  the  mark  with  cold  water  at  15°'5  C., 
and  100  c.c.,  representing  '5  gram  of  the  sample,  are  with- 
drawn by  a  pipette  for  the  analysis,  which  is  made  by  the 
citro-magnesic  or  the  molybdic  method  as  described  under 


126         GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

'  Degelatinised  Bones '  (bib).  By  either  method  the  soluble 
phosphates  are  estimated  as  tri-calcic  phosphate. 

(&)  Insoluble  phosphates. — The  residue  on  the  filter  paper 
left  from  (a)  is  washed  into  a  small  beaker  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  the  contents  evaporated  to  dryness  on  the  water- bath, 
a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  added  and  5  c.c.  of  water, 
and  the  whole  filtered  to  remove  the  insoluble  silica.  In 
the  filtrate  the  insoluble  phosphates  are  estimated  by  the 
citro-magnesic  or  molybdic  process  as  above  described. 
Calculate  the  result  as  tri-calcic  phosphate. 

Nitrogen. — If  the  nitrogen  is  derived  from  added  nitrogen- 
ous matter,  it  is  estimated  in  3  grams  of  the  powdered 
sample  by  Kjeldahl's  method  as  given  under  '  Eaw  Bones '  (c). 
If  in  the  form  of  sulphate  of  ammonium,  the  ammonia  is 
distilled  with  milk  of  magnesia  in  a  flask  connected  to  a 
Liebig's  condenser.  The  distillate  is  absorbed  in  20  c.c.  of 
standard  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  excess  of  acid  determined 
by  titration  with  standard  soda  solution.  The  ammonia 
found  is  calculated  to  nitrogen.  When  existing  as  nitrate  of 
soda,  2  grams  of  the  powdered  sample  are  mixed  with  12 
grams  ignited  sand  (white).  The  mixture  is  placed  in  a  tared 
platinum  crucible  and  ignited  strongly  by  a  foot-blowpipe 
for  twenty  minutes.  On  cooling  and  re-weighing  the  crucible, 
the  loss  (minus  the  moisture  previously  determined  on  the 
weight  of  sample)  represents  nitric  acid,  from  which  the 
percentage  of  nitrogen  is  calculated. 

The  estimation  can  also  be  made  by  Schloesing's  method, 
which  is  based  on  the  action  of  ferrous  chloride  and  hydro- 
chloric acid  on  any  solution  containing  nitrate  of  soda,  the 
nitric  oxide  formed  being  collected  and  measured  in  a 
graduated  glass  cylinder.  From  the  nitric  oxide  found,  the 
corresponding  amount  of  nitrogen  is  calculated. 

Potash. — In  estimating  the  potash  present  in  manures, 
the  method  adopted  by  Griffiths  yields  very  accurate  results. 


ANALYSES   OF   THE   RAW   AND   FINISHED   PRODUCTS.       127 

Ten  grains  of  the  powdered  manure  are  taken  and  boiled  in 
300  c.c.  of  water  for  ten  minutes.  Allow  to  cool,  dilute 
with  water  to  a  litre,  and  filter.  Take  100  c.c.  of  the  filtrate 
(equal  to  1  gram  of  the  sample),  add  50  c.c.  water,  and  heat  to 
100°  C.  Now  add,  drop  by  drop  with  constant  stirring,  a 
slight  excess  of  barium  chloride,  without  filtering,  and  then  a 
solution  of  barium  hydrate,  also  in  slight  excess.  Heat,  filter, 
and  wash  the  precipitate.  Add  to  the  filtrate  1  c.c.  of  strong 
ammonia,  and  then  a  strong  solution  of  ammonium  carbonate, 
and  heat.  At  this  point  add  *75  gram  of  ammonium  oxalate, 
in  fine  powder.  Filter,  wash  ;  then  evaporate  the  filtrate  to 
dryness  in  a  platinum  basin,  and  ignite  at  a  low  temperature. 
Digest  the  residue  with  hot  water.  Filter,  and  wash  with  the 
smallest  quantity  of  water  possible.  Add  to  this  filtrate  in 
a 'porcelain  basin  a  drop  or  two  of  strong  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  then  from  5  to  10  c.c.  of  platinic  chloride  solution.  Now 
evaporate  on  the  water-bath  to  a  thick  syrup,  add  a  little 
alcohol  of  95  per  cent,  strength,  wash  by  decantation,  collect 
on  a  filter,  wash  with  strong  alcohol  and  then  with  5  c.c.  of 
ether,  dry  for  half  an  hour  at  100°  C.,  and  weigh  as  potassio- 
platinic  chloride.  If  any  white  foreign  matter  forms  in  the 
potassio-platinic  precipitate,  it  must  be  washed  with  10  c.c. 
of  a  half-saturated  solution  of  ammonium  chloride  which  has 
been  saturated  with  potassio-platinic  chloride,  and  finally 
with  alcohol  and  ether.  The  precipitate  is  then  dried  and 
weighed. 

In  estimating  the  potash,  multiply  the  weight  of  potassio- 
platinic  chloride  found  by  0*19308,  for  chloride  of  potassium 
by  0-30627. 

Fuel. — The  consumption  of  fuel  in  the  generation  of 
steam,  not  only  for  motive  purposes,  but  also  for  the  many 
operations  in  which  boiling  or  steaming  is  a  necessity,  forms 
an  item  of  primary  importance  in  the  cost  of  conducting  a 
works.  As  a  matter  of  economy  it  then  becomes  necessary  to 


128    GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

examine  the  heating  power  of  the  fuel  used  from  time  to 
time,  so  that  any  waste  may  be  avoided. 

The  heating  power  of  a  fuel  is  found  (a)  by  the  use  of  a 
calorimeter  (preferably  Thompson's),  in  which  a  sample  of  the 
coal  is  burnt  and  its  heating  power  determined  directly  from 
the  experiment;  (b)  by  estimating  the  moisture,  ash,  fixed 
carbon,  and  volatile  combustible  matter. 

From  these  results  the  corresponding  thermal  value  is 
calculated,  and  this,  when  divided  by  966  (the  latent  heat  of 
steam  at  100°  C.)  gives  the  equivalent  water  evaporated 
from  and  at  100°  C.  per  pound  of  combustible  used. 

When  the  moisture  and  ash  are  low  in  a  fuel,  the 
following  simple  process  for  estimating  the  heating  power 
yields  fairly  good  results.  In  detail  (says  Stedman)  the 
process  is  as  follows : — 1  gram  of  the  finely  powdered  coal  is 
intimately  mixed  with  30  grams  of  litharge,  transferred  to  a 
No.  3  Hessian  crucible,  20  grams  more  of  the  litharge  placed 
on  the  top  of  the  charge,  the  crucible  covered  up  and  heated 
to  redness  in  a  furnace  for  fifteen  minutes.  The  crucible  is 
then  removed,  allowed  to  cool,  broken,  and  the  button  of 
metallic  lead  cleaned  from  the  slag  and  carefully  weighed. 

Duplicate  results  should  not  vary  more  than  0'025  gram. 
To  calculate  the  result,  1  gram  of  carbon  reduces  thirty-four 
times  its  weight  of  lead,  and  if  1  kilogram  of  carbon  equals 

8140  calories,  then  each  gram  of  lead  is  equivalent  to  — — 

o4 

=  239  calories.     Suppose  the  lead  button  from  the  gram  of 
coal  weighed  31  -05  grams,  then  ^^  x  31'05  =  7420*9  calories 

t54: 

per  kilogram,  or  133577  British  thermal  units  (B.T.U.)  per 
pound  of  fuel,  which  represents  the  heating  power  of  the  coal. 
In  practice,  the  heating  value  that  can  be  obtained  depends 
on  the  efficiency  of  the  boiler,  and  this  largely  upon  the 
difficulty  of  thoroughly  burning  the  volatile  combustible 


ANALYSES  OF  THE  RAW  AND  FINISHED   PRODUCTS. 

matter  in  the  boiler  furnace.  Supposing  the  boiler  efficiency 
was  65  per  cent.,  then  the  evaporation  per  pound  of  coal 
from  and  at  100°  C.  would  be  1442  x  0'65  =  9'37  Ibs. 

Note. — A  calorie  is  the  standard  heat  unit,  and  represents 
the  heat  required  to  raise  the  temperature  of  one  kilo- 
gramme of  water  from  4°  C.  to  5°  C. 

A  British  thermal  unit  (B.T.U.)  is  the  heat  required  to 
raise  the  temperature  of  one  pound  of  water  1°  F.  at  its 
temperature  of  maximum  density  (39°1  F.). 

To  reduce  calories  per  kilogramme  to  B.T.U.  per  pound, 
multiply  by  §. 

Valuation  of  Raw  and  Finished  Products. 

Raw  Bones. — Common  bones  realise  from  £3  to  £3,  5s. 
per  ton.  For  treatment  in  the  work  they  are  not  bought 
under  any  guarantee  as  regards  the  phosphate  of  lime  or 
fatty  and  gelatinous  matters  they  contain.  These  ingredients 
vary  according  to  the  condition,  etc.,  of  the  bones ;  for 
instance,  fresh  bones,  as  ribs,  shoulder-blades,  heads,  etc., 
will  yield  12  J  per  cent,  of  fat  and  16  to  18  per  cent,  of 
glue ;  but  with  semi-boiled  or  kitchen  bones  which  have 
undergone  a  partial  degreasing  and  degelatinising,  the  yield 
is  only  from  6  to  8  per  cent,  of  the  former  and  10  to  12 
per  cent,  of  the  latter. 

For  manurial  purposes,  especially  on  light  soils  for  turnips 
and  pasture-land,  common  bones  have  a  use  as  half-inch 
bones,  quarter-inch  bones,  and  bone-meal.  They  are  sold 
to  the  farmer  under  a  guarantee  of  the  phosphate  of  lime 
and  nitrogen  they  contain,  these  ingredients  varying  from 
48  to  50  per  cent,  and  3J  to  4  per  cent,  respectively. 

Marrow  bones,  or  'knuckles,'  realise  from  £6  to  £6,  5s. 
per  ton,  owing  to  their  richness  in  fat  and  their  value,  after 
a  partial  degreasing  and  degelatinising,  in  the  manufacture 

9 


130    GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED  PRODUCTS. 

of  buttons,  knife-handles,  paper  knives,  and  many  other 
useful  articles. 

Bone  fat  is  sold  at  the  ruling  market  price,  on  a  basis  of 
98  per  cent,  pure  fat ;  the  2  per  cent,  of  impurities  allowed 
consists  of  water,  ash,  and  organic  matter  of  a  non-fatty 
nature.  Colour  being  of  no  importance,  dark-coloured 
benzene-extracted  fat  is  used  largely  in  the  manufacture 
of  stearine  for  candles  and  glycerine,  while  the  lighter- 
coloured  steam-extracted  fat  is  made  into  soap,  etc, 

Tanners'  Wastes. — Tanners'  wastes,  such  as  the  parings 
of  hides,  the  ears  and  refuse  trimmings  of  thick  hides,  yield 
on  an  average  from  45  to  50  per  cent,  of  glue.  They  are 
not  bought  on  any  guarantee,  but  an  estimation  of  their 
glue-yielding  capacity  is  sometimes  made  in  a  small  experi- 
mental plant  consisting  of  a  set  of  vats  with  which  are 
connected  a  filter  press,  vacuum  pan,  and  drying  stove.  A 
determination  made  in  this  manner  is  a  safe  guide  to  what 
the  raw  materials  will  yield  when  worked  on  the  large  scale. 
Gantter,  in  making  a  chemical  test  of  the  value  of  tanners' 
wastes  for  glue-making,  boils  100  grams  of  the  sample  with 
a  litre  of  water  and  a  few  drops  of  soda  till  completely 
exhausted,  makes  up  to  2  litres,  and  allows  to  stand  for  ten 
hours  at  a  temperature  above  the  jellying  point  of  the 
solution.  The  insoluble  matter  settles  to  the  bottom,  while 
any  fatty  matter  forms  a  film  on  the  surface.  The  residue 
and  ash  are  determined  in  20  c.c.  of  the  solution,  while  another 
20  c.c.  sample  diluted  with  hot  water,  made  neutral  with 
acetic  acid  and  precipitated  with  tannin,  filtered,  and  any 
excess  of  tannin  in  the  filtrate  withdrawn  by  hide  powder, 
dried,  and  the  ash  determined,  gives  the  organic  non-glue- 
making  material. 

Manures. — -In  the  wholesale  manure  industry,  phosphates, 
whether  of  bone  or  mineral  origin,  nitrogen,  as  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  nitrate  of  soda,  or  insoluble  nitrogenous  matter; 


ANALYSES   OF   THE   RAW   AND   FINISHED    PRODUCTS.       131 

potash,  as  sulphate,  muriate,  or  as  kainite,  are  purchased  at 
a  market  price  per  '  unit,'  and  this  value  varies  according 
to  the  source  of  the  material  and  its  solubility. 

If  a  superphosphate  is  sold  containing  30  per  cent,  of 
tri-calcium  phosphate  rendered  soluble  by  sulphuric  acid,  it 
means  in  the  scale  of  unit  values  30  units  at  the  agreed 
price,  and  supposing  the  selling  price  per  unit  was  Is.  6d., 
the  value  of  the  superphosphate  would  be  £2,  5s.  per  ton. 

Knowing  the  unit  value  of  soluble  phosphate,  nitrogen, 
and  potash,  derived  from  various  sources,  the  way  to 
calculate  the  money  value  of  a  manure  is  to  make  its 
constituents,  as  given  in  the  analysis,  represent  100  tons. 
The  amount  of  each  ingredient  is  multiplied  by  its  price 
per  ton,  and  all  the  products  added  together  give  the  value 
of  100  tons.  This  result  divided  by  100  gives  the  value 
of  one  ton. 

Under  clause  1,  section  1,  ch.  56  &  57  Viet.,  all  manures 
are  guaranteed  by  analyses,  but  the  seller  only  guarantees 
the  minimum  percentage  in  each  case.  In  the  event  of  a 
purchaser  desiring  an  independent  analysis  of  a  manure, 
manufacturers  make  it  a  condition  of  sale  that  the  value  of 
an  excess  in  any  one  ingredient  shall  be  placed  against  the 
value  of  a  deficiency  of  any  other,  to  the  extent  of  2  units 
of  either  soluble  or  insoluble  phosphate,  |  unit  of  potash,  or 
\  unit  of  nitrogen. 

Manures  for  analyses  are  sampled  in  the  presence  of 
buyer  and  seller  or  their  representatives,  within  ten  days  of 
delivery,  the  buyer  giving  three  days'  notice  of  his  intention  to 
draw  samples.  In  order  to  arrive  at  a  fair  average  sample 
of  the  bulk,  a  number  of  bags  (not  less  than  one  in  every  five) 
are  emptied  on  a  clean,  dry  floor,  and  the  contents  well 
mixed.  A  quantity  of  not  less  than  20  Ibs.  is  then  drawn 
from  all  parts  of  the  heap,  and  from  this,  three  glass  bottles 
holding  J  Ib.  each  are  filled,  sealed,  and  a  label  affixed, 


132         GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND   THEIR  ALLIED   PEODUCTS. 

giving  such  particulars  as  will  serve  to  identify  it  with  the 
invoice,  a  copy  of  which  is  sent  along  with  the  sample  for 
analysis  to  the  chemist.  Another  of  the  three  samples  is 
given  to  the  seller,  and  the  third  is  retained  for  reference 
in  case  of  dispute.  Manufacturers  generally  accept  the 
analyses  of  the  chemists  of  the  Eoyal  Agricultural  Society 
of  England,  the  Highland  and  Agricultural  Society  of 
Scotland,  or  the  Eoyal  Agricultural  Society  of  Ireland. 


APPENDIX. 

Selected  Specifications  of  Patents  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  Glue  and  Gelatine. 

English  patent  No.  18,042,  1902.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  glue  and  gelatine,  by  Hermann  Hilbert, 
Henfield,  Upper  Bavaria. 

The  bones,  whether  or  not  they  have  been  degreased  and 
treated  for  the  removal  of  foreign  substances,  are  mixed  with 
a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  to  form  a  semi-fluid  mass, 
which  is  then  transferred  to  a  vessel  in  which  the  mass  may 
be  stirred.  There  is  then  added  to  it  hydrochloric  acid,  or 
a  chloride,  and  gaseous  sulphurous  acid  while  stirring.  The 
chloride  may  be  sodium  chloride  (common  salt)  or  any  other 
alkaline  chloride,  and  the  temperature  may  be  high  or  low 
as  may  be  more  convenient  and  suitable.  The  mass  is  then 
macerated  and  the  contained  insoluble  phosphate  of  calcium 
is  brought  into  solution,  while  at  the  same  time  the  material 
is  highly  bleached.  Because  of  the  excess  of  the  sulphurous 
acid,  the  phosphate  of  calcium  in  the  bones  becomes  de- 
composed into  free  phosphoric  acid,  or  double  phosphate  of 
calcium  and  sulphite  of  calcium,  while  the  chloride  is 
decomposed  into  hydrochloric  acid  and  sulphite  of  the 
alkali.  The  bone  material  is  consequently  affected  by  two 

133 


134         GLUE,  GELATINE,  AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

different  acids — hydrochloric  and  sulphurous  acids — simul- 
taneously. The  hydrochloric,  acting  to  produce  soluble  salts, 
permeates  the  mass  and  prepares  it  for  the  action  of  the 
sulphurous  acid,  whereby  the  whole  operation  is  shortened. 
At  the  same  time  the  hydrochloric  acid  acts  upon  the 
produced  sulphite  of  calcium  and  converts  it  into  chloride, 
sulphurous  acid  gas  is  liberated  in  the  nascent  state  and  acts 
as  a  powerful  bleaching  agent,  far  more  effective  than  simply 
introducing  sulphurous  acid  either  in  a  liquid  or  gaseous 
form.  This  is  the  new  and  important  feature  claimed  by 
the  invention.  The  glue  and  gelatine  are  extracted  in  the 
usual  way  by  boiling. 

English  patent  No.  27,053,  1902.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  glue  and  gelatine,  by  Kichard  Arens, 
Ph.D.,  Euhrort,  Germany. 

The  methods  hitherto  employed  for  extracting  phosphate 
of  calcium  from  bones  and  the  like  in  the  manufacture  of 
glue  and  gelatine  consist  in  treating  the  material  with  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  phosphate  of  calcium  is  dissolved 
out,  forming  monobasic  phosphate  of  calcium  and  chloride 
of  calcium,  and  there  remains  behind  the  pure  cartilage  or 
gristle,  which  is  suitable  for  further  manufacture  as  a 
substance  capable  of  yielding  glue.  The  method  has  the 
disadvantage  that  the  hydrochloric  acid  employed  is  lost  in 
a  solution  of  chloride,  and  hitherto  it  has  not  been  possible 
to  employ  any  suitable  means  for  the  recovery.  Consequently, 
for  a  long  time  past  watery  sulphurous  acid  has  been 
employed  in  order  to  free  the  bone  material  from  the  lime 
salts.  The  technical  difficulties  in  dissolving  with  sulphurous 
acid  are,  however,  considerable.  The  decomposition  proceeds 
so  slowly  that  even  where  a  very  considerable  excess  of 
acid  is  employed,  in  case  it  is  desired  to  entirely  free  the 
bone  from  lime,  it  takes  eighty  to  ninety  days  to  carry  out 


APPENDIX.  135 

the  operation.  The  inventor  has,  however,  found  that  the 
reasons  for  the  weak  action  of  the  acid  on  the  bones  is  that 
the  sulphurous  acid  solution,  which  at  its  maximum  strength 
contains  only  43  J  vols.  of  sulphurous  acid  gas,  in  acting  on 
the  material,  first  forms  neutral  calcium  sulphite.  This 
substance  is  insoluble  in  water,  and  is  held  in  solution  only 
by  an  excess  of  sulphurous  acid,  but  its  solubility  ceases 
as  soon  as  free  sulphurous  acid  present  attacks  further 
quantities  of  the  lime,  and  the  monobasic  phosphate  of  calcium 
commences  to  saturate  the  lye.  The  calcium  sulphite  is  then 
precipitated,  and  encrusts  the  bone  material.  If  then  fresh 
solutions  of  sulphurous  acid  be  added,  the  precipitated 
calcium  sulphite  must  be  dissolved  in  the  sulphurous  acid. 
When  this  has  been  done,  the  acid  solution  can  again  form 
fresh  quantities  of  calcium  sulphite,  and  bring  into  solution 
acid  phosphate  of  calcium.  The  point  is  again  reached 
where  the  calcium  sulphite  can  no  longer  be  held  in  solution. 
It  is  thus  evident  that  the  lye,  which  contains  an  excess  of 
free  sulphurous  acid  in  large  quantities,  cannot  be  strength- 
ened further  and  no  longer  acts  on  the  bone  material,  but 
diminishes  in  its  strength.  By  this  precipitation  of  the 
calcium  sulphite  and  re-dissolving  of  the  same,  as  already 
stated,  a  long  time  is  required  for  completing  the  operation, 
together  with  an  excess  of  acid,  which  exceeds  the  theoretical 
quantity  by  50  per  cent.  The  present  process  allows  of  the 
material  being  dissolved  in  a  very  much  shorter  time,  with 
a  very  small  apparatus  and  the  theoretical  quantity  of  acid, 
but  the  bone  material  must  be  treated  with  sulphurous  acid 
dissolved  in  water,  the  liquid  being  simultaneously  subjected 
to  pressure.  By  this  means  the  sulphurous  acid  solution  is 
much  stronger  in  the  percentage  of  gas,  and  the  encrustation 
of  the  bone  material  is  also  avoided,  because  the  lye  formed, 
which  is  subjected  to  pressure,  has  no  tendency  to  crystallise 
out,  owing  to  the  excess  of  sulphurous  acid  held  in  solution. 


136          GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

and  because  the  pressure  is  capable  of  holding  the  calcium 
sulphite  in  solution  to  a  greater  degree.  This  process  differs 
from  processes  already  known,  in  that  the  phosphate  of 
calcium  more  particularly  is  easily  and  rapidly  dissolved 
out  by  a  cold  process,  so  as  to  leave  behind  the  glue-forming 
substance  to  be  extracted  in  the  usual  way. 

English  patent  No.  18,742, 1903.  Improved  process  of  rendering 
or  reducing  fish  waste  and  other  material  capable  of 
yielding  grease,  oil,  or  glue. 

The  primary  object  of  the  invention  is  to  extract  liquid 
products  from  material  of  the  character  indicated,  rapidly 
and  thoroughly,  by  heating  the  material  in  a  closed  receptacle 
and  subjecting  it  during  treatment  to  a  pneumatic  pressure 
greater  than  the  pressure  which  results  from  the  heating  of 
the  material,  and  when  the  mass  has  caked  or  become  closely 
packed  to  such  an  extent  as  to  materially  retard  the  flow  of 
oil  or  extracted  product,  introducing  into  the  mass  air  or 
aeriform  liquid  under  a  pressure  greater  than  the  first 
mentioned  pressure. 

English  patent  No.  22,069,  1903.  Improvements  relating  to 
vegetable  gelatine  and  the  process  of  manufacturing  the 
same,  by  Albert  Martin,  Clinton,  Iowa,  U.S.A. 

This  invention  relates  to  a  certain  new  and  useful 
improvement  in  the  manufacture  of  gelatine  from  moss. 
The  moss  selected  is  a  waste  product  known  as  Irish  moss, 
which  contains  mucilaginous  and  albuminous  matter,  as  well 
as  cellulose,  mineral  matter,  and  water,  and  is  subjected  to  a 
treatment  which  produces  a  gelatine,  or  food  product,  which 
when  used  with  milk  will  not  coagulate  the  latter,  and  hence 
requires  no  soda.  The  moss  is  thoroughly  washed,  cleansed 
from  all  sand  and  other  impurities,  bleached  (preferably  in 


APPENDIX.  137 

the  sun),  boiled  in  water,  strained,  and  the  resulting  liquid 
boiled  down  to  a  syrupy  consistency.  The  syrup  is  after- 
wards spread  out  upon  large  pans,  and  subjected  to  a  gentle 
heat,  whereby  large  sheets  resembling  isinglass  are  produced. 
This  is  then  shredded.  When  treated  like  other  gelatine  it 
dissolves  readily  and  gives  a  superior  jelly. 


[TABLES. 


138         GLUE,  GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS, 


TABLE  I. 

TESTING  OF  GLUE  AND  GELATINE  (Trotman  and  Hackford). 


Substance. 

Pulling 
Test. 

Total 
Nitrogen. 

Nitrogen 
precipitated 
by  ZnS04. 

Peptonic 
Nitrogen. 

Gelatine  No.  1, 
„    2, 
Glue  No.  1,      . 
2 

!!   !',  3',   '. 

„       ,,    4, 

150 
144 
131 
124 
112-5 
83 

74-03 

74-05 
71-8 
74-62 
74-50 
71-06 

71-14 
71-30 
69-54 
68-03 
67-00 
64-18 

1  81 
2-67 
2-16 
6-57 
7-3 
7-86 

„      „   5,      . 

37 

... 

57-99 

15-02 

The  second  column  gives  the  physical  test,  100  being  the 
standard ;  the  third  indicates  the  total  nitrogen ;  the  fourth 
shows  the  portion  of  nitrogen  precipitated  by  zinc  sulphate 
(ZnS04),  which  is  the  true  measure  of  the  glue ;  the  Jast 
column  gives  the  peptonic  nitrogen,  which  is  approximately 
the  difference  between  the  total  nitrogen  and  that  pre- 
cipitated by  zinc  sulphate. 


APPENDIX. 


139 


TABLE  II. 

VISCOSITY  OF  GLUE  (Fels). 


Description  of  Sample. 

Moisture 
per  cent. 

Time  of  Efflux  of 
500  c.c.  of  a  15 
per  cent,  solution 
at  30°  0.  ,  water 
taking  90  seconds. 

Viscosity. 

Light-yellow  transparent 
thick  plates, 
Brown  transparent  glue, 
Sherry  -  coloured     trans- 
parent glue, 
Light-yellow  glue  plates, 
brittle, 
Muddy  glue,  . 

16-3 
14 

15-4 

18-2 
15-2 

149 
125 

171 

150 
199 

1-65 

1-36 

1-91 

1-6 
2-21 

The  above  figures  show  that  a  dark  and  muddy  glue  may 
have  greater  strength  than  a  transparent  glue. 


TABLE  III. 


Description. 

Price 
per  cwt. 

Smell  of 
Soaked 
Glue. 

Viscosity 
17  per  cent. 
Solution  at 
25°  C. 

Percentage 
Non- 
gelatine. 

Skin-glue   No.  1,     . 

44s. 

Good 

15 

7-6 

2 

44s. 

Good 

9 

8'2 

"            »     3*      '. 

Bone-glue  (powder)  No.  1, 

,,               ,            ,,     2, 

48s. 
36s. 
36s. 

Very  good 
Fair 
Unpleasant 

4 
4-2 
5'5 

8'3 

,,    3, 

36s. 

Fair 

37 

15;0 

j  j                              )                        j  j         ^*> 

36s. 

Fair 

7'4 

13-6 

Mixed  glue, 

41s. 

Bad 

2'8 

13-6 

Bone-glue  in  cakes,  No.  1, 

28s. 

Bad 

... 

... 

»    2, 

26s. 

Very  bad 

... 

„    3, 

26s. 

Ra  i  her  bad 

2-8 

15-6 

„    4, 

26s. 

Bad 

4'4 

875 

140          GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


TABLE  IV. 

HOLDING  POWER  OF  GLUE  JOINTS  (Kilmarsch). 


Description  of  Wood. 

In  Kilograms  per  Square  Centimetre. 

Cut  across  the  Grain. 

Parallel  to  the  Grain. 

Beech, 
Hornbeam,  . 
Maple, 
Oak,  . 
Fir,     .         . 

155 
126-5 
88 
128 
110 

79 
79 
63 
55 
24 

TABLE  V. 

PHOSPHATIC  STRENGTH  OF  MINERAL  PHOSPHATES, 
BONE  ASH,  AND  'SPENT'  ANIMAL  CHARCOAL. 


Description. 

Percentage  of 
Tri-calcium 
Phosphate. 

76-84 

Algerian       ,,              .                           . 
Belgian         ,,              . 
Bone  ash  No.  1,                                      . 
,,         (American), 
Lyle's  grey  char  (charcoal), 
Fame's  dark  char,       .                            . 
Liverpool  spent  char, 
Greenock  char  siftings, 
Walker's  spent  char,  .         .                  . 

57-05 
52-01 
88-43 
84-65 
63-08 
69-07 
70-24 
61MO 
51-34 
64-28 

APPENDIX. 


141 


TABLE  VI. 

AMMONIACAL  LIQUOR  PRODUCED  IN  THE  DISTILLATION 
OF  BONES  FOR  ANIMAL  CHARCOAL. 


Ounce  Strength 
per  Gallon. 

Per  cent,  of 
Ammonia. 

Yield  of 
Ammonium 
Sulphate  per 
Gallon  of  Liquor. 

Weight  of  Sulphuric 
Acid  at  144°  T. 
required  per  Gallon 
of  Liquor  in  Ibs. 

18  oz. 
19   „ 
20   „ 
22   „ 
24   „ 

3-902 
4-192 
4'336 
4'815 
5-07 

1-513 
1-597 
1-68 
1-84 
2-00 

1-405 
1-483 
1-562 
1-614 
1-673 

TABLE  VII. 

THE  ARTIFICIAL  SOURCES  OF  GAIN  OF  NITROGEN  IN  THE 
SOIL  ARE  BY  THE  USE  OF  ARTIFICIAL  MANURES.  THE 
FOLLOWING  TABLE  GIVES  APPROXIMATELY  THE  SUPPLIES 
OF  NITROGEN  FROM  THESE  MANURES  (Griffiths). 


Description. 

Percentage 
of  Nitrogen. 

Total  used 
per  Annum. 
Tons. 

Containing 
Tons  of 
Nitrogen. 

Bones,       .                           . 

4 

100,000 

4,000 

Guano,      .                            . 

6 

30,000 

1,800 

Sodium  nitrate, 

15 

100,000 

15,000 

Ammonium  sulphate 

19 

50,000 

9,500 

Fish  guano, 

8 

15,000 

1,200 

Dried  blood, 

8 

15,000 

1,200 

Shoddy,    .         .                  . 

8 

12,000 

960 

Oil  cake  and  cotton  seeds, 

4 

500,000 

20,000 

Total,     . 

... 

822,000 

53,660 

142          GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND  THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 


TABLE  VIII. 

STANDARD  SOLUTIONS  USED  IN  THE  VOLUMETRIC 
WORK  OF  THE  LABORATORY. 

Standard  solutions  are  prepared  of  a  normal  or  deci-normal 
strength  as  required.  The  latter  are  one-tenth  the  strength 
of  the  former. 

To  prepare  — 

(a)  Normal  sodium  carbonate.  —  Dissolve  53  grams  pure  dry 
salt  in  water  and  make  up  to  1  litre  at  15°*5  C. 


1  c.c.  =  '053  gram 

-•030     „     C03 
=  -022       .     COo 


(b)  Normal  sulphuric   acid.  —  Dilute    30    c.c.    acid    of    1  *84 

sp.  gr.  to  1  litre  of  water  at  15°*5  C. 

1  c.c.  =  '049  gram  H2S04 
=  '040     ,,     S03 

(c)  Normal  hydrochloric  acid. — Dilute  181   grams  pure  acid 

of  I'lO  sp.  gr.  to  a  litre  at  15°*5  C. 

1  c.c.  =  '0365  gram  HOI 
=  •0355     „     Cl 

(d)  Normal  sodium  hydrate. — Take  40  grams  of  chemically 

pure  or  42  grams  ordinary  caustic  soda,  dissolve,  and 
dilute  to  a  litre  at  15°'5  C. 

1  c.c.  =  '040  gram  NaHO 


APPENDIX.  143 

(e)  Deci-normal   potassium    permanganate.  —  Dissolve    3*156 
grams  pure  salt,  and  dilute  to  a  litre  at  15°*5  C. 

1  c.c.  =  "003156  gram  K2Mn208 
=  -0056         „     Fe 
-•0008         „     0 
17'85c.c.  =  -l  „     Fe 

(/)  Deci-normal  potassium  bichromate. — Dissolve  to  a  litre 
at  15°-5  C.,  4-913  grams  of  the  dried  salt. 

1  c.c.  =  '0049    gram  K2Cr207 
=  •0056        „     Fe 
=  •0072        „     FeO 
=  •00127     ,,     I 

(g)  Deci-normal  silver  nitrate. — Dissolve  to  a  litre  at  15°"5  C. 
17  grams  of  the  pure  salt. 

1  c.c.  =  -0017    gram  AgN03 
=  -00355     „     01 

(h)  Deci-normal  sodium  thiosulphate. — Take   24*8   grams   of 
the  crystallised  salt,  and  dissolve  to  1  litre  at  15°'5  C, 

1  c.c.  =  '0248  gram  Na2S2035H20 
=  •0127     „     I 

(i)  Deci-normal  sodium  chloride. — Dissolve  5 '85  grams  of  the 
fused  salt  in  water,  and  dilute  at  150<5  C.  to  a  litre. 

1  c.c.  =  -00585  gram  Nad 
=  •0108       ,,     Ag 

(j)  Standard  solutions  for  phosphates. 

(a)  Uranium  nitrate  solution : — 

Weigh  out  35   grams  crystallised    uranium    nitrate  dissolved  in 
900  c.c.  of  water  and  add  25  c.c.  glacial  acetic  acid. 

(b)  Sodium  acetate  solution : — 

Dissolve  100  grams  of  the  salt  in  water,  add  100  c.c.  of  acetic  acid, 
and  make  up  to  a  litre  at  15° '5  C.  with  water. 

(c)  Sodium  phosphate  solution  : — 

Take  231  grams  of  pure  crystallised  salt  (previously  dried  by  pressure 
between  filter  paper)  and  dissolve  to  a  litre  of  water  at  15° '5  C. 


144         GLUE,   GELATINE,    AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

(d)  Solution  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  (freshly  prepared),  used  as  the 
indicator  upon  a  white  tile. 

Water  is  added  to  the  uranium  solution  (a)  so  that  20  c.c.  of  it  are 
equivalent  to  50  c.c.  of  the  phosphate  solution  (c)  or 
1  c.c.  of  uranium  solution  =  '005  gram  P205. 

The  uranium  solution  undergoes  a  change  on  standing,  and  should 
be  re- standardised  every  four  or  five  days. 

The  principal  indicators  used  in  volumetric  work  are 
phenolphthalein,  phenacetin,  eosin,  litmus,  methyl  orange, 
cochineal,  corallin,  starch,  potassium  chromate,  potassium 
ferrocyanide,  and  ferric  chloride. 


TABLE  IX. 

TABLE  OF  FACTORS  FOR  DETERMINING  THE  EQUIVALENTS 
OF  WEIGHED  BODIES. 


Found. 

Wanted. 

Factor. 

Ammonia  (NH3), 
Barium  sulphate  (BaS04),   . 

Carbonic  acid  (C0a),     . 
Ferric  oxide  (Fe203),    . 

Nitrogen  (N),          . 
Ammonium  sulphate  (NH4)2S04,     . 
Ammonium  chloride  (NH4C1) 
Barium  oxide  (BaO), 
Barium  carbonate  (BaC03), 
Sulphuric  anhydride  (S03), 
Calcium  carbonate  (CaC03), 
Lime(CaO),    ... 
Iron  (Fe),         ... 

•8235 
7-7649 
3-1470 
•6569 
•8456 
•0343 
2-2727 
1-2727 
•7000 

Lead  sulphate  (PbS04), 

Lead  oxide  (PbO),  . 
Lead  carbonate  (PbC03), 
Lead(Pb)  

•7359 
•8811 
•6831 

Magnesium     pyrophosphate 
(Mg2P207),         •         •         - 

Potassic  -  platinic     chloride 
(KaPtCla),         .         .        . 

Phosphoric  anhydride  (P205), 
Mono-calcic  phosphate  (CaH4P208), 
Bi-calcic  phosphate  (Ca2H2P208),    . 
Tri-calcic  phosphate  (Ca3P208), 
Magnesium  sulphate  (MgS04), 
Magnesium  chloride  (MgCl2), 

Potash  (K20),          .... 
Potassium  chloride  (KC1), 

•6351 
1-0540 
1-2254 
1-3964 
T0801 
•8558 

•1935 
•3062 

APPENDIX. 


145 


TABLE  X. 

APPROXIMATE  HEATING  VALUE  OF  COALS  (Kent}. 


Percentage  of  Carbon 
in  the  Coal,  dry 
.    and  free  from  Ash. 

Heating  power 
(B.T.U.)  per  Pound  of 
Combustible. 

Equivalent  Water 
evaporated  from  and  at 
212°  F.  per  pound 
of  Combustible. 

100 

14,500 

15-00 

97 

14,760 

15-28 

94 

15,120 

15-65 

90 

15,480 

16-03 

87 

15,660 

16-21 

80 

15,840 

16-40 

72 

15,660 

16-21 

68 

15,480 

16-03 

63 

15,120 

15-65 

60 

14,580 

15-09 

57 

14,040 

14-53 

54 

13,320 

13-79 

51 

12,600 

13-04 

50 

12,240 

12-67 

10 


146          GLUE,   GELATINE,   AND   THEIR   ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

TABLE  XI. 

TABLE  OF  THERMOMETRIC  DEGREES. 


Centigrade. 

Fahrenheit. 

Reaumur. 

Freezing,      0° 

Freezing,    32° 

Freezing,    0° 

5 

41 

4 

10 

50 

8 

15 

59 

12 

20 

68 

16 

25 

77 

20 

30 

86 

24 

35 

95 

28 

40 

104 

32 

45 

113 

36 

50 

122 

40 

55 

131 

44 

60 

140 

48 

65 

149 

52 

70 

158 

56 

75 

167 

60 

80 

176 

64 

85 

185 

68 

90 

194 

72 

95 

203 

76 

Boiling,  100 

Boiling,  212 

Boiling,    80 

RULES  FOR  CONVERSION. 
Fahrenheit  to  Centigrade,  5(F'~82)  =  C. 

Fahrenheit  to  Reaumur,  4(F'~32)  =  R. 

Centigrade  to  Fahrenheit,  ?L^_?  +  32  =  F. 
5 

Centigrade  to  Reaumur,     '—-  =  R. 


Reaumur  to  Fahrenheit, 


+  32  =  F, 


APPENDIX.  147 


TABLE  XII. 

TABLE  OF  THE  METRIC  SYSTEM  OF  WEIGHTS 
AND  MEASURES. 

Linear  Measures. 

The  metre  is  the  unit  in  the  metric  system  of  linear 
measure.  It  is  equal  to  39*37  inches.  It  is  multiplied  and 
divided  by  10  or  some  power  of  10  for  the  higher  and  lower 
measures  of  length.  Thus : 

10  millimetres  =1  centimetre 
10  centimetres  =  1  decimetre 
10  decimetres    =1  metre 
10  metres          =1  dekametre 
10  dekametres  =1  hectometre 
10  hectometres  =  1  kilometre. 

Or  the  metric  linear  measure  rnay  be  given  thus 

10  metres  =1  dekametre  (dm.) 

100  metres  =1  hectometre  (hm.) 

1000  metres  -1  kilometre  (km.) 

TV  or  '1  metre  =1  decimetre  (dm.) 

r^-jj  or  '01  metre  =  1  centimetre  (cm. ) 

TsW  or  '001  metre  =1  millimetre  (mm.) 

Measures  of  Capacity. 

The  litre  is  the  unit  for  measuring  the  volume  of  liquids 
and  gases,  and  is  equal  to  176  pints.  The  units  in  use  are 
given  as  follows : 

10  millilitres  =1  centilitre 
10  centilitres  =  1  decilitre 
10  decilitres   =1  litre 
10  litres         =1  dekalitre 
10  dekalitres  =1  hectolitre 
10  hectolitres  =  1  kilolitre 

A  litre  is  equal  to  the  volume  of  1000  cubic  centimetres. 


148         GLUE,   GELATINE,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED   PRODUCTS. 

System  of  Weights. 

The  standard  unit  is  called  the  gramme  or  gram.     From 
it  the  larger  and  smaller  weights  are  derived  as  follows : 

10  milligrams  =1  centigram 
10  centigrams  =1  decigram 
10  decigrams   =1  gram 
10  grams          =1  dekagram 
10  dekagrams  =1  hectogram 
10  hectograms  =  1  kilogram 

A  gram  is  the  weight  of   one  cubic   centimetre   of   pure 
water  at  4°  C. 

Connection  between  the  British  and  Metric  Units. 

1  centimetre  =  £  inch  1  inch  =2£  centimetres 

1  decimetre  =  4  inches  1  foot    =3  decimetres 

1  metre         =39  37  inches  1  yard  =£,  metre 

1  kilometre  =  §  mile  1  mile  =lf  kilometres 

1  litre  =176  pints  1  pint  =f  litre 

1  gram          =  15|  grains  1  ounce  =  28  "4  grams 

1  kilogram   =  2ilbs.  lib.       =  453^  grams 

Conversion  of  Multiplier. 

Inches  to  metres '025399 

Metres  to  inches 39 '37079 

Gallons  to  litres 4'543 

Litres  to  gallons '22009 

Pounds  (avoirdupois)  to  grams          .         .  453 '592 

Grams  to  pounds  (avoirdupois)          .         .  '0022 

Pounds  (Troy)  to  grams  .         .         .         .  373  "24 

Grams  to  pounds  (Troy)  ....  '002679 


INDEX. 


ACCESS  to  railway,  6. 
Acid,  gallo-tannic,  4. 

hydrochloric,  48. 

sulphuric,  96. 

sulphurous,  29. 

tannic,  38. 
Acidity  of  glue,  117. 
Adhesiveness  of  glue,  46. 
Adulterated  meal,  92. 
Ageing  of  glue,  47. 
Agricultural  use  of  superphosphates, 

98. 

Alcohol,  14. 

Algerian  phosphate,  100. 
Alum,  83. 
Ammonia,  68. 

Ammoniacal  liquors,  67,  141. 
Analyses  of  raw  and  finished  products, 

108. 
Analysis  of  benzene,  111. 

bone  ash,  105. 

condensed  water,  111. 

degelatinised  bones,  121. 

degreased  bones,  111. 

fresh  bones,  13. 

finished  fat,  14. 

fuel,  127. 

gelatine,  121. 

glue,  113. 

manures,  125. 

raw  bones,  108. 
Animal  charcoal,  51,  67,  121,  140. 

grading  of,  67. 

milling  of,  67. 

tarry  and  ammoniacal  liquors  from, 
67. 

manufacture  of,  66. 


Archbutt-Deeley  purification  system, 

62 

Artificial  ivory,  manufacture  of,  85. 
leather,  86. 
silk,  87. 

Ash,  analysis  of,  105. 
estimation  of,  112. 

BELTS,  glue  for,  77. 
Benzene,  14. 

estimation  of,  111. 
Bisler-Beaumat    method     of    tannin 

titration,  119. 
Bleaching,  29,  30,  43,  49. 
Boiling,  effect  of  pressure  on,  25. 
Boiling- house,  operations  of,  21. 

plans  of,  23. 
Bone  and  ivory,  glue  for,  74. 

ash,  104. 
.    gelatine,  48. 

glue,  12. 

manures,  100. 

residues,  91. 

superphosphates,  93  et  seq. 

effect  of,  on  land,  97. 
Bones,  analysis  of,  13. 

bleaching,  49. 

degelatinising,  121. 

degreasing,  12. 

Indian,  12. 

marrow,  64. 

South  American,  12. 

treatment  of,  in  gelatine,  49. 

manufacture,  48. 

washing,  49. 
Bottle  tops,  76. 
Brass,  glue  for,  78. 


149 


150 


INDEX. 


Brazilian  isinglass,  57. 
Breaking  strain  of  glue,  120. 
British  and  French  glue,  comparison 

of,  53. 
Brunn-Lowener  water  softener,  7. 

CALVES' foot  jelly,  48. 
Capsules,  manufacture  of,  84. 
Carbon-bisulphide,  14. 

tetrachloride,  18. 
Carbonisation  of  bones,  66. 
Carmine,  50. 
Cast  glue,  32,  43. 
Celery  and  onion  manure,  102. 
Cement,  jeweller's,  76. 
Cements,  69,  74. 
Charcoal,  51,  67,  121,  140. 

grading  of,  67. 

milling,  67. 

Chondrin,  composition  of,  4. 
Chrome  glue,  73. 
Clarification    of    glue    liquors,    24, 

43. 

Cleanser,  mechanical,  19. 
Cleansing  of  bones,  18. 
Coating  pills  with  gelatine,  84. 
Cohesive  strength  of  glue,  46. 
Colour  of  glue,  47. 
Colouring  gelatine,  50. 
Composition  of  an  all  round  fertiliser, 
102. 

animal  charcoal,  68. 

barley  and  oat  manure,  102. 

bone  ash,  103. 

bone  meal,  92. 

bone  superphosphates,  93. 

celery  and  onion  manure,  102. 

cereal  manures,  101. 

coarse  bone  meal,  19. 

degreased  and  degelatinised  bones, 
91. 

dissolved  bone  ash,  103. 

compound,  97. 
bones,  97. 

finished  fat,  18. 

fish  residues,  90. 

fresh  bones,  13. 

French  and  British  gelatines,  53. 

isinglass,  60. 

marrow  fat,  65. 

Peruvian  guano  substitute,  97. 

potato  manure,  100. 

sugar  cane  mixture,  102. 


Composition  of  turnip  manure,  100. 
and  mangel  manure,  100. 

wheat  manure,  101. 
Concentrated  size,  56. 
Concentration  of  glue  liquors,  25. 
Confectionery,  examination  of  gela- 
tine for,  121. 
Constitution  of  glue,  2. 
Consumption  of  fuel,  1 27. 
Court  plaster,  60. 
Cutting  glue,  30. 

by  wire,  31. 

by  Schneible  machine,  30. 

isinglass,  58. 

DECOLORISATION    by    animal    char- 
coal, 51. 
Degelatinisation  of  bones,  treatment 

of,  94,  121. 
Degreased  bones,  analysis  of,  111. 

carbonisation  of,  66. 
Degreasing  of  bones,  13. 

modern  plant  for,  14. 
Diamond  cement,  60. 
Digesting  bones,  49. 
Disposal  of  waste  products,  61. 
Dissolved  bone  ash,  105. 
Dissolving  glue,  45. 
Drying  glue  jelly,  32,  43. 

EFFLUENTS,  treatment  of,  61. 
Elastic  glue,  74. 
Electric  light  in  factories,  6. 
Estimation  of  acidity  of  glue,  117. 

ash  (glue),  112. 
breaking  strain  of  glue,  120. 
capacity  of  glue  jelly,  for  drying, 

116. 
carbon  and  silica  in  degelatinised 

bones,  124. 

fatty  matter  in  glue,  118. 
foreign  matter  in  glue,  117. 
glutin,  118. 
insoluble  phosphates  in  manures, 

126. 

iron  in  degelatinised  bones,  125. 
melting  point  of  glue  jelly,  115. 
moisture  in  benzene,  111. 
degelatinised  bones,  124. 
glue,  114. 
raw  bones,  109. 
refined  fat,  112. 
mineral  matter  in  fat,  112. 


INDEX. 


151 


Estimation  of  naphtha  in  fat,  112. 
nitrogen    in    degelatinised    bones, 

122. 

manures,  126. 
raw  bones,  110. 
organic  matters,  not  fat,  in  refined 

fat,  113. 

potash  in  manures,  126. 
soluble    phosphates    in    manures, 

125. 

strength  of  glue  jelly,  115. 
value  of  glue,  113. 
viscosity  of  glue,  117. 
water-absorbing  power  of  glue,  115. 
Ether  as  a  solvent,  14. 
Evaporating  apparatus,  25. 
Extracted  fat,  composition  of,  65. 

FAT,  composition  of,  65. 

estimation  of  the  raw  bones,  109. 

refined,  111. 

yield  of,  13. 
Fats,  analyses  of  finished,  18. 

solvents  for,  14. 
Fatty  matter  in  glue,  118. 
Fehling's  solution,  45. 
Finished  fat,  analyses  of,  18. 
Finished  products,  valuation  of,  129. 
Fish  glue,  44. 

viscosity  of,  45. 

residues,  90. 
Florida  phosphate,  106. 
Foam  test  for  glue,  121. 
Foreign  matter  in  glue,  117. 
Formation  of  glue,  2. 
Fremy's  analysis  of  bones,  12. 
French  and   British   gelatines,  com- 
parison of,  53. 

Fresh  bones,  analyses  of,  13. 
Frozen  glue,  73. 
Fuel,  consumption  of,  127. 

heating  value  of  coal,  129. 

GALLO-TANNIC  acid,  4. 

Gelatine,  action  with  various  salts,  53. 

bone,  48. 

capsules,  83. 

coating  for  pills,  84. 

colouring,  50. 

contraction  of,  83. 

decolorisation  by  charcoal,  51. 

for  artificial  ivory  manufacture,  85. 
leather  manufacture,  86, 


Gelatine  for  mounting  photographs, 
75. 

printers'  rollers,  87. 
leaf,  50. 

residual  products  from,  89. 
seaweed,  52. 
skin,  51. 

use  of,  in  photography,  82. 
value  as  food,  81. 
water-white,  72. 
French  and  British,  comparison  of. 

53. 

Glue,  acidity  of,  117. 
adhesiveness  of,  46. 

loss  of,  by  heating,  45. 
ageing  of,  47. 
bone,  12. 
boiling,  21. 
cake,  41. 
cast,  3. 
chrome,  73. 
colour  of,  47,  113. 
cutting,  30. 
dissolving,  45. 
drying,  33. 

effect  of  temperature  and  drying,  33. 
estimation  of,  113. 
elastic,  74. 
fish,  44. 

viscosity  of,  45. 
foam  test  for,  121. 
for  belts,  77. 

glass,  74. 

ivory,  74. 

leather  goods,  75. 

paper  bags,  78. 

tablets,  75. 

foreign  matter  in,  117. 
formation  of,  11. 
frozen,  73. 
jelly,  capacity  for  drying,  116. 

melting  point  of,  116. 
joints,  holding  power  of,  140. 
liquors,  bleaching,  29. 

clarifying,  24. 

evaporating,  26. 

jellying,  30. 
moisture  in,  112. 

proof,  71. 
paste,  77. 
portable,  73. 
powder,  56. 
Russian  liquid,  71, 


152 


INDEX. 


Glue,  Scotch,  40. 

shot  jelly,  test  for,  115. 

shrinkage  of,  113. 

skin,  36. 

slow  drying,  47. 

sorting,  for  market,  56. 

testing,  138. 

Rideau's  method,  120. 

Tungstic,  73. 

uses  of,  80. 

viscosity  of,  117,  139. 

water  absorbing,  power  of,  115. 

white  or  Russian,  73. 

yield  of,  24. 
Glues,  liquid,  69. 

for  printing  purposes,  70. 

marine,  72. 

moisture  proof,  71. 

various,  74,  75. 
Glutin,  composition  of,  118. 

properties  of,  3. 
Gregory,  on  glue,  11. 

HEATING  glue,  loss  of  tenacity  due 

to,  45. 

value  of  coals,  128,  145. 
Hides  for  gelatine  manufacture,  48. 

glue,  37. 

History  of  glue,  1. 
Holding  power  of  glue  joints,  140. 
Hot  wood,  glueing,  47. 
Howard's  vacuum  pan,  25. 
Hydraulic  glue  cutter,  31. 
Hydrochloric  acid,  48. 

INDIAN  ink,  86. 
Isinglass,  48,  57. 

Brazilian,  57. 

composition,  of,  60. 

cutting  of,  58. 

Hudson's  Bay,  57. 

Indian,  57. 

kinds  of,  56. 

patent,  59. 

Penang,  57. 

Russian,  57. 

uses  of,  59. 
Ivory,  artificial,  85. 

glue  for,  74. 

JEFFREY'S  marine  glue,  72. 

Jeweller's  cement,  76. 

Joints,  holding  power  of  glue,  140. 


KAINITE,  98. 

KeldjahFs  process  for  nitrogen,  110. 

LABEL  varnish,  79. 
Leather,  37. 

artificial,  86. 

cement  for,  76. 

waste,  105. 

uses  of,  106. 
Lepowitz's  method  of   glue  testing, 

115. 

Library,  glue  paste  for,  77. 
Liebig  on  gelatine,  81. 
Lighting  of  factories,  6. 
Liming  of  stock,  38. 
Liquid  glues,  69. 
Liquors,  tarry  and  ammoniacal,  67. 

MAGNESIA  mixture,  123. 
Manures,  degelatinised  bone,  125. 

estimation  of,  125. 

fish,  90. 

valuation  of,  130. 

various,  100. 
Marine  glues,  72. 
Marrow  bones,  64. 

fat,  composition  of,  65. 

manufacture  of  toilet  soaps,  64. 
Materials,  raw,  36. 
Meal,  adulteration  of,  92. 
Meal,  coarse  bone,  19. 
Measurement  conversion  tables,  148. 
Mechanical  cleanser,  19. 
Metric  system,  147. 
Milling  animal  charcoal,  67. 
Moisture  in  degelatinised  bones,  124. 

in  glue,  114. 

Moisture-proof  glues,  71. 
Molybdate  of  ammonium,  122. 
Mont-jus,  16,  17. 
Mulder,  on  gelatine,  37. 

NAPHTHA  in  refined  fat,  112. 
Nitrate  of  soda,  98. 
Nitrogen  as  a  fertilizer,  89. 

determination  of,  in  degelatinised 

bones,  122. 
raw  bones,  110. 
in  fish  residues,  90. 
manures,  100, 126. 

OAK-TANNIN,  38. 
Oat  manure,  102. 


INDEX. 


153 


Onion  manure,  102. 
Osseine,  51. 

PERUVIAN  guano,  substitute  for,  97. 
Petroleum,  14. 
Phosphate,  Algerian,  100. 

of  lime  as  fertilizer,  89. 

determination  of, 
insoluble,  126. 
soluble,  125. 

precipitated,  104. 

recovery  of,  103. 

Photography,  use  of  gelatine  in,  82. 
Pills,  gelatine  coated,  84. 
Portable  glue,  73. 
Potash,  126. 
Potato  manure,  100. 
Printers'  rollers,  manufacture  of,  87. 
Public  Health  Act,   in    relation    to 
Factories,  5. 

RAILWAY  accommodation,  6. 

Raw  and  finished  products,  valuation 

of,  129. 

Refined  fat,  111. 
Residual    products    from    glue    and 

gelatine,  89. 

Rideau  on  glue  testing,  120. 
Rivers  Pollution  Act,  61. 
Russian  isinglass,  57,  59. 
liquid  glue,  73. 

SCHNEIBLE  cutting  machine,  30. 
Scotch  glue,  40. 
Seaweed  gelatine,  52. 
Shoddy,  101. 
Shrinkage  of  glue,  113. 
Shot  jelly  test  for  glue,  115. 
Site,  selection  of,  for  factory,  5. 
Size,  55. 

preservation  of,  56. 

gelatine,  51. 
Skin  glue,  36. 

raw  materials  for,  37. 

residues,  88. 
Skins,  nature  of,  36. 

preparation  of,  38. 
Slag,  basic,  98. 

Smith,  Watson,  on  gelatine,  57. 
Softening  water, 
Solvents  for  fats,  14. 


Sorting  glue  for  market,  56. 
Soxhlet's  extraction  apparatus,  109. 
Specifications  for  glue,  133  et  seq. 
Standard  solutions,  143. 
Steeping  pits,  39. 
Strohmeyer  on  water  softening,  7. 
Sugar  cane  manure,  104. 
Sulphuric  acid,  96. 
Sulphurous  acid,  29. 
Superphosphates  as  fertiliser,  97. 

bone,  94. 

estimation  of  insoluble  phosphates 

in,  126. 
soluble  phosphates  in,  125. 

mineral,  95. 

nitrogen  in, 

TABLE  jelly,  82. 
Tanners'  wastes,  130. 
Tannic  acid,  38. 

action  of,  on  glutin,  4. 
Tannin      titration,      Bisler-Beaumat 

method,  119. 
Tengusa,  52. 

Testing  glue  and  gelatine,  138. 
Thermometric  tables,  146. 
Toilet  soap,  64. 
Treatment  of  effluents,  6, 

of  marrow  bones,  64. 
Tungstic  glue,  73. 

VACUUM  pan,  26. 

Valuation    of     raw      and    finished 

products,  129 

Value  of  glue,  estimation  of,  113. 
Vanduara  Silk  Company,  87. 
Viscosity  of  glue,  117. 

WASHING  bones,  49. 

Waste  products,  treatment  of,  61. 

Water  softening,  7. 

supply,  6. 

Water- white  gelatine,  52. 
White  glue,  73. 

Weedenbusch  method  of  testing  glue, 
47. 

YARYAN  evaporator,  26  et  seq. 

ZINC   sulphate,    use    of,   to    prevent 
decomposition,  56. 


PRINTED  BY  NEILL  AND  CO.,  LTD.,   EDINBURGH. 


11 


CHARLES    GRIFFIN   &   COMPANY, 

LIMITED. 

^^  m& 

WM  H§§i  i» 


A  SUMMARISED   LIST   OF 

THE 

ENGINEERING,    MINING, 

METALLURGICAL    AND    TECHNICAL 

PUBLICATIONS 

OF 


St  \ftta  $  Co,,  I\m\Ud. 


1820 


THESE  Publications  may  be  obtained  through  any  Bookseller 
in  the  United  Kingdom,  or  will  be  sent  on  receipt  of  a 
remittance  to  cover  published  price  and  postage.  To  prevent 
delay,  Orders  should  be  accompanied  by  a  Cheque  or  Postal 
Order  crossed  " UNION  «  F  LONDOX  AND  SMITH'S  BANK,  Chancery 
Lane  Branch." 


Telephone— 

1634  City. 


LONDON : 


Telegrams— 

Explanatus,"  London. 


12  EXETER  STREET,  STRAND. 

1-x-xiii. 


GRIFFIN'S    ENGINEERING    PUBLICATIONS. 

DESIGN  OF  STRUCTURES  (Bridges,   Roofs,  &c.).     By  S.  ANGLIN,  C.E. 

FIFTH  EDITION,  Revised, 16s  Od 

THE  DESIGN  OF  BEAMS,  GIRDERS,  AND  COLUMNS  in  Machines  and 

Structures.    By  \V~.  H.  ATHERTON, net.    6s  Od 

BRIDGE  CONSTRUCTION  (Practical  Treatise  on).     By  Prof.  C.  FIDLER, 

M.Inst.C.E.    FOURTH  EDITION,  Revised, 30s  Od 

REINFORCED    CONCRETE    (Principles    and    Design).      By  R.    aud    R. 

COULSON, At  Press. 

CONSTRUCTIONAL  STEELWORK.  By  A.  W.  FARNSWORTH,  -  -  -  net.  10s  6d 
DOCK  ENGINEERING.  By  BRYSSON  CUNNINGHAM.  SECOND  EDITION.  With 

Folding  Plates  and  other  Illustrations, net.  80s  Od 

HARBOUR  ENGINEERING.    By  BRYSSON  CUNNINGHAM.     In  Large  8vo.    Cloth. 

Profusely  Illustrated, net.  16s  Od 

HYDROGRAPHIC  SURVEYING.  By  Commander  S.  MKSSUM,  R.N..  -  -  net.  12s  Od 
COAST  EROSION  AND  PROTECTION.  By  E.  R.  MATTHKWS.  -  -  -  net.  10s  6d 
HYDRAULIC  POWER  AND  HYDRAULIC  MACHINERY.  By  Prof.  H. 

ROJJINSON,  M.Inst.C.E.    THIRD  EDITION,  Revised, net.  25s  Od 

MODERN   PUMPING   AND   HYDRAULIC    MACHINERY.     By  ED.   BUTLER, 

M.I.Mech.E., •       -  net.  18s  Od 

PUMPING    MACHINERY    (Steam    and    Water   Pressure).      By   HENRY 

DAVEY,  M.Inst.C.E.    SECOND  EDITION,        ...  .  -  net.  21s  Od 

WATER   SUPPLY :   Selection  of  Sources  and  Distribution.     By  R.  E. 

MIDDLETON,  M.Inst.C.E.,  &c.  With  Plates  and  other  Illustrations,  -net.  8s  6d 
SEA  WATER  DISTILLATION.  By  FRANK  NORMANDY,  ....  net.  6s  Od 
THE  THEORY  OF  THE  STEAM  TURBINE.  By  ALEX.  JUDE.  SECOND 

EDITION, -  net.  18s  Od 

GAS,   OIL,   AND  AIR  ENGINES.     DONKIN,  GRAVES  SMITH,  and  BURSTALL. 

FIFTH  EDITION, -         net.  25s  Od 

INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES.     By  C.  W.  ASKLING  and  E.  HOF.SLER, 

M.E.,         - net.  12s  6d 

EVOLUTION  OF  THE  INTERNAL   COMBUSTION   ENGINE.     By  EDWARD 

BUTLER, net.    8s  6d 

THE    GAS    TURBINE    (Construction    and    Working    of    Two    Actual 

Machines).  By  II.  HOLZWARTH  and  A.  P.  CHALKLEY,  ....  liet.  7s  6d 
SUCTION  GAS  PLANTS.  By  Prof.  C.  A.  SMITH.  SKCOND  IMPRESSION,  -  net.  5s  Od 
OIL  MOTORS :  Their  Development,  Construction,  and  Management. 

By  G.  LIECKFELD.  In  Handsome  Cloth.  Fully  Illustrated,  -  -  -  net.  15s  Od 
STEAM  BOILERS-Land,  Marine,  and  Locomotive  (The  Heat  Efficiency 

of).    By  BRYAN  DONKIN, 25s  Od 

BOILERS,  LAND  AND  MARINE.  By  T.  W.  TRAILL.  FOURTH  EDITION,  -  12s  6d 
STEAM  BOILERS :  Their  Defects,  Management,  and  Construction.  By 

R.  D.  MUNRO.    FOURTH  EDITION, 4s  6d 

SMOKE   ABATEMENT.     By  WM.  NICHOLSON,  Chief  Smoke  Inspector  to  the 

Sheffield  Corporation.     \Vith59Illustrations, net.    6s  Od 

LUBRICATION  AND  LUBRICANTS.     By  L.  ARCHBUTT  and  R.  M.  DEELEY. 

THIRD  EDITION,  Thoroughly  Revised, net.  25s  Od 

EMERY  GRINDING  MACHINERY.     By  R.  B.  HODGSON,  A. M.Inst.C.E.     Fully 

Illustrated, net.    5s  Od 

INVESTIGATIONS    ON   THE    POWER  REQUIRED    IN    ROLLING  MILLS. 

By  J.  PUPPE,' ...  net.  12s  6d 

LOCOMOTIVE  ENGINEERING.    By  W.  F.   PETTIGREW,  M.Inst.C.E.    THIRD 

EDITION,  Revised  throughout.     New  Illustrations, 21s  Od 

LOCOMOTIVE  COMPOUNDING  AND  SUPERHEATING.  By  J.  F.  GAIRNS,  -  8s  6d 
LIGHT  RAILWAYS  at  Home  and  Abroad.  By  W.  a.  COLE,  M.Inst.C.E  ,  -  16s  Od 
MECHANICAL  DRAWING.  By  J.  E.  JAGGER.  M.Sc.  SECOND  EDITION,  -net.  7s  6d 
MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  FOR  BEGINNERS.  By  R.  S.  MCLAREN. 

Cloth.    With  126  Illustrations.    SECOND  EDITION, net.    5s  Od 

BONUS  TABLES:  for  the  Calculation  of  Wages  on  the  Bonus  System. 

By  II.  A  GOLDING,  A.M.Inst.M.E.,        •    •    -        - net.    7s  6d 

THE  CALCULUS   FOR   ENGINEERS   AND   PHYSICISTS.      By  Prof.  R,  H. 

SMITH,  A. M.Inst.C.E.,  &c.    SECOND  EDITION, net.    7s  6d 

MEASUREMENT  CONVERSIONS  (English  and  French).    43  Graphic  Tables 

or  Diagrams  on  28  Plates.    By  Prof.  R.  H.  SMITH,  A. M.Inst.C.E.,  &c.,     -        -    7s  6d 
MATHEMATICS  AND  MECHANICS.    By  C.  A.  A.  CAPITO,  M  Sc.,   -       -net.  12s  6d 
PRACTICAL  CALCULATIONS  FOR  ENGINEERS.    By  C.  E.  LARARD,  A.M.Inst. 
C  E    Ac    and  H.  A.  GOLDING,  A.M.Inst.M.E.    THIRD  EDITION,        At  Press. 
ELEMENTARY  GRAPHIC  STATICS.     By  W.  J.  CRAWFORD,  D.Sc.,    -          net.    2s  6d 
CALCULATIONS  ON  THE   ENTROPY-TEMPERATURE  CHART,     By  W.  J. 

CRAWFORD, net.    2s  6d 

THE  EFFECTS  OF  ERRORS  IN  SURVEYING.     By  HY.  BRIGGS,  M.Sc.     In 

Crown  8vo.    Cloth, net.     5s  Od 

VALVES  AND  VALVE  GEARING.     By  CHARLES  HURST.     SIXTH  EDITION, 

Revised  and  Enlarged, -  net.    9s  Od 

LONDON  :  CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  CO,.  LIMITED,  EXETER  STREET,  STRAND- 


GRIFFIN'S  ENGINEERING  PUBLICATIONS-Continued. 

THE  THERMO-DYNAMIC   PRINCIPLES   OF   ENGINE  DESIGN.      By  L.  M 

HOBBS, - ,,et      4S  6d 

ENGINEERING  DRAWING   AND   DESIGN.      By  S.  11.  WELLS,  Wh.Su.   AC. 

FIFTH  EDITION.     Vol.    1.— Practical  Geometry,  Plane,  ami  Solid,    -  -    4s  6d 

Vol.  II. — Machine  and  Engine  Drawing  and  Design,    -        -    4s  6d 
CIVIL  ENGINEERING  PRACTICE.     By  F.  NOEL  TAYLOR.     1,080  lilus.,    net    25s  Od 
THE  MAIN  DRAINAGE  OF  TOWNS.     By  F.  NOEL  TAYLOR.   Fully  lllus.,  net.  12s  Cd 
MODERN  DESTRUCTOR  PRACTICE.    By  W.  JT.  GOODEIOH.    Fully  lllus.,    net.  15s  Od 
ROAD  MAKING  AND  MAINTENANCE.   By  THOMAS  AITKEN.   SKCOND  ED.,  net.  21s  Od 
DUSTLESS    ROADS:    TAR -MACADAM.      By  J.  WALKKK  MNIITH,  -       -  net.  10s  tkl 
MODERN  ROAD  CONSTRUCTION.     By  FRANCIS  WOOD,  M.Inst.C.E.,     -Let.    4s  6d 
PETROL,  MOTORS  AND  MOTOR  CARS.    Comprising  the  Designing,  Construc- 
tion, and  Working  of  Petrol  Motors.  ByF.  STRICKLAND.  SECONDED.  At  fress. 
MOTOR  CAR  MECHANISM  AND  MANAGEMENT.    By  W.P.  ADAMS. 

Part   J.—  The  Petrol  Car.    THIRD  EDITION,  -net.    5s  Od 

Part  II.— Electrical  Cars,  -  net.    5s  od 

CARBURETTORS,    VAPORISERS,    AND    DISTRIBUTING    VALVES.       By 

ED.  BUTLKR    ----- -  net.    6s  Od 

COMPENDIUM  OF  AVIATION.  By  Lieut. -Col.  HOKRNKS.  Pocket  Size,  -net.  2s  <u 
THE  PROBLEM  OF  FLIGHT.  By  Prof.  H.  CIIATLKY.  SECOND  EDITION,  net.  10s  (5d 
THE  FORCE  OF  THE  WIND.  By  Prof.  HERBERT  CIIATLKY,  B.Sc.  In 

Crown  8vo.     Cloth.     Illustrated, -        -  net.     3s  Od 

STRESSES  IN  MASONRY.    By  Prof.  HKKBKRT  CHATLEY,  B.Sc.    In  Crown  8vo. 

Cloth.     Fully  Illustrated, net.     3s  6d 

BUILDING    CONSTRUCTION    IN    EARTHQUAKE    COUNTRIES.       By    A. 

MONTEL, net.    8s  Od 

CENTRAL      ELECTRICAL      STATIONS      (Design,     Organisation,     and 

Management).    By  C.  II.  WORDINGHAM,  A.K.C.    SECOND  EDITION,    net.  24s  Od 

ELECTRICITY  METERS.     By  H.  G.  SOLOMON,  net.  ICs  Od 

TRANSFORMERS.  By  Prof.  H.  BOHLE  and  Prof.  D.  ROBERTSON,  -  -  -  net.  21s  Od 
ELECTRIC  CRANE  CONSTRUCTION.  By  C.  W.  HILL,  A.M.I.C.E.,  -net.  25s  Od 
ELECTRICAL  PHOTOMETRY.  By  iTof.  H.  BOHLE,  M.I.E.E.  l-ully  lllus.,  net.  10s  6d 
ELECTRIC  SMELTING  AND  REFINING.  By  Dr.  \V.  BOKCHKKS.  Trans- 
lated by  W.  G.  MCMILLAN,  F.I.C.  SECOND  EDITION,  -  -  -  -net.  21s  Od 
ELECTRO-METALLURGY.  By  \\  ALTER  G.  MCMILLAN,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.  THIRD 

EDITION,  Revised  and  Enlarged  by  W.  R.  COOPER.     Demy  Svo.,        -        -  net.  12s  Cd 
ELECTRICAL    PRACTICE    IN    COLLIERIES.       By   prof.   D    BURNS,    M.E. 

Cloth.     THIRD  EDITION,  Revised.     With  numerous  Illustrations,     -        -  net.    7s  6d 

ELECTRICITY  IN  MINING.    By  SIEMENS  BROS.,  Ltd., net.  10s  Cd 

WIRELESS  TELEGRAPHY.  By  GUSTAV  EICHHORN,  Ph.D.,  -  -  -net.  8s  6d 
TELEGRAPHIC  SYSTEMS,  and  Other  Notes.  By  ARTHUR  CROTCH,  of  the 

Engineer-in-Chief's  Department,  G.P.O.     Illustrated,        -        -        -          net     f>s  Od 
ELECTRICAL  RULES  AND  TABLES  (A  Pocket-book  of).     By  JOHN  MuNHOand 

Professor  JAMIESON.    NINETEENTH  EDITION,  Revised.    Pocket  size.    Leather,    Ss  6d 
ELECTRICAL  THEORY  AND  THE  PROBLEM  OF  THE  UNIVERSE.     By 

G.  W.  de  TUNZELMANN,  net.  15s  Od 

THE  THEORY  OF  STATICS.     By  G.  UDNY  YULE.     SECOND  EDITION,       -  net.  10s  Cd 


WORKS    BY   W.    J.    IYIACQUORN     RANKINE,    LL.D.,    &c. 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING  (A  Manual  of).  TWENTY-FOURTH  EDITION,  -  -  16s  Od 
A  MANUAL  OF  APPLIED  MECHANICS.  EIGHTEENTH  EDITION.  -  -  -  12s  Cd 
A  MANUAL  OF  MACHINERY  AND  MILLWORK.  SEVENTH  EDITION,-  -  12s  Cd 
A  MANUAL  OF  THE  STEAM  ENGINE  AND  OTHER  PRIME  MOVERS. 

SEVKNTEENTII  EDITION, 12s  Cd 

A  MECHANICAL  TEXT-BOOK:  A  Simple  Introduction  to  the  Study 

of  Mechanics.  By  Prof.  RANKINE  and  C.  E.  BAMBER.  FIFTH  EDITION,  -  9s  Od 
USEFUL  RULES  AND  TABLES:  For  Architects,  Builders,  Engineers, 

Founders,  Mechanics,  Shipbuilders,  Surveyors,  &c.  EIGHTH  EDITION,  10s  Cd 


WORKS    BY    PROF.    A.    JAIY1IESON,    M.Inst.C.E. 

STEAM  AND  STEAM  ENGINES  (Advanced).    SEVENTEENTH  EDITION,  -       -  10s  6d 

APPLIED  MECHANICS  AND  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING.  Vol.  I.— 
Applied  Mechanics,  Cs.  Vol.  II.— Strength  of  Materials,  5s.  Vol.  III.— 
Theory  of  Structures,  5s.  Vol  IV.— Hydraulics,  5s.  Vol.  V.— Theory  of 
Machines,  7s  6d 

HEAT  ENGINES :  STEAM,  GAS,  AND  OIL  (Elementary  Manual  of).  THIR- 
TEENTH EDITION,  Revised  and  Enlarged, 3s  Gd 

MAGNETISM  AND  ELECTRICITY  (Practical  Elementary  Manual  of). 

NINTH  EDITION,  Revised  and  Enlarged, 3s  6d 

APPLIED  MECHANICS  (Elementary  Manual  of).  NINTH  EDITION,  Revised 

and  Greatly  Enlarged. 3s  Cd 

LONDON:  CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  CO.,  LIMITED,  EXETER  STREET,  STRAND. 


GRIFFIN'S    BOOKS    ON 

MARINE  ENGINEERING  AND  NAVAL  ARCHITECTURE. 


A   MANUAL    OF     MARINE    ENGINEERING.       By    A.    E.    SEATON, 

M.Inst.C.E.,  M.I.Mech  E.,  M.Inst.N.A.  SEVENTEENTH  El).,  Revised,  net.  28s  Od 
THE  THEORY  OF  THE  STEAM  TURBINE.  By  ALEXANDER  JUDE.  SKCONI> 

EDITION, net.  iSs  Od 

GRIFFIN'S  i>EW  GUIDE  TO  THE  B.O.T.  EXAMINATIONS  FOR  MARINE 

ENGINEERS.  Vol.  I.— Calculations  for  Marine  Engineers,  .  .  .  net.  8s  6d 
Vol.  II. — Elementaries,  Verbals,  and  Drawing,  .  .  net.  8s  6d 
THERMO-DYNAMIC  PRINCIPLES  OF  ENGINE  DESIGN.  By  L.  M. 

HOBBS,  R.N. net.  4s  6d 

ENGINE-ROOM  PRACTICE.  By  JOHN  G.  LIVERSIDGE,  R.N.  SEVENTH 

EDITION,  Revised  and  Enlarged •  net.  6s  Od 

SEA  WATER  DISTILLATION.  By  FRANK  NORMANDY.  In  Handsome  Cloth. 

Fully  Illustrated, net.  6s  Od 

MARINE  ENGINEERING  RULES  AND  TABLES.  By  A.  E.  SEATON  and 

H.  M.  ROUNTHWAITK.      TWELFTH  EDITION,  Thoroughly  Revised.      Pocket 

Size, 8s  6d 

THE  SCREW  PROPELLER,  and  Other  Competing  Instruments  of 

Marine  Propulsion.  By  A.  E.  SEATON,  M.Inst.C.E.  Fully  Illustrated,  net.  12s  6d 
THE  DESIGN  AND  CONSTRUCTION  OF  SHIPS.  By  Prof.  J.  H.  BILES, 

LL.D.,  &c.      Vol.  I.— Calculations  and  Strength.      With  36  Folding  Plates 

and  245  other  Illustrations.     Complete  in  itself,  with  Index,        .        .  net.  25s  Od 

Vol.  II.— Stability,  Resistance,  Propulsion,  and  Oscillations.    Complete  with 

Index, net.  25s  Od 

STEEL  SHIPS.  Their  Construction  and  Strength.  By  THOMAS  WALTON. 

FOURTH  EDITION,  Greatly  Enlarged, net.  18s  Od 

PRESENT  DAY  SHIPBUILDING.  For  Shipyard  Students,  Engineers,  &c.  By 

THOMAS  WALTON.  Fully  Illustrated, net.  7s  6d 

THE  STABILITY  OF  SHIPS.  By  Sir  EDWARD  J.  REED,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  M.P. 

In  Large  Svo 25s  Od 

HYDROGRAPHIC  SURVEYING.  For  the  Use  of  Beginners,  Amateurs,  and 

Port  and   Harbour   Masters.      By   Commander    S.    MESSDM,    of    the   R.N. 

College,  Greenwich, net.  12s  Od 

GRIFFIN'S    NAUTICAL    SERIES. 

Elementary  Seamanship.  By  D.  WILSON-BARKER  SIXTH  EDITION,  .  6s  od 

Know  Your  Own  Ship.  By  T.  WALTON.  TWELFTH  EDITION,  .  .  .  7s  6d 

Trigonometry.  By  11.  C.  BUCK.  THIRD  EDITION, 3s  ed 

Practical  Algebra.  By  R.  C.  BUCK.  SECOND  EDITION, 3s  6d 

Practical  Mechanics.  By  T.  MACKENZIE.  THIRD  EDITION,  .  .  .  3s  6d 
Navigation:  Theoretical  and  Practical.  By  D.  WILSON-BARKER  and 

w.  ALLINGHAM.  THIRD  EDITION,  .  . 3s  6d 

Marine  Meteorology.    By  W.  ALLINGHAM  ....              .....  7s  6tl 

Latitude  and  Longitude.  By  W.  J.  MILLAR.  SEC  -ND  EDITION,  .  .  .  2s  Od 

The  Legal  Duties  of  Shipmasters.  By  B.  W.  GINSBURO.  THIRD  EDITION,  5s  Od 
A  Medical  and  Surgical  Help  for  Shipmasters.  By  W.  JOHNSON  SMITH. 

FOURTH  EDITION, net-  5s  M 


English-Spanish  &  Spanish-English  Sea  Terms  &  Phrases.  By  Fleet- 
Paymaster  GRAHAM-HEWLETT.  Pocket  Size, net.  3s  6d 

Definitions  in  Navigation  &  Nautical  Astronomy.  By  P.  GROVKS-SHOWKLL, 

L  C  C  School.  Poplar.  Illustrated, »et.  2s  6d 

The  Practical  Duties  of  Shipmasters.  By  Capt.  W.  HARRY  WILKES. 

Cloth, net.  2s  6d 

PHYSICS. 

A  TEXT-BOOK  OF  PHYSICS.  By  Prof.  J.  H.  POYNTING  and  Sir  J.  J.  THOMSON. 

Vol.     I.— Properties  of  Matter.    SIXTH  EDITION, 10s  6d 

Vol.    II.— Sound.    FIFTH  EDITION,      .  8s  6d 

Vol  III  —Heat.    FOURTH  EDITION,    . 15s  Oa 

ELEMENTARY  TEXT-BOOK  OF  PHYSICS.     By  Dr.  R.  WALLACE  STEWART. 

Vol.      I.— General  Physics, net.    4s  6d 

Vol.    IT.— Sound, net.    2s  6d 

Vol.  III. -Light, ...        .net.    3s  6d 

Vol.    IV.— Heat ....  net.    3s  6d 

LONDON:  CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  CO,,  LIMITED,  EXETER  STREET  STRAND, 


GRIFFIN'S  MINING  AND   GEOLOGICAL  WORKS. 


ORE  AND   STONE   MINING.     By  Sir  C.    LE   NEVE   FOSTER,   D.Sc.,    F.R.S. 

SIXTH  EDITION,  Revised  by  Prof.  S.  H.  Cox,  A.R.S.M.,         -       -        -  net.  28s  Od 
THE    ELEMENTS    OF   MINING    AND    QUARRYING.       By  Sir  C.  LE  NEVE 

FOSTER,  D.Sc.    Revised  by  Prof.  S.  El.  Cox.    SECOND  EDITION,       -       -  net.    7s  6d 
METHODS  OF  AIR  ANALYSIS.     By  J.  S.  HALDANE,  M.D.,  LL.D.    In  Crown 

8vo., net.     5s  Od 

THE   AIR   OF   MINES.      By  Prof.  J.  CABMAN  and   J.  S.  HALDANE,  M.D., 

LL.D., At  Press. 

A   TEXT-BOOK    OF   COAL-MINING.      By  H.  W.  HUGHES,  F.G.S.      FIFTH 

EDITION,  Revised  and  Enlarged.    With  4  Plates  and  670  Illustrations,       net.  24c  Od 
PRACTICAL  COAL-MINING.     By  GEORGE  L.  KERH,  M.E.     FIFTH  EDITION, 

Rewritten, At  Press. 

ELEMENTARY    COAL-MINING.      By  GEORGE  L.  KERR,   M.E.      With   200 

Illustrations.    THIRD  EDITION,  Revised, 3s  6d 

MINE    SURVEYING.      For  the  Use  of  Managers  of  Mines  and  Collieries,  &c. 

By  BENNETT  H.  BROUGH,  F.G.S.    FOURTEENTH  EDITION,       -       -       -  net.    6s  Od 
THEODOLITE   SURVEYING   AND   LEVELLING.      By   Prof.   JAMES  PARK, 

F.G.S.    In  Crown  8vo.    Cloth.    Illustrated.    SECOND  EDITION,       -        -  net.    7s  6d 
THE    EFFECTS    OF    ERRORS    IN    SURVEYING.     By  HY.   BRIGGS.    With 

Frontispie.e  and  22  Illustrations, net.     5s  Od 

MINING    GEOLOGY.      A  Text-Book  for  Mining  Students  and   Miners.      By 

JAMES  PARK,  F.G.S.,  M.lnst.M.M.    THIRD  EDITION,        -       -       -       -net.    6s  Od 
PROSPECTING  FOR  MINERALS.    By  Prof.  S.  HERBERT  Cox.   SIXTH  EDITION, 

Revised, 5s  Od 

MINING  LAW  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE.     By  CHARLES  J.  ALFORD,  F.G.S. 

Cloth, net.    8s  6d 

MODERN  MINE   VALUATION.     By  M.  A.  BURNHAM,  B.Sc.     Pp.  i-xi  +  160. 

Fully  Illustrated, net.  10s  6d 

MINE   ACCOUNTS   AND    MINING    BOOK-KEEPING.      By   J.    G.    LAWN, 

Assoc.R.S.M.    FIFTH  IMPRESSION, 10s  6d 

THE    MINING    ENGINEER'S    REPORT    BOOK    AND    DIRECTORS'    AND 

SHAREHOLDERS'    GUIDE.      By   EDWIN    R.   FIELD.      THIRD    EDITION. 

Pocket  Size.     Leather, 3s  6d 

ELECTRICITY  IN  MINING.     By  SIEMENS  BROS.,  Ltd.    Very  beautifully  Illus- 
trated.   Printed  on  Art  Paper, net.  10s  6d 

ELECTRICAL    PRACTICE    IN    COLLIERIES.       By  Prof.   D.   BURNS,  M.E., 

M.Inst.M.E.    THIRD  EDITION,  Revised, net.    7s  6d 

SHAFT    SINKING    IN    DIFFICULT    CASES.      By  J.   RIEMER  and   J.   W. 

BROUGH, net.  10s  6d 

BLASTING  :   And   the   Use   of  Explosives.     By  0.  GUTTMANN.     SECOND 

EDITION, 10s  6d 

TESTING  EXPLOSIVES.     By  C.  E.  BICHEL  and  AXEL  LARSEN.    With  many 

Plates, net.    6s  Od 

SPANISH  AND   SPANISH-AMERICAN  MINING,  METALLURGICAL,  AND 

ALLIED  TERMS.    By  EDWARD  HALSE,  A.R.S.M.    Cloth,      -       -       -  net.  10s  6d 
GETTING  GOLD.     A  Gold-mining  Handbook  for  Practical  Men.     By  J.  C.  F. 

JOHNSON,  F.G.S.,  A.I.M.E.    THIRD  EDITION, 3s  6d 

GOLD-SEEKING    IN    SOUTH   AFRICA.     A  Handbook  of  Hints.     By  THEO. 

KASSNER.    Illustrated, 4s  6d 

STRATIGRAPHICAL   GEOLOGY   AND    PALAEONTOLOGY   (on  the   Basis 

of  Phillips).    By  R.  ETHERIDGE,  F.R.S. , 34s  Od 

THE  EARTH  :  ITS  GENESIS  AND  EVOLUTION.     By  F.  T.  SWAINE.    With 

11  Plates  and  53  other  Illustrations, net.    7s  6d 

AIDS    IN    PRACTICAL    GEOLOGY.      By  Prof.  G.  COLE,  M.R.I. A.      SIXTH 

EDITION, 10s  6d 

GEOLOGY    FOR    ENGINEERS.      By    Lieut. -Col.    R.    F.    SORSBIE.      Fully 

Illustrated, net.  10s  6d 

MINERAL  WEALTH  AND  GEOLOGY  OF  CHINA.     By  C.  Y.  WANG,       -  net.    3s  Od 

LONDON :  CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  CO,,  LIMITED,  EXETER  STREET,  STRAND, 


GRIFFIN'S   METALLURGICAL    SERIES. 

AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  METALLURGY.  By  Sir  W.  C.  ROBERTS-AUSTEN 
K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  A.R.S.M.  SIXTH  EDITION,  Revised  and  considerably  En- 
larged by  F.  W.  HARBORD,  A.R.S.M., net.  18s  Od 

THE    METALLURGY    OF    GOLD.    .By  T.   KiRKE-RoSE,    D.SC.,  Chemist  and 

Assayer  to  the  Royal  Mint.     FIFTH  EDITION,  Revised  and  re-written,    -        -  21s  Od 

THE  METALLURGY  OF  SILVER.  By  H.  F.  COLLINS,  Assoc.R.S.M., 
M.Inst.M.M.  Comprising  details  regarding  the  Sources  and  Treatment  of 
Ore,  Description  of  Plants  and  Processes,  and  the  Cost  of  Working. 
SECOND  EDITION, In  Preparation. 

THE  METALLURGY  OF  LEAD.  An  Exhaustive  Treatise  on  the  Manufac- 
ture of  Lead.  By  H.  F.  COLLINS,  Assoc.R.S.M.,  M.Inst.M.M.  SECOND 
EDITION,  Revised,  - net.  21s  Od 

THE  METALLURGY  OF  STEEL.    By  F.  W.  HARBORD,  Assoc.R.S.M.,  F.I.C., 

and  J.  W.  HALL,  A.M. Inst.C.E.    FOURTH  EDITION.    In  two  volumes,      -  net.  36s  Od 

THE  METALLURGY  OF  IRON.  By  THOMAS  TURNER,  Assoc.R.S.M.,  F.T.C., 
Professor  of  Metallurgy,  Birmingham  University.  THIRD  EDITION,  Revised 
and  Illustrated, net.  16s  Od 

ALLOYS,  AND  THEIR  INDUSTRIAL  APPLICATIONS.  By  EDWARD  F.  LAW, 
A.R.S.M.  With  Frontispiece  in  Colours  and  Beautiful  Series  of  Photo- 
Micrographs,  net.  12s  6d 

ANTIMONY  :  Its  History,  Chemistry,  Mineralogy,  Geology,  Metallurgy, 

Preparation,  &c.   By  C.  V.  WANG.   In  Large  8vo.   Cloth.   Illustrated,  net.  12s  6d 

THE  METALLURGY  OF  COPPER.     By  THOS.  C.   CLOUD,  A.R.S.M. 

In  Preparation. 

OTHER    METALLURGICAL     WORKS. 

RAND  METALLURGICAL  PRACTICE.    In  Two  Volumes. 

Vol.  I.— SECOND  EDITION,  net.  21s.     Vol.11.. net.  21s  Od 

MODERN  COPPER  SMELTING,    LECTURES   ON.     By  D.  M.  LEVY,     -  net.  10s  6d 
CAST  IRON  IN  THE  LIGHT  OF  RECENT  RESEARCH.  By  W.  H.  HATFIELD, 

B.Met.     Profusely  Illustrated, net.  10s  6d 

CYANIDING  GOLD  AND  SILVER  ORES.     By  H.  FORBES  JULIAN  and  EDGAR 

SMART,  A.M.Inst.C.E.    SECOND  EDITION, net.  21s  Od 

THE  CYANIDE  PROCESS  OF  GOLD  EXTRACTION.    By  Prof.  JAMES  PARK, 

F.G.S.    FIFTH  ENGLISH  EDITION, net.    8s  6d 

TEXT-BOOK   OF   ASSAYING.     By  J.  J.  BERINGER.  F.I  C.,  F.C.S.,  and  C. 

BERINGER,  F.C.S.    THIRTEENTH  EDITION.    Illustrated, iOs  6d 

METALLURGICAL   ANALYSIS    AND    ASSAYING.    A  Three  Years'  Course. 

By  W.  A.  MACLEOD,  B.A.,  B.Sc.,  and  CHAS.  WALKER.  F.C.S.,  -  -  -  net.  12s  6d 
SAMPLING  AND  ASSAY  OF  THE  PRECIOUS  METALS.  By  G.  A.  SMITH, 

A.R.S.M., At  Press. 

MINERALOGY    OF   THE    RARER    METALS.      By   E.    CAHEN   and   W.    O. 

WOOTTON, net.     6e  Od 

MICROSCOPIC  ANALYSIS  OF  METALS.    By  FLORIS  OSMOND  and  J.  E.  STEAD, 

F.R.S.    SECOND  EDITION.    By  L.  P.  SIDNEY,  -       -       -        At  Press. 

METALLIC    ALLOYS  :    Their   Structure   and    Constitution.    By  G.  H. 

GULLIVER,  B.Sc.,  F.R.S.E.  SECOND  EDITION,  Thoroughly  Revised,  -  net.  10s  6d 
INTRODUCTION  TO  PRACTICAL  METALLURGY.  By  Prof.  T.  TuRNER.net.  3s  Od 
ELEMENTARY  METALLURGY.  By  A.  HUMBOLDT  SEXTON,  F.I.C.  FOURTH 

EDITION.    Fully  Illustrated, -        -  6s  Od 

LECTURES  ON  IRONFOUNDING.    By  Prof.  T.  TURNER.  SECOND  EDITION,  net.    3s  6d 
GENERAL    FOUNDRY  PRACTICE.     By  A.  McWiLLlAM,  A.R.S.M.,  and  PERCY 

LONGMUIR.  In  Medium  8vo.  SECOND  EDITION,  Revised,  -  -  -  net.  15s  Od 
NOTES  ON  FOUNDRY  PRACTICE.  By  J.  J.  MORGAN,  ....  net.  2s  6d 
BLAST  FURNACE  PRACTICE.  By  J.  J.  MORGAN,  F.C.S..  -  -  -  net.  Is  6d 
ELECTRIC  SMELTING  AND  REFINING.  By  Dr.  W.  BORCHERS  and  W.  G. 

MCMILLAN.    SECOND  EDITION, net.  21s  Od 

TREATISE   ON  ELECTRO-METALLURGY.     By  W.  G.  MCMILLAN  and  W.  R. 

COOPER.    THIRD  EDITION,  Revised, net.  12s  6d 


WORKS    ON    PETROLEUM. 

PETROLEUM  AND  ITS   PRODUCTS.     By   Sir  BOVERTON  REDWOOD,  D.Sc. 

THIRD  EDITION,  Revised, net.  50s  Od 

A  HANDBOOK  ON  PETROLEUM,  for  Inspectors  under  the  Petroleum 

Acts.    By  Capt.  J.  H.  THOMSON  and  Sir.  B.  REDWOOD,    SECOND  EDITION, 

Revis'ed,  -  -  -  -  net.  8s  6d 

OIL  FUEL.  Its  Supply,  Composition,  and  Application.  By  S.  H.  NORTH. 

SECOND  ED.,  Revised  and  Enlarged  by  EDWARD  BUTLER,  M.I.Mech.E.,  net.  6s  Od 
LABORATORY  HANDBOOK  OF  MINERAL  OIL  TESTING.  By  J.  A.  HICKS. 

SECOND  EDITION,  Revised, •  net.    i 

"LONDON  :  CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  co.,  LIMITED,  EXETER  STREET,  STRAND, 


GRIFFIN'S  TECHNICAL  PUBLICATIONS. 

Chemistry  for  Engineers  and   Manufacturers.     By  BERTRAM  BLOUNT, 

F.I.C.,  and  A.  G.  JtJLOXAM,  F.I.C.    Vol.  1.  SECOND  EDITION,      -        -        -        -  14s  Od 

Vol.  II.  SECOND  EDITION, 16s  Od 

Oils,  Fats,  Butters,  and  Waxes.    By  C.  R.  ALDER  WKIGHT,  D.Sc.    itevised 

by  C.  A.  MITCHELL,  B.A.,  F.I.C.    SECOND  EDITION.     With  800  pages,      -  net.  25s  Od 
Physieo-Chemical  Tables.    By  J.  CASTELL-EVANS,  F.I.C.    Vol.  1.— Chemical 

Engineering, net.  24s  Od 

Vol.  II.— Physical  and  Analytical  Chemistry, net.  36s  Od 

Quantitative  inorganic  Analysis.    By  Dr.  J.  \v.  MELLOK.    Very  fully  Illus- 
trated throughout, net.  30s  Od 

Water  Analysis  for  Sanitary  and  Technical  Purposes.    By  II.  B.  STOCKS, 

F.I.C.,  F.C.S., net.     4s  (jd 

Methods  of  Air  Analysis.     By  J.  S.  HALDANE,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.     Fully 

Illustrated, net.     5s  Od 

Foods :  Their  Composition  and  Analysis.     By  A.  w.  and  M.  W.  BLYTH. 

SIXTH  EDITION, 21s  Od 

Poisons:  Their  Effects  and  Detection.     By  A.  and  M.  BLYTH.     FOURTH 

EDITION, net.  21s  Od 

Flesh  Foods:  Chemical,  Microscopical  and  Bacteriological  Examina- 
tion.   By  C.  A.  MITCHELL, 10s  6d 

Dairy  Chemistry.    By  H.  DROOP  RICHMOND,  F.I.C.,  Chemist  to  the  Aylesbury 

Dairy  Co.    SECOND  EDITION, At  Press. 

Dairy  Analysis.  ByH.  DROOP  RICHMOND,  F.I.C.   SECOND  EDITION,  Thoroughly 

Revised.     Crown  8vo,     Illustrated,  -        -        -        -        -        -        -  net.     2s  6d 

Milk:  Its  Production  and  Uses.  By  EDWARD  F.  WILLOUGHBY,  M.D.  -net.  6s  Od 
Elementary  Agricultural  Chemistry.  By  HEKBEKT  INGLE,  B.Sc.  SECOND 

EDITION, -  net.     4s  6d 

Agricultural  Bacteriology.  By  LOHNIS,  STEVENS. >N,  and  SMITH,  -  -  net.  4s  6d 
The  Principles  and  Practice  of  Brewing.  By  Dr.  W.  J.  SYKI*.  THIRD 

EDITION,  Revised  by  A.  R.  LING,  F.I.C. ,  -  net.  21s  Od 

Technical    Mycology.    Dr.    F.    LAKAR.    SECOND   EDITION.     In   Two   Vols. 

Vol.1., -  -net.  15s  6d 

Vol.  II., net.  24s  Od 

Micro-Organisms   and    Fermentation.    By  ALFRED  JORGENSEN.   FOURTH 

EDITION,  Completely  Revised.     Translated  by  S.  H.  DAVIES,  B.Sc  ,        -  net.  15s  Od 
Ferments  and  Their  Actions.    ByC.   OPPKNHKIMER.    Translated  by  C.  A. 

MITCHELL,  B.A.,  F.I.C.    In  Cloth, -  -net.    7s  6d 

Peat:  Its  Use  and  Manufacture.    By  P.  R.  BJORLING  and  F.  T.  GISSING. 

Illustrated, net.    6s  Od 

Commercial  Peat :  Its  Uses  and  Its  Possibilities.    By  F.  T  GISSING.    In 

Crown  8vo.    Cloth, -          net.     6s  Od 

Paper  Technology.     By  R.  W.  SINDALL,  F.C.S.     In  Medium  8\  j.    Handsome 

Cloth.     Illustrated.    SECOND  EDITION.  Revised,         -        -  -       -  net.  12s  6d 

Stationery  Testing.    By  H.  A.  BROMLEY.    Fully  Illustrated,  -       -net.    2s  6d 

The  Clayworkers' Handbook.    By  A.  B.  SEARLE.   SECOND  EDITION,  Revised. 

In  Cloth,  - net.    6s  Od 

British  Clays,  Shales,  and  Sands.  By  A.  B.  SEARLE.  Illustrated,  -net.  7s  6d 
Ceramic  Literature.  Compiled,  Classified,  and  Described  by  M.  L.  SOLON,  net.  42s  Od 
Art  of  the  Goldsmith  and  Jeweller.  By  T.  B.  WIGLEY.  SECOND  EDITION, 

Revised,  and  with  12  New  Plates,  -        -        - net.     7s  6d 

Modern  Methods  of  Sewage  Purification.     By  G.  BERTRAM  KERSHAW. 

Fully  Illustrated, net.  21s  Od 

The  Principles  of  Sewage  Treatment.    By  Prof.   FUNBAR  of  Hamburg. 

Translated  by  H.  f.  CALVERT,  M.Sc., net.  15s  Od 

Trade  Waste  Waters.     By  H.  WILSON,  M.D.,  and  H.  T.  CALVERT,  Ph.D. 

With  22  Plates  and  many  other  Illustrations, net.  18s  Od 

Trades'  Waste  :  Its  Treatment  and  Utilisation.    By  W.  NAYLOR,  F.C.S., 

<fec.     Illustrated,     - net.  21s  Od 

Smoke  Abatement.  By  WM.  NICHOLSON.  With  Illustrations,  -  -  net.  6s  Od 
Calcareous  Cements.  By  G.  R.  REDGRAVE  and  CHARLES  SPACEMAN,  F.C.S. 

SECOND  EDITION, net.  15s  Od 

Handbook  for  Cement  Works'  Chemists.    By  FRANK  B.  GATEHOUSE,  F.C.S. 

In  Handsome  Cloth, net.     5s  Od 

Gas  Manufacture.    By  W.  J.  A.  BUTTERFIELD.    Vol.  I.,     -       -       -       -  net     7s  6d 

Vol.  II., Shortly 

Calorific  Power  of  Coal  Gas.    By  J.  H.  COSTE,  F  I.e.     ....  net.    6s  Od 
The  Examination  of  Fuel.    By  J.  H.  COSTE  and  ¥..  R.  ANDREAVS.    At  Press. 
Acetylene.    By  F.  H.  LEEDS  and  W.  J.  A.  BUTTERFIELD.    SECOND  EDITION,  net.    8s  6d 
Fire  and  Explosion  Risks.     By  Dr.  VON  SCHWARTZ.    In  Cloth,      -       -  net.  16s  Od 
Practical  Sanitation.    By  GEO.   REID,  M.D.     With   Appendix  on  Sanitary 

Law,  by  HERBERT  MANLEY,  M.  A.,  Barrister-at-Law.   SEVENTEENTH  EDITION,    6s  Od 

LONDON:  CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  CO..  LIMITED.  EXETER  STREET,  STRAND 


GRIFFIN'S    TECHNICAL    PUBLICATIONS. 

Lessons  on  Sanitation,  By  J.  w.  HARRISON,  M.R.San.L,  -  -  -net.  3s  6d 
Sanitary  Engineering.  By  FRANCIS  WOOD,  A.M.lnst.C.E.  J-ECOND 

EDITION,  net.  8s  6d 

Modern  Destructor  Practice.  By  W.  F.  GOODRICH.  Illustrated,  -  -  net.  ics  Od 
Road  Making  and  Maintenance.  By  Tnos.  AITKEN,  A.M.lnst.C.E. 

SECOND  EDITION, net.  2ls  Od 

Dustless  Roads  :  Tar-Macadam.  By  J.  W.  SMITH,  ....  net.  10s  6d 
Enamelling  on  Iron  and  Steel.  By. JULIUS  GRUNWALD.  Cloth.  Illustrated.net.  6s  Od 
Technology  of  Iron  Enamelling  and  Tinning.  By  JULIUS  GRVNWALD,  net.  6s  Od 
Treatise  on  Colour  Manufacture.  By  GEORGE  ZERR  and  Dr.  RUBENCAMP. 

English  Edition  by  Dr.  C.  MAYER,  of  Burgdorf.  Profusely  Illustrated,  -  net.  30s  Od 
Tests  for  Coal-Tar  Colours  in  Aniline  Lakes.  By  GEORGE  ZERR.  Trans- 
lated by  Dr.  C.  MA\ER,  net.  10s  tkl 

Painting  and  Decorating.  A  Complete  Practical  Manual.  By  W.  J.  PEARCE. 

FOURTH  EDITION,  Revised  and  Enlarged,  -  -  -  .  -  -  -  -  12s  6d 
Painters'  Colours,  Oils,  and  Varnishes.  G.  H.  HURST,  F.C.S.  FIFTH 

EDITION,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  By  NOEL  HEATON,  B.Sc.,  -  -  -  net.  10s  6d 
Painters'  Laboratory  Guide.  By  G.  H.  HURST,  F.C.S.  In  Cloth,  -  -  -  5s  Od 
The  Chemistry  of  the  Colloids.  By  Dr.  V.  POSCHL.  Translated  by  Dr.  H. 

HODGSON, net.  3s  6d 

Celluloid :  Its  Manufacture,  Application,  and  Substitutes.  From  the 

French  of  MASSELON,  ROBERTS,  AND  CILLARD.  By  Dr.  H.  H.  HODGSON,  -  net.  25s  Od 
Chemistry  of  India  Rubber.  By  C.  0.  WEBER,  Ph.D.  THIRD  IMPRESSION. 

With  many  Illustrations, net.  16s  Od 

The  Manufacture  of  Rubber  Goods.  By  ADOLF  HEIL  and  Dr.  W.  ESCH. 

Translated  by  E.  W.  LEWIS.  A. C.G.I.  In  Cloth.  Illustrated,  -  -  -  net.  10s  6d 
Glue,  Gelatine,  and  Their  Allied  Products.  By  THOMAS  LAMBERT.  In 

Large  Crown  8vo.  Fully  Illustrated, net.  5s  Od 

Leather  Trades  Chemistry.  By  S.  R.  TROTMAN,  M.A.,  F.I.C.  In  Handsome 

Cloth.  Fully  Illustrated, net.  15s  Od 

Ink  Manufacture.  By  C.  A.  MITCHELL,  B.  A.,  F.I.C.,  and  T.  C.  HEPWORTH.  In 

Cloth.  With  Plates  and  Illustrations, net.  7s  6d 

A  Manual  of  Dyeing.  By  E.  KNECHT,  Ph.D.,  CHR.  RAWSON,  F.I.C.,  and 

R.  LOEVVENTHAL,  Ph.D.  SECOND  EDITION,  Thoroughly  Revised  and  Re- 
written,    45s  Od 

Synthetic  Dyestuffs,  and  the  Intermediate  Products  from  which  they 

are  Derived.    By  J.   C.  CAIN,  D.Sc.,  and  J.  F.  THORPE,  Ph.D.     SECOND 

EDITION,  Revised, net.  16s  Od 

Dictionary  of  Dyes,  Mordants,  and  Other  Compounds.  By  CHR.  RAWSON, 

F.I.C.,  W.  M.  GARDNER,  F.C.S.,  and  W.  F.  LATCOCK,  Ph.D.    In  Large  8vo. 

Cloth,  Library  Style,  -  ...  net.  16s  Od 

Spinning  and  Twisting  of  Long  Vegetable  Fibres  (Flax,  Hemp,  Jute, 

Tow,   and  Ramie).     By  H.  R.  CARTER.     With  Plates  and  Illustrations 

in  the  Text, net.  16s  Od 

The  Cotton  Weavers'  Handbook.  By  H.  B.  HEYLIN.  In  Cloth.  Fully 

Illustrated, net.  6s  Od 

Buyers  and  Sellers  in  the  Cotton  Trade.  By  H.  B.  HEYLIN.  With 

Chronological  and  Statistical  Chart,  -  -  ,  -  ...  net.  8s  6d 

Textile  Fibres  of  Commerce  (Occurrence,  Distribution,  Preparation, 

and  Uses).  By  W.  I.  HANNAN.  In  Cloth.  With  Illustrations,  -  -  net.  9s  Od 
Bleaching  and  Finishing  of  Cotton.  By  S.  R.  TROTMAN,  M.A.,  and 

E  L  THOI.P,  M.I.Mech.E., net.  16s  Od 

Textile  Printing.  By  E.  KNECHT,  Ph.D.,  and  J.  B.  FOTHERGILL.  With  13 

Plates  and  86  Patterns  in  the  Text,  -  -  ....  net.  36s  Od 

Textile  Printing.  By  C.  F.  S.  ROTHWELL,  F.C.S.  With  Illustrations,  -  -  21s  Od 
Dyeing  and  Cleaning.  By  FRANK  J.  FARRELL,  M.Sc.  In  Cloth.  With 

76  Illustrations.  THIRD  EDITION.  Enlarged, neb.  5s  Od 

Bleaching  and  Calico  Printing.  By  GEORGE  DUERR,  Assisted  by  WM.  TURN- 
BULL.  Cloth, t 12s  6d 

Inorganic  Chemistry.  By  A.  DUPRE  and  WILSON  HAKE.  THIRD  EDITION,  net.  6s  Od 
Elements  of  Chemical  Engineering.  By  J.  GROSSMANN,  Ph.D.  2ND  ED.,  net.  3s  6d 
Outlines  of  Quantitative  Analysis.  By  A.  H.  SEXTON,  F.I.C.  FIFTH  EDITION,  3s  Od 
Outlines  of  Qualitative  Analysis.  By  A.  H.  SEXTON,  F.I.C.  FOURTH  EDITION,  3s  6d 

LONDON :  CHARLES  GRIFFIN  &  CO,.  LIMITED,  EXETER  STREET.  STRAND- 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


1     f      30Apr53Bt 

1  6  1953  1» 

m 

LIBRARY  USE 

APR2    I960 

^ 

UBRARY  US 

REC'D  LD 

APR  2    1960 

fNTE- 

. 
ONE  mxm  AR'Si 

1          OCTl    V$ 

•4  ^^ 

ee&**^ 

1    Q6I1    1954  US 

REC'D  S£D 

DEC  12  '63  -9  AM 

AUG131985 

LIBRARY  USE 

IAN  21  1958 

RECEIVED  BT 

JUL  A  7  1985 

I      *EC;O  V3 

CIRCULATION  os% 

LD  21-100m-7,'52(A2528sl6)476 


300473 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LJBRARY